WO2018025806A1 - Photosensitive coloring composition and color filter - Google Patents

Photosensitive coloring composition and color filter Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018025806A1
WO2018025806A1 PCT/JP2017/027712 JP2017027712W WO2018025806A1 WO 2018025806 A1 WO2018025806 A1 WO 2018025806A1 JP 2017027712 W JP2017027712 W JP 2017027712W WO 2018025806 A1 WO2018025806 A1 WO 2018025806A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
acid
parts
coloring composition
pigment
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2017/027712
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
誉昭 江山
佳奈子 水野
護嗣 宮村
水嶋 克彦
Original Assignee
東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社
トーヨーカラー株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2017036346A external-priority patent/JP6834591B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2017056208A external-priority patent/JP6607221B2/en
Application filed by 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社, トーヨーカラー株式会社 filed Critical 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社
Priority to KR1020197002112A priority Critical patent/KR102398257B1/en
Priority to CN201780046732.6A priority patent/CN109564384B/en
Publication of WO2018025806A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018025806A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • G03F7/031Organic compounds not covered by group G03F7/029
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • G03F7/029Inorganic compounds; Onium compounds; Organic compounds having hetero atoms other than oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a photosensitive coloring composition, and particularly to a liquid crystal display device, a color display device using a white light emitting organic EL (electroluminescence) element (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “organic EL element”), and a solid-state imaging element.
  • organic EL element organic light emitting organic EL (electroluminescence) element
  • the present invention relates to a highly sensitive photosensitive coloring composition useful for forming each color filter segment such as red, green, and blue and a black matrix in the color filter used.
  • White means a broad concept including pseudo white.
  • the present invention also relates to a color filter formed using the photosensitive coloring composition.
  • a color filter has two or more kinds of fine band (striped) filter segments arranged in parallel or intersecting with each other on the surface of a transparent substrate such as glass, or the fine filter segments are arranged vertically and horizontally. It is made up of those arranged in The filter segments are as fine as several microns to several hundred microns, and are regularly arranged in a predetermined arrangement for each hue.
  • a transparent electrode for driving a liquid crystal is formed on a color filter by vapor deposition or sputtering, and an alignment film for aligning the liquid crystal in a certain direction is further formed thereon. Yes.
  • it is necessary to form them generally at a high temperature of 200 ° C. or higher, preferably 230 ° C. or higher.
  • a method for producing a color filter a method called a pigment dispersion method using a pigment having excellent light resistance and heat resistance as a colorant is mainly used.
  • a photosensitive coloring composition pigment resist
  • a pigment is dispersed in a photosensitive resin solution
  • the solvent is removed by drying, and then pattern exposure of one filter color is performed.
  • the unexposed area is removed in the development process to form a pattern for the first color, and after processing such as heating as necessary, the same operation is sequentially repeated for all filter colors to produce a color filter. can do.
  • color liquid crystal display devices have formed a large market for liquid crystal color televisions, car navigation and liquid crystal display integrated laptops, and monitors and televisions for desktop computers that take advantage of energy and space saving features. As it has begun to spread. Although attention is paid to a display device that replaces a conventional CRT, the color reproduction characteristic of a liquid crystal display device is inferior to that of a CRT at present. Therefore, there is an increasing demand for high color reproducibility in color filters in which filter segments for each color are arranged.
  • a black matrix is generally arranged between the filter segments of each color of the color filter.
  • the material for forming this black matrix has recently become an environmental problem, low reflection, and low cost.
  • the resin black matrix has a problem that the light shielding property (optical density) is lower than that of the metal chromium black matrix.
  • improvement in sensitivity is limited only by the provision of a double bond of the resin and the selection of a photopolymerization initiator, a sensitizer, and a monomer.
  • a photopolymerization initiator when the amount of the photopolymerization initiator is increased, coloring due to a color unique to the photopolymerization initiator, a decrease in heat resistance, a decrease in light transmittance, a decrease in resolution, and the like occur.
  • the embodiment of the present invention has high sensitivity, excellent linearity, pattern shape, resolution, development resistance, chemical resistance, and excellent heat resistance even when the pigment content is high or the film thickness is large.
  • An object is to provide a photosensitive coloring composition and a color filter using the same.
  • the photosensitive coloring composition according to an embodiment of the present invention is highly sensitive and has the following general formula (1) in order to obtain excellent linearity, pattern shape, resolution, development resistance, and chemical resistance.
  • the photopolymerization initiator represented is used. That is, the photosensitive coloring composition by one Embodiment of this invention contains the photoinitiator (A) represented by following General formula (1), resin (B), and photopolymerizable compound (C). And a coloring agent (D).
  • the photopolymerization initiator represented by (1) is used, and at least one selected from a resin, a colorant and a dispersant has an oxetane group. That is, the photosensitive coloring composition by one Embodiment of this invention contains the photoinitiator (A) represented by following General formula (1), resin (B), and photopolymerizable compound (C). And at least one selected from the resin (B), the colorant (D), and the dispersant is a photosensitive coloring composition having an oxetane group.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted group.
  • Alkyl group substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxy group, substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic oxy group, substituted Alternatively, it represents an unsubstituted alkylsulfanyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfanyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted acyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group.
  • the dispersant has an oxetane group
  • the dispersant is An acid anhydride group in one or more acid anhydrides (b) selected from tetracarboxylic acid anhydride (b1) and tricarboxylic acid anhydride (b2) is reacted with a hydroxyl group in the hydroxyl group-containing compound (a).
  • Polyester part X1 ′ having a carboxyl group;
  • the present invention relates to the photosensitive coloring composition, wherein the portion X2 ′ has an oxetane group.
  • one embodiment of the present invention relates to the photosensitive coloring composition, further comprising another photopolymerization initiator (Y).
  • the other photopolymerization initiator (Y) includes at least one compound selected from the group consisting of an acetophenone compound, a phosphine compound, and an imidazole compound.
  • the present invention relates to the photosensitive coloring composition.
  • one embodiment of the present invention relates to the photosensitive coloring composition, further comprising a silane coupling agent (S).
  • S silane coupling agent
  • one embodiment of the present invention relates to the photosensitive coloring composition, further comprising a polyfunctional thiol (F).
  • an embodiment of the present invention relates to a color filter comprising a filter segment or a black matrix formed from the photosensitive coloring composition on a transparent substrate.
  • the photosensitive coloring composition according to the embodiment of the present invention uses a specific oxime ester compound as a photopolymerization initiator, so that even if the pigment content is high or the film thickness of each color filter segment and black matrix is large, Each color filter segment and black matrix pattern can be formed with high sensitivity and excellent linearity, pattern shape, resolution, development resistance, chemical resistance, and excellent heat resistance. Therefore, a high quality color filter can be obtained by using the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention.
  • the photosensitive coloring composition in this invention contains the photoinitiator (A) represented by General formula (1), and resin (B), a photopolymerizable compound (C), and coloring Contains agent (D).
  • A photoinitiator represented by General formula (1)
  • resin B
  • C photopolymerizable compound
  • D coloring Contains agent
  • the photosensitive coloring composition by another embodiment of this invention contains the photoinitiator (A) represented by General formula (1), resin (B), photopolymerizable compound (C), The colorant (D) and the dispersant are contained, and at least one selected from the resin (B), the colorant (D) and the dispersant has an oxetane group.
  • A photoinitiator represented by General formula (1)
  • resin (B) photopolymerizable compound
  • C photopolymerizable compound
  • the colorant (D) and the dispersant are contained, and at least one selected from the resin (B), the colorant (D) and the dispersant has an oxetane group.
  • the photopolymerization initiator (A) containing the compound represented by the general formula (1) has high sensitivity, and a coating film having a particularly high residual film ratio is obtained. A colored composition is obtained.
  • the photosensitive coloring composition containing the photopolymerization initiator it is possible to form excellent linearity, pattern shape, resolution, development resistance, chemical resistance filter segment and black matrix. Further, a better pattern shape can be obtained by using other initiators together.
  • the heat resistance after curing is excellent, and thus a photosensitive coloring composition containing the structure is obtained. By using it, an excellent heat-resistant filter segment and black matrix can be formed.
  • the photopolymerization initiator (A) contained in the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention is a compound represented by the general formula (1).
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted An alkyloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic oxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfanyl group, It represents a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfanyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted acyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group.
  • the hydrogen atom of the substituent in R 1 to R 4 described above may be further substituted with another substituent.
  • substituents include halogen groups such as fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and iodine atom, alkoxy groups such as methoxy group, ethoxy group and tert-butoxy group, aryl groups such as phenoxy group and p-tolyloxy group.
  • the photopolymerization initiator (A) contained in the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention is an oxime ester photopolymerization initiator. Oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiators are thought to absorb the ultraviolet rays and decompose the oxime ester moiety to generate iminyl radicals and alkyloxy radicals, and the radicals of the active species generated by further decomposition cause the reaction.
  • the photopolymerization initiator (A) contained in the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention has a structure represented by the general formula (1), so that the decomposition efficiency by ultraviolet irradiation is very high, A pattern can be formed with a small exposure amount.
  • the reason why the photopolymerization initiator (A) of the present invention can function with higher sensitivity than the conventional initiator is considered as two possible reasons, but the details are not clear.
  • the photopolymerization initiator (A) of the present invention has extremely good ultraviolet absorption performance due to the structure represented by the general formula (1). It can absorb well. Furthermore, it is conceivable that the obtained energy is efficiently used for the decomposition of the oxime ester moiety, so that the decomposition by the energy beam irradiation is fast and a large amount of radicals can be generated instantaneously.
  • the photopolymerization initiator (A) of the present invention has a structure represented by the general formula (1), in which decomposition of an iminyl radical generated by absorbing ultraviolet rays into an active species radical occurs. It can be considered that it is very fast. If the iminyl radical to be produced is metastable, the decomposition is slowed down and the amount of active radicals produced is reduced, but this is greatly affected by the chemical structure of the UV-absorbing moiety.
  • the photopolymerization initiator (A) of the present invention has a structure represented by the general formula (1), so that iminyl radicals generated by decomposition by light irradiation are decomposed very quickly, and a large amount of radicals are generated. It is thought that it has brought.
  • the photoinitiator (A) of this invention is decomposition
  • disassembly of an iminyl radical is very quick as mentioned above, it is thought that recombination is suppressed.
  • the active species generated by the decomposition is reduced, so that the function as a radical polymerization initiator is lowered.
  • the photopolymerization initiator (A) represented by the general formula (1) is preferably 1 to 50 parts by weight, particularly preferably 1 to 100 parts by weight of the colorant (D) in the photosensitive coloring composition. It can be used in an amount of up to 30 parts by weight.
  • ⁇ Other photopolymerization initiator (Y)> In the photosensitive coloring composition according to the embodiment of the present invention, it is further preferable to use other photopolymerization initiator (Y) together with the photopolymerization initiator (A) represented by the general formula (1). This is preferable because a pattern shape can be obtained.
  • photopolymerization initiators include 4-phenoxydichloroacetophenone, 4-t-butyl-dichloroacetophenone, diethoxyacetophenone, p-dimethylaminoacetophenone, 1- (4-isopropylphenyl) -2-hydroxy- 2-methylpropan-1-one, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino- 1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butan-1-one, 2- (dimethylamino) -2-[(4-methylphenyl) methyl] -1- [4- (4-morpholinyl) phenyl] -1- Acetophenone compounds such as butanone, benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether Benzoin compounds such as benzoin isopropy
  • At least one photopolymerization initiator (Y) selected from the group consisting of acetophenone compounds, phosphine compounds, and imidazole compounds.
  • photopolymerization initiators (Y) can be used alone or in combination of two or more at any ratio as required.
  • the other photopolymerization initiator (Y) can be used in an amount of 1 to 100 parts by weight, preferably 1 to 50 parts by weight, with respect to 100 parts by weight of the colorant (D) in the photosensitive coloring composition. . Further, it can be used in an amount of 1 to 3000 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the photopolymerization initiator (A). In order to obtain a better pattern shape, an amount of 5 to 2000 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the photopolymerization initiator (A) is preferable.
  • the photosensitive coloring composition according to the embodiment of the present invention can contain a sensitizer (E).
  • the content of the sensitizer (E) can be used in an amount of 1 to 200 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the photopolymerization initiator (A) in the photosensitive coloring composition.
  • Sensitizers (E) include chalcone derivatives and unsaturated ketones represented by dibenzalacetone, 1,2-diketone derivatives represented by benzyl and camphorquinone, benzoin derivatives, fluorene derivatives, naphthoquinone derivatives Anthraquinone derivatives, xanthene derivatives, thioxanthene derivatives, xanthone derivatives, thioxanthone derivatives, coumarin derivatives, ketocoumarin derivatives, cyanine derivatives, merocyanine derivatives, oxonol derivatives and other polymethine dyes, acridine derivatives, azine derivatives, thiazine derivatives, oxazine derivatives, Indoline derivative, azulene derivative, azurenium derivative, squarylium derivative, porphyrin derivative, tetraphenylporphyrin derivative, triarylmethane derivative, tetrabenzoporphyr
  • examples of the sensitizer capable of particularly suitably sensitizing the compound represented by the general formula (1) include thioxanthone derivatives, Michler ketone derivatives, and carbazole derivatives. More specifically, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2,4-dichlorothioxanthone, 2-isopropylthioxanthone, 4-isopropylthioxanthone, 1-chloro-4-propoxythioxanthone, 4,4′-bis (Dimethylamino) benzophenone, 4,4′-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, 4,4′-bis (ethylmethylamino) benzophenone, N-ethylcarbazole, 3-benzoyl-N-ethylcarbazole, 3,6-dibenzoyl- N-ethylcarbazole or the like can be used.
  • the resin (B) contained in the photosensitive coloring composition according to the embodiment of the present invention has a transmittance of preferably 80% or more, more preferably 95% or more in the entire wavelength region of 400 to 700 nm in the visible light region. It is.
  • the resin (B) includes a thermoplastic resin, a thermosetting resin, and a photosensitive resin, and these can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • thermoplastic resin examples include butyral resin, styrene-maleic acid copolymer, chlorinated polyethylene, chlorinated polypropylene, polyvinyl chloride, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer, polyvinyl acetate, polyurethane resin, and polyester resin. , Acrylic resins, alkyd resins, polystyrene, polyamide resins, rubber resins, cyclized rubber resins, celluloses, polyethylene, polybutadiene, polyimide resins, and the like.
  • thermosetting resin examples include epoxy resin, benzoguanamine resin, rosin-modified maleic acid resin, rosin-modified fumaric acid resin, melamine resin, urea resin, phenol resin and the like.
  • the photosensitive resin examples include (meth) acrylic compounds having a reactive substituent such as an isocyanate group, an aldehyde group, and an epoxy group on a linear polymer having a reactive substituent such as a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, or an amino group,
  • a resin in which a photocrosslinkable group such as a (meth) acryloyl group or a styryl group is introduced into the linear polymer by reacting with an acid can be used.
  • a linear polymer containing an acid anhydride such as a styrene-maleic anhydride copolymer or an ⁇ -olefin-maleic anhydride copolymer is converted into a (meth) acrylic compound having a hydroxyl group such as hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate.
  • Half-esterified products can also be used.
  • the resin having an oxetane group can be achieved, for example, by copolymerizing an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an oxetane group.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an oxetane group include (3-methyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, (3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, (3-butyl-3 -Oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, (3-hexyltyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
  • Examples of commercially available products include ETERNACOLL OXMA (manufactured by Ube Industries), OXE-10, OXE-30 (above, manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • the resin has an oxetane group
  • the colored composition containing the resin has excellent heat resistance after being cured.
  • Resin (B) can be used in an amount of 1 to 400 parts by weight, preferably 1 to 300 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the colorant (D) in the photosensitive coloring composition.
  • the photopolymerizable compound (C) contained in the photosensitive coloring composition according to the embodiment of the present invention is a photopolymerizable monomer or oligomer, for example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) ) Acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, ⁇ -carboxyethyl (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol Di (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, tripropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, 1,6-
  • the photopolymerizable compound (C) can be used in an amount of 5 to 300 parts by weight, preferably 10 to 200 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the colorant (D) in the photosensitive coloring composition.
  • the ratio [I a / M] of the weight [I a ] of the photopolymerization initiator (A) and the weight [M] of the photopolymerizable compound (C) is 0.01-3. 00 is preferable, and 0.15-2.00 is more preferable.
  • a photosensitive coloring composition contains a sensitizer (E) and other photoinitiators (Y), a photoinitiator (A), a sensitizer (E), and other photopolymerization
  • the ratio [I b / M] of the total weight (I b ) of the initiator (Y) and the weight [M] of the photopolymerizable compound (C) is preferably 0.01 to 3.00, 0 More preferably, it is 15 to 2.00.
  • [I a / M] is 0.15 or more
  • the development resistance is good
  • [I b / M] is 0.15 or more
  • the chemical resistance is also good.
  • [I a / M] is 2.00 or less and [I b / M] is 2.00 or less, the pattern shape, linearity, and resolution are more excellent.
  • ⁇ Colorant (D)> As the colorant (D) contained in the photosensitive coloring composition according to the embodiment of the present invention, organic or inorganic pigments can be used alone or in admixture of two or more. Among the pigments, pigments having high color developability and high heat resistance are preferable, and organic pigments are usually used. Below, the specific example of the organic pigment which can be used for the photosensitive coloring composition by embodiment of this invention is shown with a color index number. Further, the colorant (D) can contain a dye within a range that does not lower the heat resistance.
  • the colorant having an oxetane group can be achieved, for example, by using an ethylenically unsaturated monomer containing an oxetane structure in a resin constituting a salt-forming compound containing a dye.
  • the coloring composition containing the coloring agent is excellent in heat resistance after being cured.
  • red pigments examples include C.I. I. Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 21, 22, 23, 31, 32, 37, 38, 41, 47, 48, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4, 49, 49: 1, 49: 2, 50: 1, 52: 1, 52: 2, 53, 53: 1, 53: 2, 53: 3, 57, 57: 1, 57: 2, 58: 4, 60, 63, 63: 1, 63: 2, 64, 64: 1, 68, 69, 81, 81: 1, 81: 2, 81: 3, 81: 4, 83, 88, 90: 1, 101, 101: 1, 104, 108, 108: 1, 109, 112, 113, 114, 122, 123, 144, 146, 147, 149, 151, 166, 168, 169, 170, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 17 , 181, 185, 187, 188, 190, 193, 194, 200
  • azo pigments diketopyrrolopyrrole-based, anthraquinone-based, quinophthalone-based, isoindoline-based, perinone-based, perylene-based, and benzimidazolone-based pigments are exemplified from the viewpoint of brightness and coloring power.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Red 176, 177, 179, 254, 242 and a naphthol azo pigment represented by the following general formula (4) are preferable.
  • A represents a hydrogen atom, a benzimidazolone group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or an optionally substituted heterocyclic group.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, —OR 7 or —COOR 8 .
  • R 2 to R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, —OR 9 , —COOR 10 , —CONHR 11 , —NHCOR 12 or —SO 2 NHR 13 is represented.
  • R 7 to R 13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. However, it is excluded when R 4 is —NHCOR 12 and A, R 2 , R 3 , R 5 , and R 6 are hydrogen atoms and R 1 is a halogen atom. ]
  • blue pigments examples include C.I. I. Pigment Blue 1, 1: 2, 9, 14, 15, 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 16, 17, 19, 25, 27, 28, 29, 33, 35, 36, 56, 56: 1, 60, 61, 61: 1, 62, 63, 66, 67, 68, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 78, 79 and the like.
  • aluminum phthalocyanine pigments described in JP-A No. 2004-333817, Japanese Patent No. 4893859 and the like can also be used, and the invention is not particularly limited thereto.
  • green pigments examples include C.I. I. Pigment Green 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 10, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 26, 36, 45, 48, 50, 51, 54, 55, 58, 59, 62, 63 Can be mentioned. Among these, from the viewpoint of brightness and coloring power, C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 59, 62, and 63. In addition, zinc phthalocyanine pigments described in JP 2008-19383 A, JP 2007-320986 A, JP 2004-70342 A, and the like can be used, and the invention is not particularly limited thereto.
  • yellow pigments examples include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 1: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 41, 42, 43, 48, 53, 55, 61, 62, 62: 1, 63, 65, 73, 74, 75, 81, 83, 87, 93, 94, 95, 97, 100, 101, 104, 105, 108, 109, 110, 111, 116, 117, 119, 120, 126, 127, 127: 1, 128, 129, 133, 134, 136, 138, 139, 142, 147, 148, 150, 151, 153, 154, 155, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 172, 17 174, 175, 176, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184
  • Examples of purple pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Violet 1, 1: 1, 2, 2: 2, 3, 3: 1, 3: 3, 5, 5: 1, 14, 15, 16, 19, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 32, 37, 39, 42, 44, 47, 49, 50 and the like.
  • C.I. I. Pigment violet 19 or 23 more preferably C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23.
  • orange pigments examples include C.I. I. Pigment Orange 38, 43, 64, 71, or 73 is raised. Among these, from the viewpoint of brightness and coloring power, C.I. I. Pigment Orange 38, 43 and 64 are preferred.
  • black photosensitive coloring composition for forming the black matrix examples include carbon black, aniline black, anthraquinone black pigment, perylene black pigment, specifically C.I. I. Pigment Black 1, 6, 7, 12, 20, 31, etc. can be used.
  • a mixture of a red pigment, a blue pigment, and a green pigment can also be used.
  • carbon black is preferable from the viewpoint of price and light shielding properties, and the carbon black may be surface-treated with a resin or the like.
  • a blue pigment and a purple pigment can be used together in a black photosensitive coloring composition.
  • Inorganic pigments include barium sulfate, zinc white, lead sulfate, yellow lead, zinc yellow, red bean (red iron (III) oxide), cadmium red, ultramarine, bitumen, chromium oxide green, cobalt green, amber, titanium black.
  • examples thereof include metal oxide powders such as synthetic iron black, titanium oxide, and iron tetroxide, metal sulfide powders, and metal powders.
  • Inorganic pigments can be used in combination with organic pigments in order to ensure good coatability, sensitivity, developability and the like while balancing the saturation and lightness.
  • the coloring composition by embodiment of this invention can also use dye as a coloring agent.
  • dye any of acid dyes, direct dyes, basic dyes, salt-forming dyes, oil-soluble dyes, disperse dyes, reactive dyes, mordant dyes, vat dyes, sulfur dyes and the like can be used. Moreover, it may be in the form of lake pigments obtained by rake-forming these derivatives or dyes.
  • an acid dye having an acid group such as sulfonic acid or carboxylic acid
  • an inorganic salt of an acid dye, an acid dye and a quaternary ammonium salt compound, a tertiary amine compound, a secondary amine compound Alternatively, use a salt-forming compound with a nitrogen-containing compound such as a primary amine compound, or salt formation using a resin component having these functional groups, or use it as a salt-forming compound after sulfonamidation. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a colored composition having excellent fastness, which is preferable.
  • a salt-forming compound of an acid dye and a compound having an onium base is also preferable because of excellent fastness. More preferably, the compound having an onium base is a resin having a cationic group in the side chain.
  • a salt forming compound of a basic dye is preferable because of its excellent resistance and compatibility with a pigment, and further, a basic dye and an organic sulfonic acid, an organic sulfuric acid, a fluorine group-containing phosphorus anion compound that is a counter component that works as a counter ion It is more preferable to use a salt-forming compound obtained by salting a fluorine group-containing boron anion compound, a cyano group-containing nitrogen anion compound, an anion compound having a conjugate base of an organic acid having a halogenated hydrocarbon group, or an acidic dye. Is.
  • the coloring composition containing this dye is excellent in heat resistance after hardening.
  • the chemical structure of the dye includes, for example, azo dyes, azomethine dyes (indoaniline dyes, indophenol dyes, etc.), dipyrromethene dyes, quinone dyes (benzoquinone dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, Anthraquinone dyes, anthrapyridone dyes, etc.), carbonium dyes (diphenylmethane dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, xanthene dyes, acridine dyes, etc.), quinoneimine dyes (oxazine dyes, thiazine dyes, etc.), azines Dyes, polymethine dyes (oxonol dyes, merocyanine dyes, arylidene dyes, styryl dyes, cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, croconium dyes, etc.), quinophthalone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, phthalo
  • azo dyes xanthene dyes, cyanine dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, anthraquinone dyes, dipyrromethene dyes, squarylium from the viewpoint of color characteristics such as hue, color separation, and color unevenness
  • a pigment structure derived from a pigment selected from the system dyes is more preferable.
  • Examples of the dye in another embodiment include azo dyes, azo metal complex dyes, anthraquinone dyes, indigo dyes, thioindigo dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, methine dyes, diarylmethane dyes, triarylmethane dyes, Xanthene dye, thiazine dye, cationic dye, cyanine dye, nitro dye, quinoline dye, naphthoquinone dye, oxazine dye, perylene dye, diketopyrrolopyrrole dye, quinacridone dye, ansanthrone Examples include, but are not limited to, dyes, isoindolinone dyes, isoindoline dyes, indanthrone dyes, coumarin dyes, quinacridone dyes, pyranthrone dyes, flavanthrone dyes, and perinone dyes.
  • the xanthene dyes that can be preferably used are red and purple, and preferably have any form of oil-soluble dyes, acid dyes, direct dyes, and basic dyes. In addition, a lake pigment in which these dyes are raked may be used. Among these, it is preferable to use a xanthene oil-soluble dye or a xanthene acid dye because of excellent hue.
  • red and purple colors examples include C.I. I. Solvent Red, C.I. I. Oil-soluble dyes such as solvent violet, C.I. I. Basic Red, C.I. I. Basic dyes such as basic violet, C.I. I. Acid Red, C.I. I. Acid dyes such as Acid Violet, C.I. I. Direct Red, C.I. I. Examples include those belonging to direct dyes such as direct violet.
  • the direct dye has a sulfonic acid group (—SO 3 H, —SO 3 Na) in the structure, and in the present disclosure, the direct dye is regarded as an acid dye.
  • the xanthene-based basic dye is used after being salified with an organic acid or perchloric acid.
  • organic acid organic sulfonic acid or organic carboxylic acid is preferably used.
  • naphthalenesulfonic acid such as tobias acid and perchloric acid are preferably used in terms of resistance.
  • xanthene-based acidic dyes are used as salt-forming compounds by chlorination using quaternary ammonium salt compounds, tertiary amine compounds, secondary amine compounds, primary amine compounds, etc., or resin components having these functional groups. In view of resistance, it is preferable to use it as a sulfonamide compound after sulfonamidation.
  • Salt forming compounds of xanthene acid dyes and / or sulfonic acid amide compounds of xanthene acid dyes are preferred because of their excellent hue and resistance, and quaternary ammonium which is a counter component that functions as a counter ion. It is more preferable to use a compound prepared by using a salt compound and a sulfonic acid amide compound obtained by sulfonamidating a xanthene acid dye.
  • rhodamine dyes are preferred because they are excellent in color developability and resistance.
  • Xanthene oil-soluble dyes include C.I. I. Solvent Red 35, C.I. I. Solvent Red 36, C.I. I. Solvent Red 42, C.I. I. Solvent Red 43, C.I. I. Solvent Red 44, C.I. I. Solvent Red 45, C.I. I. Solvent Red 46, C.I. I. Solvent Red 47, C.I. I. Solvent Red 48, C.I. I. Solvent Red 49, C.I. I. Solvent Red 72, C.I. I. Solven Red 73, C.I. I. Solvent Red 109, C.I. I. Solvent Red 140, C.I. I.
  • Solvent Red 141 C.I. I. Solvent Red 237, C.I. I. Solvent Red 246, C.I. I. Solvent Violet 2, C.I. I. Solvent violet 10 and the like.
  • C.I. which is a rhodamine-based oil-soluble dye having high color developability.
  • I. Solvent Red 35, C.I. I. Solvent Red 36, C.I. I. Solvent Red 49, C.I. I. Solvent Red 109, C.I. I. Solvent Red 237, C.I. I. Solvent Red 246, C.I. I. Solvent violet 2 is more preferable.
  • xanthene basic dye examples include C.I. I. Basic Red 1 (Rhodamine 6 GCP), 8 (Rhodamine G), C.I. I. Examples thereof include basic violet 10 (rhodamine B). Among these, C.I. I. Basic Red 1, C.I. I. It is preferable to use basic violet 10.
  • xanthene acid dyes examples include C.I. I. Acid Red 51 (erythrosin (edible red No. 3)), C.I. I. Acid Red 52 (Acid Rhodamine), C.I. I. Acid Red 87 (Eosin G (edible red No. 103)), C.I. I. Acid Red 92 (Acid Phloxin PB (edible red No. 104)), C.I. I. Acid Red 289, C.I. I. Acid Red 388, Rose Bengal B (Edible Red No. 5), Acid Rhodamine G, C.I. I. It is preferable to use Acid Violet 9. Among these, in terms of heat resistance and light resistance, C.I. I.
  • Acid Red 87, C.I. I. Acid Red 92, C.I. I. Acid Red 388 or rhodamine acid dye C.I. I. Acid Red 52 (Acid Rhodamine), C.I. I. Acid Red 289, Acid Rhodamine G, C.I. I. It is more preferable to use Acid Violet 9.
  • C.I. which is a rhodamine acid dye, is excellent in color developability, heat resistance and light resistance.
  • the acid dye (not limited to xanthene) is preferably a salt-forming compound of an acid dye and a nitrogen-containing compound, such as a quaternary ammonium salt compound, a tertiary amine compound, a secondary amine compound, a primary amine compound, or the like. It is preferable to form a salt using a resin component having these functional groups to obtain a salt-forming compound of an acidic dye because high heat resistance, light resistance, and solvent resistance can be imparted. Acid dyes can impart high heat resistance, light resistance, and solvent resistance by sulfonamidation.
  • the compound having an onium base is a resin having a cationic group in the side chain, thereby reducing the brightness and resistance. It can be set as the outstanding coloring composition.
  • Primary amine compounds include methylamine, ethylamine, propylamine, isopropylamine, butylamine, amylamine, hexylamine, heptylamine, octylamine, nonylamine, decylamine, undecylamine, dodecylamine (laurylamine), tridodecylamine, tetra Examples include aliphatic unsaturated primary amines such as decylamine (myristylamine), pentadecylamine, cetylamine, stearylamine, oleylamine, cocoalkylamine, beef tallow alkylamine, cured tallow alkylamine, allylamine, aniline, and benzylamine. .
  • Secondary amine compounds include aliphatic unsaturated secondary amines such as dimethylamine, diethylamine, dipropylamine, diisopropylamine, dibutylamine, diamylamine, diallylamine, methylaniline, ethylaniline, dibenzylamine, diphenylamine, dicocoalkyl. Amine, di-cured tallow alkylamine, distearylamine, etc.
  • tertiary amine compounds include trimethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, tributylamine, triamylamine, dimethylaniline, diethylaniline, tribenzylamine and the like.
  • the organic dye used in the embodiment of the present invention is an acid dye
  • it is preferably used as a salt-forming compound (a) comprising an acid dye and a quaternary ammonium salt compound.
  • the quaternary ammonium salt compound as the counter component of the acid dye will be described.
  • a quaternary ammonium salt compound becomes an acid dye counter by having an amino group.
  • colorless or white means a so-called transparent state, and is defined as a state in which the transmittance is 95% or more, preferably 98% or more in the entire wavelength region of 400 to 700 nm in the visible light region. Is. That is, it is preferably one that does not inhibit the color development of the dye component and does not cause a color change.
  • the molecular weight of the counter portion which is the cation component of the quaternary ammonium salt compound, is preferably in the range of 190 to 900.
  • the cation moiety corresponds to a (NR 1 R 2 R 3 R 4 ) + moiety in the following general formula (3). If the molecular weight is smaller than 190, light resistance and heat resistance may be lowered, and further solubility in a solvent may be lowered. On the other hand, when the molecular weight is larger than 900, the ratio of the color forming component in the molecule is lowered, the color developability is lowered, and the lightness can be lowered. More preferably, the molecular weight of the counter portion is in the range of 240 to 850. Particularly preferred is a molecular weight of the counter portion in the range of 350-800. Here, the molecular weight was calculated based on the structural formula. The atomic weight of C was 12, the atomic weight of H was 1, and the atomic weight of N was 14.
  • R 1 to R 4 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a benzyl group, and at least two of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 are present.
  • Y - represents an inorganic or organic anion).
  • the solubility in a solvent becomes good.
  • the number of alkyl groups having a C number of less than 5 is 3 or more, solubility in a solvent is deteriorated, and coating film foreign matter is likely to be generated.
  • the alkyl group in which the number of C exceeds 20 exists, the color development property of a salt-forming compound (a) will be impaired.
  • the Y ⁇ component constituting the anion may be an inorganic or organic anion, but is preferably a halogen, usually chlorine.
  • the quaternary ammonium salt compounds include tetramethylammonium chloride, tetraethylammonium chloride, monostearyltrimethylammonium chloride, distearyldimethylammonium chloride, tristearylmonomethylammonium chloride, cetyltrimethylammonium chloride, trioctylmethylammonium chloride, dioctyldimethylammonium chloride.
  • Specific quaternary ammonium salt compound products include, for example, Cotamin 24P, Cotamin 86P Conch, Cotamin 60W, Cotamin 86W, Cotamin D86P, Sanizole C, Sanizole B-50 manufactured by Lion Corporation, and other products such as Lion Co., Ltd. 80E, 2C-75, 2HT-75, 2HT flakes, 2O-75I, 2HP-75, 2HP flakes, etc., among others, Cotamine D86P (distearyldimethylammonium chloride), Arcard 2HT-75 (dialkyl (alkyl is C14- C18) dimethylammonium chloride).
  • the organic dye used in the embodiment of the present invention is an acid dye
  • it is also preferably used as a salt-forming compound (a ′) comprising an acid dye and a resin having a cationic group in the side chain.
  • the resin having a cationic group in the side chain for obtaining the salt-forming compound (a ′) used in the embodiment of the present invention will be described.
  • the resin having a cationic group in the side chain for obtaining a salt-forming compound is not particularly limited as long as it has at least one onium base in the side chain, but a suitable onium salt structure is available.
  • ammonium salts, iodonium salts, sulfonium salts, diazonium salts, and phosphonium salts are preferable, and ammonium salts, iodonium salts, and sulfonium salts are preferable in view of storage stability (thermal stability). It is more preferable. More preferred is an ammonium salt.
  • the same kind of resin as the binder resin constituting the blue coloring composition for the color filter is used. It is preferable to do.
  • an acrylic resin is preferably used as the binder resin in the color filter coloring composition, and therefore, the resin having a cationic group in the side chain for obtaining the salt-forming compound (a ′) is An acrylic resin is preferred.
  • an alkali resin containing a structural unit represented by the following general formula (5) may be used as the resin having a cationic group in the side chain.
  • a salt-forming compound can be obtained when the cationic group in the general formula (5) forms a salt with the anionic group of the xanthene acid dye.
  • R 51 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group.
  • R 52 ⁇ R 54 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an alkenyl group which may be substituted or an optionally substituted aryl group, the R 52 ⁇ R 54 Two of them may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • Q represents an alkylene group, an arylene group, —CONH—R 55 —, —COO—R 55 —, and R 55 represents an alkylene group.
  • Y ⁇ represents an inorganic or organic anion.
  • Examples of the alkyl group for R 51 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, an i-butyl group, a t-butyl group, an n-hexyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
  • the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and an alkoxyl group.
  • R 51 is most preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 52 to R 54 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group. Can be mentioned.
  • examples of the alkyl group in R 52 to R 52 include straight chain alkyl groups (methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-dodecyl, n -Tetradecyl, n-hexadecyl, n-octadecyl, etc.), branched alkyl groups (isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tert-pentyl, isohexyl, 2-ethylhexyl and 1,1,3,3) -Tetramethylbutyl etc.), cycloalkyl groups (cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl etc.) and bridged cyclic alkyl groups
  • alkenyl group in R 52 to R 54 examples include linear or branched alkenyl groups (vinyl, allyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 1-methyl-1 -Propenyl, 1-methyl-2-propenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyl and the like) and cycloalkenyl groups (such as 2-cyclohexenyl and 3-cyclohexenyl).
  • the alkenyl group is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the aryl group in R 52 to R 54 include monocyclic aryl groups (such as phenyl), condensed polycyclic aryl groups (such as naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, anthraquinolyl, fluorenyl, and naphthoquinolyl) and aromatic heterocyclic hydrocarbons.
  • examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxyl group, an aryloxy group, an alkenyl group, an acyl group, Examples include a substituent selected from an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a phenyl group, and the like.
  • substituents a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxyl group, and a phenyl group are particularly preferable.
  • R 52 to R 54 are preferably an alkyl group which may be substituted from the viewpoint of stability, and more preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group.
  • R 52 to R 54 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the Q component linking the vinyl moiety and the ammonium base represents an alkylene group, an arylene group, —CONH—R 55 —, —COO—R 55 —, and R 55 represents an alkylene group.
  • R 55 is more preferably a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, or a butylene group, and particularly preferably an ethylene group.
  • the component Y ⁇ in the general formula (5) constituting the counter anion of the resin may be an inorganic or organic anion.
  • the counter anion known ones can be used without limitation. Specifically, hydroxide ions; halogen ions such as chloride ions, bromide ions, and iodide ions; carboxylate ions such as formate ions and acetate ions; Carbonate ions, bicarbonate ions, nitrate ions, sulfate ions, sulfite ions, chromate ions, dichromate ions, phosphate ions, cyanide ions, permanganate ions, and even hexacyanoferrate (III) ions And complex ions.
  • halogen ions and carboxylate ions are preferable, and halogen ions are most preferable.
  • the counter anion is an organic acid ion such as a carboxylate ion
  • the organic acid ion may be covalently bonded in the resin to form an inner salt.
  • One method for introducing an oxetane group into a resin having a cationic group in the side chain is that the ethylenically unsaturated monomer containing an oxetane structure corresponds to the cationic group represented by the general formula (5). This is a method of copolymerizing with an ethylenically unsaturated monomer.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an oxetane group include (3-methyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, (3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, (3-butyl-3 -Oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, (3-hexyltyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
  • Examples of commercially available products include ETERNACOLL OXMA (manufactured by Ube Industries), OXE-10, OXE-30 (above, manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • a salt-forming compound of an acid dye and a nitrogen-containing compound or a resin having a cationic group in the side chain can be produced by a conventionally known method.
  • a specific technique is disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11-72969.
  • a xanthene acid dye may be used, and after the xanthene acid dye is dissolved in water, a quaternary ammonium salt compound may be added and subjected to chlorination while stirring.
  • a structure in which the sulfonic acid group (—SO 3 H) and sodium sulfonate group (—SO 3 Na) in the xanthene-based acid dye and the ammonium group (NH 4 + ) in the quaternary ammonium salt compound are bonded to each other is formed.
  • a salt compound is obtained.
  • methanol and ethanol are also solvents that can be used for the chlorination.
  • the salt-forming compound is obtained by stirring or vibrating an aqueous solution in which a resin having a cationic group in the side chain represented by the general formula (5) and an acidic dye are dissolved, or represented by the general formula (5). It can be easily obtained by mixing an aqueous solution of a resin having a cationic group in the side chain and an aqueous solution of an acidic dye under stirring or vibration. In the aqueous solution, the ammonium group of the resin and the anionic group of the acidic dye are ionized and these are ionically bonded, and the ion-bonded portion becomes water-insoluble and precipitates.
  • the salt composed of the counter anion of the resin and the counter cation of the acidic dye is water-soluble and can be removed by washing or the like.
  • the resin having a cationic group in the side chain to be used and the acid dye only a single type or a plurality of types having different structures may be used.
  • a salt-forming compound with a nitrogen-containing compound or a resin having a cationic group in the side chain can be obtained in the same manner as the xanthene dye.
  • the acidic dye may be a sulfonic acid amide compound obtained by reacting a sulfonic acid amide compound with an anionic dye.
  • a sulfonic acid amide compound of an acid dye that can be preferably used for an acid dye is obtained by chlorinating an acid dye having —SO 3 H and —SO 3 Na by a conventional method to convert —SO 3 H to —SO 2 Cl.
  • Compounds can be prepared by reacting with amines having —NH 2 groups.
  • An example using a xanthene acid dye is C.I. I.
  • C.I. I In the case of obtaining a sulfonic acid amide compound obtained by modifying Acid Red 289 with 3- (2-ethylhexyloxy) propylamine, C.I. I.
  • Acid Red 289 was converted to a sulfonyl chloride and reacted with the theoretical equivalent of 3- (2-ethylhexyloxy) propylamine in dioxane to give C.I. I. What is necessary is just to obtain the sulfonic acid amide compound of Acid Red 289. In addition, C.I. I. In the case of obtaining a sulfonic acid amide compound obtained by modifying Acid Red 52 with 3- (2-ethylhexyloxy) propylamine, C.I. I.
  • Acid Red 52 was converted to a sulfonyl chloride and reacted with the theoretical equivalent of 3- (2-ethylhexyloxy) propylamine in dioxane to give C.I. I. What is necessary is just to obtain the sulfonic acid amide compound of Acid Red 52. Moreover, also in other acidic dyes, a sulfonic acid amide compound can be obtained in the same manner as xanthene dyes.
  • No. 033194 Japanese Patent Application No. 2011-71888, Japanese Patent Application No. 2013-72263, Japanese Patent Application No. 2013-81209, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-173064, Japanese Patent Application No. 2013-53028, Japanese Patent Application No. 2013-52186 JP, 2014-196392, JP 2014-196393, JP 2014-201714, JP 2014-201715, JP 2013-050693, JP 2013-178478, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-203156, country It may be a known technique described in Publication No. 2013/011687 pamphlet, and the like.
  • the xanthene dye may be C.I. I. Acid Red 51, C.I. I. Acid Red 52, C.I. I. Acid Red 87, C.I. I. Acid Red 92, C.I. I. Acid Red 289, C.I. I. Acid Red 388, Rose Bengal B, Acid Rhodamine G, C.I. I. Acid Violet 9, C.I. I. Acid Violet 9, C.I. I. It is preferable to use Acid Violet 30. Among them, C.I. I. Acid Red 52, C.I. I. Acid Red 87, C.I. I. Acid Red 92, C.I. I. Acid Red 289, C.I. I. It is preferable to use Acid Red 388.
  • the dipyrromethene dye is a dye having a partial structure derived from a dipyrromethene dye as a partial structure of the dye part, and is preferably a dipyrromethene compound, and a dipyrromethene metal complex compound obtained from a dipyrromethene compound and a metal or a metal compound.
  • a metal complex compound in which the structure represented by the general formula (6) is coordinated to a metal atom or a metal compound (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as “dipyrromethene metal complex compound”) is preferable.
  • the metal complex compound (dipyrromethene metal complex compound) in which the structure represented by the general formula (6) is coordinated to a metal atom or a metal compound will be described.
  • R 1 to R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent
  • R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.
  • the metal or metal compound may be any metal atom or metal compound capable of forming a complex, and may be any divalent metal atom, divalent metal oxide, divalent metal hydroxide, or 2 Valent metal chlorides are included. Examples of the metal or metal compound include ZnCl, Mg, Si, Sn, Rh, Pt, Pd, Mo, Mn, Pb, Cu, Ni, Co, Fe, and B, as well as AlCl 3 , InCl 3 , and FeCl.
  • metal chlorides such as TiCl 2 , SnCl 2 , SiCl 2 and GeCl 2 , metal oxides such as TiO and VO, and metal hydroxides such as Si (OH) 2 are also included.
  • metal or a metal compound Fe, Zn, Mg, Si, Pt, Pd, Mo, Mn, Cu, and the like from the viewpoint of stability of the complex, spectral characteristics, heat resistance, light resistance, manufacturing suitability, and the like.
  • Ni, Co, TiO, B, or VO is preferable, Fe, Zn, Mg, Si, Pt, Pd, Cu, Ni, Co, B, or VO is more preferable, and Fe, Zn, Cu, Co, B, or VO is most preferred.
  • dipyrromethene dyes examples include JP-A-2008-292970, JP-A-2010-85758, JP-A-2010-84009, Japanese Patent Application No. 2010-43530, JP-A-2013-080010, Known techniques described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2013-210596 and International Publication No. 2013/141156 can be used.
  • Triphenylmethane dye examples include a diaminotriphenylmethane dye skeleton, a triaminotriphenylmethane dye skeleton, and a rosic acid dye skeleton having an OH group.
  • Triaminotriphenylmethane-based dye skeletons are preferable in that they are excellent in color tone and more excellent in fastness to sunlight than others. Among them, a diphenylnaphthylmethane dye skeleton that is a basic dye is particularly preferable.
  • Triphenylmethane basic dye The triphenylmethane-based basic dye develops color when the NH 2 or OH group located in the para position with respect to the central carbon takes a quinone structure by oxidation. Depending on the number of NH 2 and OH groups, it can be divided into the following three types. Among them, a triaminoarylmethane-based basic dye is preferable in terms of good blue, red and green coloring.
  • Diaminotriphenylmethane basic dye b) Triaminotriphenylmethane basic dye c) Rosolic acid basic dye having OH group Triaminotriphenylmethane basic dye, diaminotriphenylmethane basic dye
  • the dye has a clear color tone and is preferable because it is more excellent in fastness to sunlight than other dyes.
  • the blue triphenylmethane basic dye has a spectral characteristic having a high transmittance at 400 to 440 nm, it can have a high brightness particularly when used for forming a blue filter segment. This is preferable because it is possible.
  • triphenylmethane basic dyes include C.I. I. Basic Violet 1 (Methyl Violet), 3 (Crystal Violet), 14 (Magenta), C.I. I. Basic Blue 1 (Basic Cyanine 6G), 5 (Basic Cyanine EX), 7 (Victoria Pure Blue BO), 26 (Victoria Blue B conc.), C.I. I. Examples include Basic Green 1 (Brilliant Green GX) and 4 (Malachite Green). Above all, from the point of brightness, C.I. I. It is preferable to use Basic Blue 7.
  • a triphenyl basic dye it can be used after salt formation using an organic acid, perchloric acid or a metal salt thereof.
  • a salt forming compound of a basic dye is preferable because of its resistance and excellent compatibility with pigments, and further, a basic dye and organic sulfonic acid, organic sulfuric acid, fluorine group-containing phosphorus, which are counter components that function as counter ions. It is possible to use a salt-forming compound obtained by salting an anion compound, a fluorine group-containing boron anion compound, a cyano group-containing nitrogen anion compound, an anion compound having a conjugate base of an organic acid having a halogenated hydrocarbon group, or an acid dye. It is more preferable.
  • organic acids such as heteropoly acids, organic sulfonic acids such as aliphatic sulfonic acids and aromatic sulfonic acids, organic sulfuric acids such as aliphatic sulfuric acids and aromatic sulfuric acids, organic carboxylic acids such as aromatic carboxylic acids and fatty acids, Or it has the form of an acid dye.
  • organic acids such as heteropoly acids, organic sulfonic acids such as aliphatic sulfonic acids and aromatic sulfonic acids, organic sulfuric acids such as aliphatic sulfuric acids and aromatic sulfuric acids, organic carboxylic acids such as aromatic carboxylic acids and fatty acids, Or it has the form of an acid dye.
  • a metal salt thereof may be used.
  • a salt-forming compound with a resin having an acid group is also preferable.
  • salt forming compounds of a basic dye and an anionic counter can be synthesized by a conventionally known method.
  • a specific method is disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-215850.
  • an organic sulfonic acid or (sodium organic sulfonate) solution may be added and subjected to chlorination treatment while stirring.
  • a salt-forming compound in which the amino group (—NHC 2 H 5 ) portion of the triarylmethane-based basic dye and the sulfonic acid group (—SO 3 H) portion of the organic sulfonic acid are bonded is obtained.
  • the organic sulfonic acid can be dissolved in an alkali solution such as sodium hydroxide before the salt-forming treatment and used in the form of sodium sulfonate (—SO 3 Na).
  • an alkali solution such as sodium hydroxide before the salt-forming treatment
  • sodium sulfonate —SO 3 Na
  • the sulfonic acid group (—SO 3 H) and the functional group (—SO 3 Na) which is sodium sulfonate may be referred to without distinction.
  • triphenylmethane dyes examples include JP-A No. 2002-014222, JP-A No. 2003-246935, JP-A No. 2003-246935, JP-A No. 2008-304766, and JP-A No. 2010-256598.
  • Japanese Patent Application No. 2011-200560 Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2011-186043, Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2012-173399, Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2012-233303, Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2012-098522, Japanese Patent Application No. 2012-288970,
  • Known techniques described in Japanese Patent Application No. 2012-200469 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-196262, International Publication No. 2010/123071, Pamphlet of International Publication No. 2011/162217, Pamphlet of International Publication No. 2013/108591, etc. To use Can.
  • the triphenylmethane dye may be C.I. I. Acid Violet 15, C.I. I. Acid Violet 17, C.I. I. Acid Violet 19, C.I. I. Acid Violet 21, C.I. I. Acid Violet 24, C.I. I. Acid Violet 25, C.I. I. Acid Violet 38, C.I. I. Acid Violet 49, C.I. I. Acid Blue 1, C.I. I. Acid Blue 3, C.I. I. Acid Blue 5, C.I. I. Acid Blue 7, C.I. I. Acid Blue 9, C.I. I. Acid Blue 11, C.I. I. Acid Blue 13, C.I. I. Acid Blue 15, C.I. I. Acid Blue 17, C.I. I. Acid Blue 22, C.I. I. Acid Blue 24, C.I.
  • C.I. I. Basic Violet 1 C.I. I. Basic Violet 2
  • C.I. I. Basic Violet 3 C.I. I. Basic Violet 4
  • C.I. I. Basic Violet 14 C.I. I. Basic Blue 1, C.I. I. Basic Blue 5, C.I. I. Basic Blue 7, C.I. I. Basic Blue 11, C.I. I. Basic blue 26 can be preferably used.
  • Cyanine dyes Any cyanine dye can be used without limitation as long as it is a compound having a dye moiety containing a cyanine skeleton in the molecule.
  • Examples of cyanine dyes include C.I. I. Basic yellow 11, 12, 13, 14, 21, 22, 23, 24, 28, 29, 33, 35, 40, 43, 44, 45, 48, 49, 51, 52, 53, C.I. I. Basic Red 12, 13, 14, 15, 27, 35, 36, 37, 45, 48, 49, 52, 53, 66, 68, C.I. I. Basic violet 7, 15, 16, 20, 21, 39, 40, C.I. I. Basic orange 27, 42, 44, 46, C.I. I. Basic blue 62, 63, etc. may be mentioned.
  • cyanine dyes described in JP2014-224970A, JP2013-261614A, and the like can also be used.
  • An anthraquinone dye is a dye having an anthraquinone skeleton in the molecule.
  • Examples of the anthraquinone dye include C.I. I. Solvent Yellow 117, 163, 167, 189, C.I. I. Solvent Orange 77, 86, C.I. I. Solvent Red 111, 143, 145, 146, 150, 151, 155, 168, 169, 172, 175, 181, 207, 222, 227, 230, 245, 247, C.I. I. Solvent Violet 11, 13, 14, 26, 31, 36, 37, 38, 45, 47, 48, 51, 59, 60, C.I. I.
  • Disperse Blue 1, 14, 56, 60, C.I. I. Direct Blue 40, C.I. I. Modern Red 3, 11, C.I. I. Modern Blue 8 etc. are mentioned.
  • anthraquinone dyes described in JP-A-9-291237, WO2003 / 080734, WO2006 / 024617, JP2011-174987, JP2013-53273, and the like are used. It can be used as a known technique.
  • the anthraquinone dye is preferably soluble in an organic solvent, and more preferably a blue, violet or red anthraquinone dye.
  • C.I. I. Solvent Blue 35, C.I. I. Solvent Blue 45, C.I. I. Acid Blue 80, C.I. I. Solvent Blue 104, and C.I. I. Solvent blue 122 is preferable from the viewpoint of brightness and contrast.
  • anthraquinone dye C.I. I. Acid Violet 29, C.I. I. Acid Violet 31, C.I. I. Acid Violet 33, C.I. I. Acid Violet 34, C.I. I. Acid Violet 36, C.I. I. Acid Violet 39, C.I. I. Acid Violet 43, C.I. I. Acid Violet 48, C.I. I. Acid Violet 63, C.I. I. Acid Violet 109, C.I. I. Acid Blue 25, C.I. I. Acid Blue 27, C.I. I. Acid Blue 41, C.I. I. Acid Blue 45, C.I. I. Acid Blue 62, C.I. I. Acid Blue 80, C.I. I. Acid Blue 127, C.I. I.
  • Acid Blue 129 C.I. I. Acid Blue 145, C.I. I. Acid Blue 225, C.I. I. Acid Blue 230, C.I. I. Acid Blue 260, C.I. I. Acid Blue 264, C.I. I. Acid Blue 277, C.I. I. Acid Blue 281, C.I. I. Acid Blue 324 or C.I. I. It is preferable to use Acid Blue 350.
  • the content of the colorant (D) is preferably 20% by weight or more, more preferably in a solid content of 100% by weight of the photosensitive coloring composition for color filter according to the embodiment of the present invention. If it is 30% by weight, particularly preferably 35% by weight or more, sufficient color reproducibility can be obtained, and the film thickness can be reduced.
  • the content when used in an organic EL display device, the content of the colorant (D) is preferably 100% by weight or more, preferably 40% by weight or more, in the solid content of 100% by weight of the photosensitive coloring composition for color filter according to the embodiment of the present invention. If it is preferably 45% by weight, sufficient color reproducibility can be obtained, and the film thickness can be reduced. Moreover, if it is 60 weight% or less, More preferably, it is 55 weight% or less, content of resin and a photopolymerizable compound which are hardening materials will become appropriate, and sufficient cured coating film can be obtained.
  • a dispersant has a structure of a site that adsorbs to a colorant and a site that has a high affinity for a colorant carrier and a solvent that is a dispersion medium, and the performance of the dispersant is determined by the balance between these two sites. That is, in order to develop dispersibility, both the ability of the dispersant to adsorb to the colorant and the affinity to the colorant carrier and the solvent as the dispersion medium are very important.
  • the colorant carrier referred to here is composed of a resin, a precursor thereof, or a mixture thereof obtained by removing a colorant component and a dispersant from a solid content.
  • the dispersant that can be contained in the photosensitive coloring composition according to the embodiment of the present invention includes the dispersant (X) and / or other dispersants, which are used alone or in combination of two or more. Can do.
  • the dispersant having an oxetane group can be achieved by the dispersant (X) and other dispersants having this structure.
  • the coloring composition containing the dispersant is excellent in heat resistance after being cured.
  • dispersant (X) described below is composed of two parts X1 ′ and X2 ′, and it is impossible to specify and describe how these parts are bonded. This is described by the manufacturing method.
  • the dispersant (X) is an acid anhydride group in one or more acid anhydrides (b) selected from the tetracarboxylic acid anhydride (b1) and the tricarboxylic acid anhydride (b2) and the hydroxyl group-containing compound (a). It has the polyester part X1 'which has a carboxyl group which is made to react with a hydroxyl group, and the vinyl polymer part X2' which is obtained by radical polymerization of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer (c).
  • the polyester portion X1 ′ of the main chain acts as a colorant adsorbing group
  • the vinyl polymer portion X2 ′ of the side chain acts as a colorant carrier affinity group, thereby suppressing aggregation of the colorant and excellent stability. Dispersion can be obtained.
  • the content of the dispersing agent (X) is preferably 0.01 to 100 parts by weight, more preferably 0.01 to 60 parts by weight, and still more preferably 5 to 40 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the colorant. When content of dispersing agent (X) exists in this range, it can be excellent in dispersibility and tolerance.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the dispersant (X) is preferably 2,000 to 100,000. If the weight average molecular weight is less than 2,000, the stability of the pigment composition may be reduced. .
  • the acid value of the obtained dispersant is preferably 5 to 200 mgKOH / g. More preferably, it is 5 to 150 mgKOH / g, and particularly preferably 5 to 100 mgKOH / g. If the acid value is less than 5 mgKOH / g, the ability to adsorb to the colorant may be lowered and there may be a problem in dispersibility. There is a case.
  • the hydroxyl group-containing compound is not particularly limited as long as it has a hydroxyl group in the molecule, but is preferably a polyol having two or more hydroxyl groups in the molecule, and in particular, two hydroxyl groups and one in the molecule. It is preferable that it is a compound (a1) which has a thiol group.
  • Examples of the compound (a1) having two hydroxyl groups and one thiol group in the molecule include 1-mercapto-1,1-methanediol, 1-mercapto-1,1-ethanediol, 3-mercapto-1, 2-propanediol (thioglycerin), 2-mercapto-1,2-propanediol, 2-mercapto-2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-mercapto-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol, Examples include 1-mercapto-2,2-propanediol, 2-mercaptoethyl-2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, and 2-mercaptoethyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol.
  • polyols (a2) examples include those belonging to the following groups (1) to (7), if only typical ones are exemplified. By using these polyol compounds in combination, it becomes easy to adjust the density of the carboxylic acid group and the ratio of the solvent-dissolving part.
  • polyether glycols such as polyoxyethylene glycol, polyoxypropylene glycol, polyoxyethylene polyoxytetramethylene glycol, polyoxypropylene polyoxytetramethylene glycol, or polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene polyoxytetramethylene glycolkind;
  • Polyester polyols obtained by co-condensation with one or more of the various polyhydric alcohols described above and polycarboxylic acids wherein the polycarboxylic acids are succinic acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, Azelaic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, citraconic acid, itaconic acid, glutaconic acid, 1,2,5-hexanetricarboxylic acid, 1,4-cyclohexanehycarboxylic acid, 1 1,2,4-benzenetricarboxylic acid, 1,2,5-benzenetricarboxylic acid, 1,2,4-cyclohexatricarboxylic acid, or 2,5,7-naphthalenetricarboxylic acid Resulting polyols;
  • Epoxy compounds such as bisphenol A type epoxy compounds, hydrogenated bisphenol A type epoxy compounds, glycidyl ethers of monohydric and / or polyhydric alcohols, or glycidyl esters of monobasic acids and / or polybasic acids, Epoxy-modified polyester polyols obtained by combining one or more of the polyester polyols during synthesis; or
  • weight average molecular weight is as follows. From the viewpoint of solubility and dispersion stability, it is preferably 40 to 10,000, more preferably 100 to 2,000, and still more preferably 100 to 1,000. When the weight average molecular weight is less than 40, the effect of improving the compatibility and dispersion stability is small, and when the weight average molecular weight is 10,000 or more, the compatibility may be deteriorated.
  • the number of hydroxyl groups in one molecule of the other polyol (a2) is not particularly limited as long as the desired dispersant can be synthesized, but a diol is preferable.
  • carboxyl groups serving as pigment adsorbing groups can be regularly arranged in the main chain, which is advantageous for pigment dispersion.
  • the main chain of the polyester may be branched and complicated and bulky, and it may be difficult to obtain a dispersion effect.
  • the acid anhydride (b) preferably contains one or more selected from tetracarboxylic anhydride (b1) and tricarboxylic anhydride (b2).
  • the two anhydride groups of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride (b1) react with the hydroxyl groups of the hydroxyl group-containing compound (a), thereby regularly forming carboxyl groups that serve as pigment adsorption groups on the main chain of the dispersant (X). This is advantageous for pigment dispersion.
  • tricarboxylic anhydride (b2) it can react with a hydroxyl group to form an ester bond, leaving a carboxyl group.
  • polycarboxylic acid anhydrides other than tetracarboxylic acid anhydride (b1) and tricarboxylic acid anhydride (b2), dicarboxylic acid anhydrides, and anhydrides of compounds having 5 or more carboxylic acids can be used in combination.
  • tetracarboxylic acid anhydride (b1) As tetracarboxylic dianhydride (b1), 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,3-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid Dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentylacetic acid dianhydride, 3,5,6-tricarboxynorbornane-2-acetic acid dianhydride 2,3,4,5-tetrahydrofurantetracarboxylic dianhydride, 5- (2,5-dioxotetrahydrofural) -3-methyl-3-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic dianhydride, bicyclo Aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides such as [2,2,2] -
  • the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is not limited to the compounds exemplified above, and may have any structure as long as it has two carboxylic anhydride groups. These may be used alone or in combination. Since tetracarboxylic dianhydride forms a dispersant having two carboxyl groups in one unit of polyester by reaction with polyol, it is preferable as a constituent of dispersant (X) from the viewpoint of pigment adsorptivity. .
  • Aromatic carboxylic acids have higher pigment adsorption capacity than aliphatic carboxylic acids, and carboxylic acids having two or more aromatic rings are skeletons suitable for pigment adsorption and have high heat resistance.
  • aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides represented by the following general formula (7) or general formula (8).
  • Tricarboxylic anhydride (b2) examples include aliphatic tricarboxylic acid anhydrides and aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydrides.
  • Examples of the aliphatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride include 3-carboxymethylglutaric acid anhydride, 1,2,4-butanetricarboxylic acid-1,2-anhydride, cis-propene-1,2,3-tricarboxylic acid- 1,2-anhydride, 1,3,4-cyclopentanetricarboxylic acid anhydride and the like.
  • aromatic tricarboxylic acid examples include benzene tricarboxylic acid anhydride (1,2,3-benzene tricarboxylic acid anhydride, trimellitic acid anhydride [1,2,4-benzene tricarboxylic acid anhydride], etc.), naphthalene tricarboxylic acid, and the like.
  • Acid anhydrides (1,2,4-naphthalene tricarboxylic acid anhydride, 1,4,5-naphthalene tricarboxylic acid anhydride, 2,3,6-naphthalene tricarboxylic acid anhydride, 1,2,8-naphthalene tricarboxylic acid anhydride 3,4,4′-benzophenone tricarboxylic acid anhydride, 3,4,4′-biphenyl ether tricarboxylic acid anhydride, 3,4,4′-biphenyl tricarboxylic acid anhydride, 2,3,2 ′ -Biphenyltricarboxylic anhydride, 3,4,4'-biphenylmethanetricarboxylic anhydride, or 3,4,4'-biphe Le sulfonic tricarboxylic acid anhydride and the like.
  • aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydrides are preferably used from the viewpoint of adsorptivity to pigments.
  • the anhydride group / hydroxyl group is preferably 0.5 to 1.5. When it is smaller than 0.5 or larger than 1.5, there are many portions that do not react with each other, and the intended dispersant is often not obtained.
  • the dispersant (X) has a vinyl polymer site X2 ′ formed by radical polymerization of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer (c).
  • the ethylenically unsaturated monomer (c) include an ethylenically unsaturated monomer (c1) having an oxetane group and other ethylenically unsaturated monomers, and a mixture of two or more of these is used. be able to.
  • the content of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer (c1) having an oxetane group is 5 to 70% by weight based on the total (100% by weight) of all the ethylenically unsaturated monomers (c). Preferably, it is 10 to 50% by weight. When the content is 5% by weight or more, the cross-linking property is excellent and the resistance is better. When the content is 70% by weight or less, the stability is excellent.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer (c1) having an oxetane group include (3-methyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, (3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, (3- And butyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, (3-hexyltyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
  • Examples of commercially available products include ETERNACOLL OXMA (manufactured by Ube Industries), OXE-10, OXE-30 (above, manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • ethylenically unsaturated monomers include, for example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl, in addition to the ethylenically unsaturated monomer (c1) described above.
  • Monomers that can be used in combination with the above acrylic monomers include styrenes such as styrene and ⁇ -methylstyrene, vinyl ethers such as ethyl vinyl ether, n-propyl vinyl ether, isopropyl vinyl ether, n-butyl vinyl ether, isobutyl vinyl ether, and acetic acid. And fatty acid vinyls such as vinyl and vinyl propionate.
  • Examples of the synthesis method of the dispersant (X) include, but are not limited to, the following synthesis methods (1) to (2).
  • polyester part X1 ′ The synthesis of the polyester portion X1 ′ is carried out in the acid anhydride group and the hydroxyl group-containing compound (a) in one or more acid anhydrides (b) selected from tetracarboxylic acid anhydride (b1) and tricarboxylic acid anhydride (b2). This is a step of reacting the hydroxyl group.
  • reaction catalyst As the catalyst used for the production of the polyester portion X1 ′, a known catalyst can be used.
  • a catalyst for example, Triethylamine, triethylenediamine, N, N-dimethylbenzylamine, N-methylmorpholine, 1,8-diazabicyclo- [5.4.0] -7-undecene, or 1,5-diazabicyclo- [4.3.0] Examples thereof include tertiary amine compounds such as -5-nonene, mono-n-butyltin (IV) oxide, and the like.
  • reaction solvent For the production of the polyester portion X1 ′, it is possible to produce the polyester portion X1 ′ alone, but it is preferable to use a solvent in order to avoid problems such as high viscosity and non-uniform reaction.
  • a solvent used A well-known thing can be used. Examples include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, toluene, xylene, or acetonitrile.
  • the solvent used in the reaction can be removed by an operation such as distillation, or can be used as it is as a solvent for the next step or as part of a product.
  • reaction temperature The reaction temperature for the synthesis of the polyester part X1 ′ is 50 ° C. to 180 ° C., preferably 80 ° C. to 140 ° C.
  • reaction temperature is 50 ° C. or lower, the reaction rate is slow, and when the reaction temperature is 180 ° C. or higher, the carboxyl group and the hydroxyl group may undergo an esterification reaction, resulting in a decrease in acid value or gelation.
  • the reaction is stopped until the absorption of the acid anhydride is eliminated by infrared absorption, but the reaction may be stopped when 97% or more of the acid anhydride is half-esterified by acid value measurement.
  • the vinyl polymer portion X2 ′ in the dispersant (X) is obtained by radical polymerization of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer (c). Since this vinyl polymer portion X2 'functions as an affinity site for the solvent and colorant carrier as the side chain of the dispersant (X), it is stable even when fine pigments or dyes are used. It can be made excellent in properties.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the vinyl polymer portion X2 ' is preferably 1000 to 20000, more preferably 2000 to 15000, still more preferably 2000 to 12000, and particularly preferably 3000 to 8000.
  • This portion X2 ' becomes an affinity portion for the solvent as the dispersion medium. If the weight average molecular weight of the vinyl polymer portion X2 'is less than 1000, the effect of steric repulsion by the solvent affinity portion is reduced, and it is difficult to prevent pigment aggregation and dispersion stability may be insufficient. On the other hand, if it exceeds 20000, the absolute amount of the solvent affinity part increases, and the dispersibility effect itself may be lowered. Further, the viscosity of the dispersion may increase.
  • the content of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer (c) is preferably 3 to 100 parts by weight with respect to 1 part by weight of the hydroxyl group-containing compound (a), and bulk polymerization or solution polymerization is preferably performed.
  • the amount is more preferably 8 to 25 parts by weight, still more preferably 10 to 20 parts by weight.
  • the molecular weight of the vinyl polymer site X2 ′ is too high, and the absolute amount increases as an affinity site for the pigment carrier and the solvent, and the dispersibility effect itself may decrease,
  • the weight is less than 10 weight, the molecular weight of the vinyl polymer portion X2 ′ is too low, and the effect of steric repulsion is lost as an affinity portion for the pigment carrier and the solvent, and it is difficult to suppress the aggregation of the pigment. There is.
  • a polymerization initiator in the polymerization, 0.001 to 5 parts by weight of a polymerization initiator can be arbitrarily used with respect to 100 parts by weight of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer.
  • a polymerization initiator an azo compound and an organic peroxide can be used.
  • azo compounds examples include 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2′-azobis (2-methylbutyronitrile), 1,1′-azobis (cyclohexane 1-carbonitrile), 2 , 2'-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2'-azobis (2,4-dimethyl-4-methoxyvaleronitrile), dimethyl 2,2'-azobis (2-methylpropionate) 4,4′-azobis (4-cyanovaleric acid), 2,2′-azobis (2-hydroxymethylpropionitrile), 2,2′-azobis [2- (2-imidazolin-2-yl) Propane] and the like.
  • organic peroxides examples include benzoyl peroxide, t-butyl perbenzoate, cumene hydroperoxide, diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate, di-n-propyl peroxydicarbonate, di (2-ethoxyethyl) peroxy
  • examples thereof include dicarbonate, t-butyl peroxynedecanoate, t-butyl peroxybivalate, (3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl) peroxide, dipropionyl peroxide, diacetyl peroxide and the like.
  • These polymerization initiators can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, toluene, xylene, acetone, hexane, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, etc. can be used as the polymerization solvent, but it is not particularly limited thereto. It is not something.
  • These polymerization solvents may be used as a mixture of two or more.
  • dispersant (X) known techniques described in International Publication No. 2008/007776, JP-A 2009-155406, JP-A 2011-157416 and the like can be used.
  • ⁇ Other dispersants include polyurethanes, polycarboxylic acid esters such as polyacrylates, unsaturated polyamides, polycarboxylic acids, polycarboxylic acid (partial) amine salts, polycarboxylic acid ammonium salts, and polycarboxylic acid alkylamine salts.
  • Water-soluble dispersants such as (meth) acrylic acid-styrene copolymer, (meth) acrylic acid- (meth) acrylic acid ester copolymer, styrene-maleic acid copolymer, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone Resin, water-soluble polymer, polyester, modified polymer Acrylate, ethylene oxide / propylene oxide addition compounds, phosphate esters, various surfactants, and the like can be used, and these can be used alone or in admixture of two or more, but are not necessarily limited thereto. is not.
  • the resin-type pigment dispersant has a pigment affinity part that has the property of adsorbing to the pigment and a part that is compatible with the dye carrier, and acts to stabilize the dispersion of the pigment on the dye carrier by adsorbing to the pigment. It is something to do.
  • Commercially available resin-type dispersants include Disperbyk-101, 103, 107, 108, 110, 111, 116, 130, 140, 154, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, and 170 manufactured by Big Chemie Japan.
  • Surfactants include polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate, sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate, alkali salt of styrene-acrylic acid copolymer, sodium alkylnaphthalenesulfonate, sodium alkyldiphenyletherdisulfonate, monoethanolamine lauryl sulfate, lauryl Anionic surfactants such as triethanolamine sulfate, ammonium lauryl sulfate, monoethanolamine stearate, sodium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate, monoethanolamine of styrene-acrylic acid copolymer, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphate; Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene Nonionic surfactants such as alkyl ether phosphates, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate and polyethylene glycol monolau
  • dispersants can be used in an amount of 0.1 to 40 parts by weight, preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the colorant (D).
  • the photosensitive coloring composition according to the embodiment of the present invention can contain an adhesion improving agent such as a silane coupling agent in order to improve the adhesion to the transparent substrate.
  • an adhesion improving agent such as a silane coupling agent in order to improve the adhesion to the transparent substrate.
  • silane coupling agent examples include vinyl silanes such as vinyltris ( ⁇ -methoxyethoxy) silane, vinylethoxysilane, and vinyltrimethoxysilane, (meth) acrylsilanes such as ⁇ -methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ - ( 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ - (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) methyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ - (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltriethoxysilane, ⁇ - (3,4-epoxy (Cyclohexyl) methyltriethoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane and other epoxy silanes, N- ⁇ (aminoethyl) ⁇ -amino
  • the silane coupling agent can be used in an amount of 0.01 to 10 parts by weight, preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by weight, with respect to 100 parts by weight of the colorant (D) in the photosensitive coloring composition.
  • the photosensitive coloring composition by embodiment of this invention can contain polyfunctional thiol (F).
  • the polyfunctional thiol (F) is a compound having two or more thiol (SH) groups.
  • a thiyl radical is generated that acts as a chain transfer agent and is less susceptible to polymerization inhibition by oxygen.
  • the resulting photosensitive coloring composition has high sensitivity.
  • a polyfunctional aliphatic thiol in which an SH group is bonded to an aliphatic group such as methylene or ethylene group is preferable.
  • the content of the polyfunctional thiol (F) is preferably 0.05 to 100 parts by weight, more preferably 1.0 to 50.0 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the colorant (D).
  • the content of the polyfunctional thiol (F) is preferably 0.05 to 100 parts by weight, more preferably 1.0 to 50.0 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the colorant (D).
  • polyfunctional thiol By using 0.05 part by weight or more of polyfunctional thiol, better development resistance can be obtained.
  • a monofunctional thiol having one thiol (SH) group is used, such an improvement in development resistance cannot be obtained.
  • the photosensitive coloring composition according to the embodiment of the present invention may contain an antioxidant.
  • Antioxidants are used to prevent the photopolymerization initiators and thermosetting compounds contained in the color filter coloring composition from oxidizing and yellowing due to thermal processes during thermal curing and ITO annealing. Can be high. Therefore, by including an antioxidant, yellowing due to oxidation during the heating step can be prevented, and high coating film transmittance can be obtained.
  • the “antioxidant” in the embodiment of the present invention may be a compound having an ultraviolet absorption function, a radical scavenging function, or a peroxide decomposition function, and specifically, a hindered phenol type as an antioxidant. Hindered amine, phosphorus, sulfur, benzotriazole, benzophenone, hydroxylamine, salicylate, and triazine compounds, and known ultraviolet absorbers and antioxidants can be used.
  • antioxidants a hindered phenol antioxidant, a hindered amine antioxidant, a phosphorus antioxidant, or a sulfur antioxidant is preferable from the viewpoint of achieving both transmittance and sensitivity of the coating film.
  • Agents More preferably, they are hindered phenolic antioxidants, hindered amine antioxidants, or phosphorus antioxidants. These antioxidants can be used singly or in combination of two or more at any ratio as required.
  • the content of the antioxidant is more preferably 0.5 to 5.0% by weight based on the solid content weight of the photosensitive coloring composition (100% by weight) because the brightness and sensitivity are good.
  • the photosensitive coloring composition according to the embodiment of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber (G) or a polymerization inhibitor (H).
  • an ultraviolet absorber (G) or a polymerization inhibitor (H) By containing the ultraviolet absorber (G) or the polymerization inhibitor (H), the shape and resolution of the pattern can be controlled.
  • the ultraviolet absorber include 2- [4-[(2-hydroxy-3- (dodecyl and tridecyl) oxypropyl) oxy] -2-hydroxyphenyl] -4,6-bis (2,4-dimethylphenyl).
  • the polymerization inhibitor examples include methyl hydroquinone, t-butyl hydroquinone, 2,5-di-t-butyl hydroquinone, 4-benzoquinone, 4-methoxyphenol, 4-methoxy-1-naphthol, t-butylcatechol and the like.
  • Hydroquinone derivatives and phenolic compounds such as phenothiazine, bis- (1-dimethylbenzyl) phenothiazine, 3,7-dioctylphenothiazine, copper dibutyldithiocarbamate, copper diethyldithiocarbamate, manganese diethyldithiocarbamate, manganese diphenyldithiocarbamate, etc.
  • Copper and manganese salt compounds 4-nitrosophenol, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, N-nitrosocyclohexylhydroxylamine, N-nitrosophenylhydroxyl Min such nitroso compounds and their ammonium salts or aluminum salts and the like, and used alone or in combination.
  • the ultraviolet absorber (G) and the polymerization inhibitor (H) are 0.01 to 20 parts by weight, preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the colorant (D) in the coloring composition. Can be used in quantities. By using 0.01 part by weight or more of the ultraviolet absorber (G) or the polymerization inhibitor (H), better resolution can be obtained.
  • the colorant (D) is sufficiently dispersed in a dye carrier such as the resin (B) or the photopolymerizable compound (C), and then on a transparent substrate such as a glass substrate.
  • a solvent can be contained.
  • the solvent include 1,2,3-trichloropropane, 1,3-butanediol, 1,3-butylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate, 1,4-dioxane, 2-heptanone, and 2-methyl.
  • the photosensitive coloring composition according to the embodiment of the present invention may contain a storage stabilizer.
  • a storage stabilizer By containing a storage stabilizer, the viscosity with time of the composition can be stabilized.
  • the storage stabilizer include 2,6-bis (1,1-dimethylethyl) -4-methylphenol, pentaerystyryl-tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl).
  • Propionate] 2,4-bis- (n-octylthio) -6- (4-hydroxy-3,5-di-t-butylanilino) 1,3,5-triazine, hindered phenols, tetraethylphosphine, tri Organic phosphines such as phenylphosphine and tetraphenylphosphine, phosphites such as zinc dimethyldithiophosphate, zinc dipropyldithiophosphate and molybdenum dibutyldithiophosphate, sulfurs such as dodecyl sulfide and benzothiophene, benzyltrimethyl chloride, Quaternary ammonium chloride such as diethylhydroxyamine , Lactic acid, and organic acids and their methyl ethers such as oxalic acid. May be used singly or as a mixture.
  • the storage stabilizer can be used in an amount of 0.01 to 20 parts by weight, preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the colorant (D) in the coloring composition.
  • 0.01 parts by weight or more of the storage stabilizer By using 0.01 parts by weight or more of the storage stabilizer, the temporal stability of the photosensitive coloring composition is improved.
  • the photosensitive coloring composition by embodiment of this invention can be made to contain the amine-type compound which has a function which reduces the dissolved oxygen.
  • amine compounds include triethanolamine, methyldiethanolamine, triisopropanolamine, methyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, ethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, isoamyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2-dimethylaminobenzoate. Examples thereof include ethyl, 2-ethylhexyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, N, N-dimethylparatoluidine and the like.
  • the photosensitive coloring composition according to the embodiment of the present invention includes a three-roll mill, a two-roll mill, a sand mill, and a kneader in a pigment carrier such as the resin (B) and / or a solvent, optionally with a colorant (D).
  • the photosensitive coloring composition containing two or more kinds of pigments is prepared by mixing each pigment dispersion separately finely in a dye carrier and / or a solvent, and further mixing a photopolymerization initiator (A) or light.
  • the polymerizable compound (C) and the like can be produced by mixing and stirring.
  • a pigment derivative When dispersing the colorant (D) in the resin (B) and / or solvent, a pigment derivative can be appropriately contained together with an optional dispersant.
  • the pigment derivative is excellent in dispersion of the pigment and has a large effect of preventing reaggregation of the pigment after dispersion. Therefore, the pigment derivative is used together with an optional dispersant to disperse the pigment in the resin (B) and / or the solvent.
  • the photosensitive coloring composition is used, a color filter excellent in transparency can be obtained.
  • the pigment derivative is a compound in which a substituent is introduced into an organic pigment, and the organic pigment also includes light yellow aromatic polycyclic compounds such as naphthalene and anthraquinone that are not generally called pigments.
  • Examples of pigment derivatives are described in JP-A-63-305173, JP-B-57-15620, JP-B-59-40172, JP-B-63-17102, JP-B-5-9469, and the like. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the pigment derivative can be used in an amount of 0.1 to 40 parts by weight, preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the colorant (D).
  • the photosensitive coloring composition according to the embodiment of the present invention can be prepared in the form of a solvent development type or alkali development type colored resist material.
  • the colored resist material is a composition containing an alkali-soluble resin (B), a photopolymerizable compound (C), a photopolymerization initiator (A) and a solvent together with an optional dispersant. It is dispersed.
  • the photosensitive coloring composition is obtained by means of centrifugal separation, sintering filter, membrane filter or the like, coarse particles of 5 ⁇ m or more, preferably coarse particles of 1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably coarse particles of 0.5 ⁇ m or more and mixed dust. Is preferably removed.
  • a color filter according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a filter segment or a black matrix formed from the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention on a transparent substrate, and a general color filter includes at least one red filter.
  • a glass plate such as soda-lime glass, low alkali borosilicate glass, non-alkali aluminoborosilicate glass, or a resin plate such as polycarbonate, polymethyl methacrylate, polyethylene terephthalate can be used.
  • a transparent electrode made of indium oxide, tin oxide, or the like may be formed on the surface of the glass plate or the resin plate in order to drive the liquid crystal after forming the panel.
  • the dry film thickness of the filter segment and the black matrix is preferably 0.2 to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.2 to 5 ⁇ m.
  • a vacuum dryer, a convection oven, an IR oven, a hot plate, or the like may be used.
  • each color filter segment and the black matrix by the photolithography method can be performed by the following method. That is, the photosensitive coloring composition prepared as a solvent developing type or alkali developing type colored resist material has a dry film thickness of 0. 0 on a transparent substrate by a coating method such as spray coating, spin coating, slit coating or roll coating. Apply to 2 to 10 ⁇ m. If necessary, the dried film is exposed to ultraviolet light through a mask having a predetermined pattern provided in contact with or non-contact with the film.
  • the filter segment and the black matrix can be formed by immersing in a solvent or an alkali developer, or spraying the developer with a spray or the like to remove an uncured portion to form a desired pattern. Furthermore, in order to accelerate the polymerization of the filter segment and the black matrix formed by development, heating can be performed as necessary. According to the photolithography method, it is possible to form a filter segment and a black matrix with higher accuracy than the printing method.
  • an aqueous solution such as sodium carbonate or sodium hydroxide is used as an alkali developer, and an organic alkali such as dimethylbenzylamine or triethanolamine can also be used.
  • an antifoamer and surfactant can also be added to a developing solution.
  • a development processing method a shower development method, a spray development method, a dip (immersion) development method, a paddle (liquid accumulation) development method, or the like can be applied.
  • a water-soluble or alkali-soluble resin such as polyvinyl alcohol or a water-soluble acrylic resin is applied and dried to prevent polymerization inhibition due to oxygen. After forming, UV exposure can also be performed.
  • the present invention includes at least the following embodiments.
  • Photosensitivity characterized by containing a photopolymerization initiator (A) represented by the following general formula (1), a resin (B), a photopolymerizable compound (C), and a colorant (D). Coloring composition.
  • A photopolymerization initiator
  • B resin
  • C photopolymerizable compound
  • D colorant
  • Coloring composition a colorant
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted group.
  • Alkyl group substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxy group, substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic oxy group, substituted Alternatively, it represents an unsubstituted alkylsulfanyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfanyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted acyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group.
  • the photosensitive coloring composition according to [1] further comprising another photopolymerization initiator (Y).
  • Composition [4] The photosensitive coloring composition as described in any one of [1] to [3], further comprising a silane coupling agent (S).
  • S silane coupling agent
  • F polyfunctional thiol
  • a color filter comprising a filter segment or a black matrix formed from the photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of [1] to [5] on a transparent substrate.
  • a photopolymerization initiator represented by the following general formula (1), a resin (B), a photopolymerizable compound (C), a colorant (D), and a dispersant.
  • a photosensitive coloring composition wherein at least one selected from the group consisting of a resin (B), a colorant (D), and a dispersant has an oxetane group.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted group.
  • Alkyl group substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxy group, substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic oxy group, substituted Alternatively, it represents an unsubstituted alkylsulfanyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfanyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted acyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group.
  • the dispersant has an oxetane group
  • the dispersant is An acid anhydride group in one or more acid anhydrides (b) selected from tetracarboxylic acid anhydride (b1) and tricarboxylic acid anhydride (b2) is reacted with a hydroxyl group in the hydroxyl group-containing compound (a).
  • Polyester part X1 ′ having a carboxyl group; It contains a dispersant (X) having a vinyl polymer portion X2 ′ obtained by radical polymerization of an ethylenically unsaturated monomer (c), and the portion X2 ′ has an oxetane group [7 ]
  • the photosensitive coloring composition of description is an acid anhydride group in one or more acid anhydrides (b) selected from tetracarboxylic acid anhydride (b1) and tricarboxylic acid anhydride (b2) is reacted with a hydroxyl group in the hydroxyl group-containing compound
  • photoinitiator (Y) is contained, The photosensitive coloring composition as described in [7] or [8] characterized by the above-mentioned.
  • the other photopolymerization initiator (Y) contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of an acetophenone compound, a phosphine compound, and an imidazole compound, and the photosensitive coloring according to [9] Composition.
  • a color filter comprising a filter segment or a black matrix formed from the photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of [7] to [11] on a transparent substrate.
  • the group of Examples 1 to 30 is described in the first half of this Example section, and the group of Examples 31 to 52 is described in the latter half.
  • the acrylic resin solutions used in Examples and Comparative Examples and the method for producing the pigment dispersion are described, and then the preparation and evaluation of the photosensitive coloring composition are described.
  • the molecular weight of the resin is the weight average in terms of polystyrene measured using HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) as the apparatus, TSK-GEL SUPER HZM-N connected in series as the column, and THF as the solvent. Molecular weight.
  • “parts” means “parts by weight”.
  • Green refined pigment (G-2) In a three-necked flask, add 500 parts of 98% sulfuric acid, 50 parts of a phthalocyanine pigment represented by the following formula (7), 500 parts of N-methylpyrrolidone, and 13.9 parts of diphenyl phosphate, and heat to 90 ° C. The reaction was allowed for 8 hours. After cooling this to room temperature, the product was filtered, washed with methanol, and dried to obtain phthalocyanine pigment G-2. The average primary particle diameter of the obtained pigment was 30 nm.
  • Green refined pigment (G-3) To a three-necked flask, 500 parts of 98% sulfuric acid, 50 parts of a phthalocyanine pigment represented by the following formula (7), and 129.3 parts of 1,2-dibromo-5,5-dimethylhydantoin (DBDMH) were added and stirred. The reaction was carried out at 20 ° C. for 6 hours. Thereafter, the reaction mixture was poured into 5000 parts of ice water at 3 ° C., and the precipitated solid was collected by filtration and washed with water. To a beaker, 500 parts of a 2.5% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution and the residue collected by filtration were added and stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour.
  • DBDMH 1,2-dibromo-5,5-dimethylhydantoin
  • Blue refined pigment (B-2) To 1000 parts of 98% sulfuric acid, 90 parts of a crude copper phthalocyanine synthesized by a known method and 10 parts of a dispersant represented by the chemical formula (8) were added and stirred at 30 ° C. for 2 hours. An aqueous solution in which copper phthalocyanine particles were precipitated was obtained by mixing with water. The obtained aqueous solution was stirred for 30 minutes and then filtered, washed with water, dried and pulverized to obtain 95 parts of a blue pigment composition (B-2).
  • a characteristic peak was confirmed for ⁇ -type copper phthalocyanine, and no characteristic peak was confirmed for ⁇ -type copper phthalocyanine at around 6.9 °, around 9.0 °, and around 12.4 °. (CIPigment Blue 15) was confirmed.
  • Blue refined pigment (B-3) 85 parts of crude copper phthalocyanine synthesized by a known method, 15 parts of a dispersant represented by the chemical formula (8), 1000 parts of sodium chloride, and 280 parts of diethylene glycol were charged into a stainless steel 1 gallon kneader manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho and kneaded at 70 ° C. for 8 hours. did. After kneading, it was taken out to 20000 parts of a 45 ° C. acetic acid-sodium acetate buffer aqueous solution (pH 4.0), stirred while keeping it warm for 1 hour, filtered, washed with water, dried and ground to obtain 96 parts of a blue pigment composition (B-3). .
  • a salt-forming compound (V) composed of Acid Red 52 and tristearyl monomethylammonium chloride which is a quaternary ammonium salt compound was prepared. C. so as to obtain a 10% aqueous solution.
  • Tristearyl monomethylammonium chloride may be used as a solid.
  • Step 1 Polymerization of resin main chain
  • PGMAC propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
  • Step 2 Reaction to epoxy group
  • the inside of the flask was purged with air, and 29 parts of acrylic acid and 0.3 part of trisdimethylaminomethylphenol and 0.3 part of hydroquinone were added as catalysts required for the reaction of the precursor at this stage, and the mixture was heated at 120 ° C. for 5 hours. Reaction was performed and the resin solution whose weight average molecular weight (Mw) is about 10500 was obtained. Since the added acrylic acid is ester-bonded to the end of the epoxy group of the glycidyl methacrylate structural unit, no carboxyl group is generated in the resin structure.
  • Step 3 Reaction to hydroxyl group
  • a catalyst required for the reaction of 46 parts of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride and the precursor at this stage 0.5 part of triethylamine was added and reacted at 120 ° C. for 4 hours.
  • the added tetrahydrophthalic anhydride one of two carboxyl groups generated by cleavage of the carboxylic anhydride moiety is ester-bonded to a hydroxyl group in the resin structure, and the other produces a carboxyl group terminal.
  • Step 4 Adjustment of nonvolatile content
  • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added so that the nonvolatile content was 20% by weight to obtain an acrylic resin solution.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 11500, and the acid value was 103 mgKOH / g.
  • Diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (CIPigment Red 254): 7.02 parts ("Irga Four Red B-CF” manufactured by BASF) Anthraquinone pigment (CI Pigment Red 177): 1.38 parts ("chromofal red A2B” manufactured by BASF) Nickel azo complex pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 150): 0.80 part ("E4GN” manufactured by LANXESS) Resin-type pigment dispersant: 2.05 parts (“Solsperse 20000” manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol) Diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment derivative: 2.00 parts Formula (9) Acrylic resin solution: 13.75 parts cyclohexanone: 73.00 parts
  • Green Pigment Dispersion P-G1 Using a mixture having the following composition, a green pigment dispersion P-G1 was produced in the same manner as the red pigment dispersion.
  • Zinc phthalocyanine pigment (CIPigment Green 58): 8.95 parts (“FASTOGENGREENA110” manufactured by DIC)
  • Monoazo pigment (CIPigment Yellow 150)): 2.75 parts (“E4GN” manufactured by LANXESS)
  • Resin-type pigment dispersant 4.90 parts (“EFKA4300” manufactured by BASF)
  • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 83.40 parts
  • green pigment dispersion P-G2 Using a mixture having the following composition, a green pigment dispersion P-G2 was prepared in the same manner as the red pigment dispersion.
  • Phthalocyanine pigment G-2 3.4 parts quinophthalone pigment (CIPigment Yellow 138): 7.6 parts ("Pariotol Yellow K0961HD” manufactured by BASF)
  • Resin-type pigment dispersant (“BYK-LPN6919” manufactured by Big Chemie): 5.5 parts acrylic resin solution: 28.5 parts propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate: 39.0 parts cyclohexanone: 16.0 parts
  • Blue pigment dispersion P-B2 Using a mixture having the following composition, a blue pigment dispersion P-B2 was prepared in the same manner as the red pigment dispersion.
  • Blue pigment composition B-2 11.20 parts
  • Resin-type pigment dispersant 4.62 parts (“Solsperse 20000” manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol)
  • Acrylic resin solution 1.00 parts
  • Cyclohexanone 83.18 parts
  • Blue pigment dispersion P-B3 Using a mixture having the following composition, a blue pigment dispersion P-B3 was prepared in the same manner as the red pigment dispersion.
  • Blue pigment composition B-3 11.20 parts
  • Resin type pigment dispersant 4.62 parts (“Solsperse 20000” manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol)
  • Acrylic resin solution 1.00 parts
  • Cyclohexanone 83.18 parts
  • a black pigment dispersion P-BK was prepared in the same manner as the red pigment dispersion using a mixture having the following composition.
  • Carbon black (“MA77” manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation): 11.20 parts
  • Resin-type pigment dispersant 3.82 parts (“Solsperse 20000” manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol)
  • Acrylic resin solution 4.90 parts
  • Cyclohexanone 80.08 parts
  • Photopolymerization initiator A1 Compound having the structure of the following formula (2) Formula (2)
  • Photopolymerization initiator A2 Compound having the structure of the following formula (3)
  • Photopolymerization initiator Y1 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropan-1-one (“Irgacure 907” manufactured by BASF)
  • Photopolymerization initiator Y2 2- (dimethylamino) -2-[(4-methylphenyl) methyl] -1- [4- (4-morpholinyl) phenyl] -1-butanone (“Irgacure 379” manufactured by BASF) )
  • Photopolymerization initiator Y4 2,2′-bis (o-chlorophenyl) -4,5,4 ′, 5′-tetraphenyl-1,2′-biimidazole (“Biimidazole” manufactured by Kurokin Kasei)
  • Photopolymerizable compound C dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (“Aronix M-402” manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.)
  • Silane coupling agent S1 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane (“Z-6044” manufactured by Toray Dow Corning)
  • Silane coupling agent S2 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane (“KBE-503” manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • Silane coupling agent S3 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (“KBM-5103” manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • Multifunctional thiol F1 Trimethylolpropane tri (3-mercaptobutyrate) (“TPMB” manufactured by Showa Denko KK)
  • Multifunctional thiol F2 pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate) (“PEMP” manufactured by Sakai
  • Antioxidant G1 2 pentaerythrityl-tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] ("IRGANOX1010” manufactured by BASF) -Polymerization inhibitor H1: Methyl hydroquinone ("MH” manufactured by Seiko Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • the obtained photosensitive coloring composition was evaluated by the following method. The results are shown in Tables 4-6.
  • the obtained photosensitive coloring composition was applied to a 10 cm ⁇ 10 cm glass substrate by spin coating, and then the solvent was removed by heating at 70 ° C. for 15 minutes in a clean oven to obtain a coating film of about 2 ⁇ m. .
  • the substrate was cooled to room temperature, and then exposed to ultraviolet rays through a photomask having a stripe pattern of 100 ⁇ m width (pitch 200 ⁇ m) and 25 ⁇ m width (pitch 50 ⁇ m) using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp. Thereafter, the substrate was spray-developed using a sodium carbonate aqueous solution at 23 ° C., washed with ion-exchanged water, air-dried, and heated at 230 ° C.
  • the spray development was performed in the shortest time during which a pattern can be formed without any development remaining on the coating film of each photosensitive coloring composition, and this was set as an appropriate development time.
  • the film thickness of the coating film was determined using Dektak 3030 (manufactured by Nippon Vacuum Technology Co., Ltd.).
  • the filter segments and the black matrix formed using the photosensitive coloring compositions of Examples 1 to 30 have good sensitivity, linearity and resolution, and the photopolymerization of the present application.
  • Examples 7 to 10, 12, 16 to 18, 21 to 23, and 27 to 29 used in combination with the initiator (A) and the other photopolymerization initiator (Y) showed superior characteristics depending on the pattern shape.
  • the other photopolymerization initiator (Y) is 2- (dimethylamino) -2-[(4-methylphenyl) methyl] -1- [4- (4-morpholinyl) phenyl] -1-butanone.
  • Examples 8, 12, 17, 22, and 23 were further excellent in sensitivity.
  • Examples 13 to 18, 22, 25, and 26 containing a silane coupling agent (S) were very excellent in adhesion and showed high resolution.
  • Examples 19 to 21 and 23 containing polyfunctional thiol (F) were excellent in sensitivity. Further, Examples 3, 5, 25, and 26 further containing an antioxidant (G) or a polymerization inhibitor (H) were excellent in resolution.
  • an antioxidant (G) or a polymerization inhibitor (H) were excellent in resolution.
  • the pattern shape was poor even when the sensitivity was good, and none of the evaluation items were good.
  • Step 1 Polymerization of resin main chain
  • PGMAC propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
  • Step 2 Reaction to epoxy group
  • the inside of the flask was purged with air, and 29 parts of acrylic acid and 0.3 part of trisdimethylaminomethylphenol and 0.3 part of hydroquinone were added as catalysts required for the reaction of the precursor at this stage, and the mixture was heated at 120 ° C. for 5 hours. Reaction was performed and the resin solution whose weight average molecular weight (Mw) is about 10500 was obtained. Since the added acrylic acid is ester-bonded to the end of the epoxy group of the glycidyl methacrylate structural unit, no carboxyl group is generated in the resin structure.
  • Step 3 Reaction to hydroxyl group
  • a catalyst required for the reaction of 46 parts of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride and the precursor at this stage 0.5 part of triethylamine was added and reacted at 120 ° C. for 4 hours.
  • the added tetrahydrophthalic anhydride one of two carboxyl groups generated by cleavage of the carboxylic anhydride moiety is ester-bonded to a hydroxyl group in the resin structure, and the other produces a carboxyl group terminal.
  • Step 4 Adjustment of nonvolatile content
  • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added so that the nonvolatile content was 20% by weight to obtain an acrylic resin solution.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 11500, and the acid value was 103 mgKOH / g.
  • Resin 2 having a cationic group in the side chain Resin 2 having a cationic group in the same procedure as the production of resin 1 having a cationic group, except that the raw material was changed to the composition shown in Table 7 in the production of resin 1 having a cationic group in the side chain.
  • Dye 1 which is a salt-forming compound composed of Acid Red 289 and Resin 1 having a cationic group in the side chain was produced.
  • the resin 1 having a cationic group in a side chain of 30 parts in terms of solid content was added to 2000 parts of water, and the mixture was sufficiently stirred and mixed, and then heated to 60 ° C.
  • An aqueous solution in which Acid Red 289 was dissolved was prepared and added dropwise little by little to the resin solution. After dropping, the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 120 minutes to sufficiently react.
  • Dye 2 which is a salt-forming compound of Acid Red 289 and Resin 2 having a cationic group in the side chain was obtained.
  • red pigment dispersion P-R2 After the mixture having the following composition is uniformly stirred and mixed, it is dispersed with an Eiger mill (“Mini Model M-250 MKII” manufactured by Eiger Japan) for 5 hours using zirconia beads having a diameter of 1 mm, and then filtered through a 5 ⁇ m filter. A red pigment dispersion PR was prepared.
  • Green Pigment Dispersion P-G1 Using a mixture having the following composition, a green pigment dispersion P-G1 was produced in the same manner as the red pigment dispersion.
  • Zinc phthalocyanine pigment (CIPigment Green 58) 8.57 parts ("FASTOGENGREENA110” manufactured by DIC) Monoazo pigment (CIPigment Yellow 150)) 2.63 parts (“E4GN” manufactured by LANXESS) Dispersant (X-1) 7.47 parts acrylic resin solution 1 5.33 parts propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 76.00 parts
  • Green pigment dispersion P-G2 Using a mixture having the following composition, a green pigment dispersion P-G2 was prepared in the same manner as the red pigment dispersion.
  • Aluminum phthalocyanine pigment (CIPigment Green 63) 3.46 parts quinophthalone pigment (CIPigment Yellow 138) 7.74 parts ("Pariotol Yellow K0961HD” manufactured by BASF)
  • Dispersant (X-1) 7.47 parts
  • Acrylic resin solution 1 5.33 parts Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 76.00 parts
  • a black pigment dispersion P-BK was prepared in the same manner as the red pigment dispersion using a mixture having the following composition.
  • Carbon black (“MA77” manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) 11.20 parts Dispersant (X-1) 7.47 parts
  • Acrylic resin solution 1 5.33 parts Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 76.00 parts
  • the filter segments and the black matrix formed using the photosensitive coloring compositions of Examples 31 to 52 have good sensitivity, linearity, resolution, and heat resistance.
  • Examples 37 to 40, 42, 45, 46, and 49 used in combination with other photopolymerization initiator (A) and other photopolymerization initiator (Y) showed superior characteristics depending on the pattern shape.
  • the other photopolymerization initiator (Y) is 2- (dimethylamino) -2-[(4-methylphenyl) methyl] -1- [4- (4-morpholinyl) phenyl] -1-butanone.
  • Examples 38, 42 and 46 were more sensitive.
  • Examples 43 to 46 containing polyfunctional thiol (F) were excellent in sensitivity.
  • Examples 33, 35, 47, and 48 further containing an antioxidant (G) or a polymerization inhibitor (H) were excellent in resolution.
  • the pattern shape was poor even when the sensitivity was good, and none of the evaluation items were good.
  • the filter segment or the black matrix formation defect generate
  • Comparative Examples 7 and 8 when none of the colorant, resin and dispersant contained an oxetane group, the heat resistance was poor.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a photosensitive coloring composition which has high sensitivity, as well as excellent linearity, pattern shape, resolution, developing resistance, and chemical resistance and which can further have excellent heat resistance, even if the pigment content is high or film thickness is large, and a color filter using the photosensitive coloring composition. The photosensitive coloring composition may comprise a photopolymerization initiator (A) represented by general formula (1), a resin (B), a photopolymerizable compound (C), and a coloring agent (D). The photosensitive coloring composition may further contain a dispersant, and at least one selected from the group consisting of the resin (B), the coloring agent (D), and the dispersant may have an oxetane group.

Description

感光性着色組成物およびカラーフィルタPhotosensitive coloring composition and color filter
 本発明は、感光性着色組成物に関し、特に液晶表示装置、白色発光有機EL(エレクトロルミネッセンス)素子(以下、「有機EL素子」ということがある。)を用いたカラー表示装置や固体撮像素子に用いられるカラーフィルタにおいて、赤、緑、青等の各色フィルタセグメントおよびブラックマトリックス等の形成に有用な高感度の感光性着色組成物に関する。なお、白色とは、擬似白色を含めた広い概念を意味する。また、本発明は、該感光性着色組成物を用いて形成されるカラーフィルタに関する。 The present invention relates to a photosensitive coloring composition, and particularly to a liquid crystal display device, a color display device using a white light emitting organic EL (electroluminescence) element (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “organic EL element”), and a solid-state imaging element. The present invention relates to a highly sensitive photosensitive coloring composition useful for forming each color filter segment such as red, green, and blue and a black matrix in the color filter used. White means a broad concept including pseudo white. The present invention also relates to a color filter formed using the photosensitive coloring composition.
 カラーフィルタは、ガラス等の透明な基板の表面に2種以上の異なる色相の微細な帯(ストライプ)状のフィルタセグメントを平行または交差して配置したもの、あるいは微細なフィルタセグメントを縦横一定の配列で配置したものからなっている。フィルタセグメントは、数ミクロン~数100ミクロンと微細であり、色相毎に所定の配列で整然と配置されている。
 一般的に、カラー液晶表示装置では、カラーフィルタの上に液晶を駆動させるための透明電極が蒸着あるいはスパッタリングにより形成され、さらにその上に液晶を一定方向に配向させるための配向膜が形成されている。これらの透明電極および配向膜の性能を充分に得るには、その形成を一般に200℃以上、好ましくは230℃以上の高温で行う必要がある。
A color filter has two or more kinds of fine band (striped) filter segments arranged in parallel or intersecting with each other on the surface of a transparent substrate such as glass, or the fine filter segments are arranged vertically and horizontally. It is made up of those arranged in The filter segments are as fine as several microns to several hundred microns, and are regularly arranged in a predetermined arrangement for each hue.
Generally, in a color liquid crystal display device, a transparent electrode for driving a liquid crystal is formed on a color filter by vapor deposition or sputtering, and an alignment film for aligning the liquid crystal in a certain direction is further formed thereon. Yes. In order to sufficiently obtain the performance of these transparent electrodes and alignment films, it is necessary to form them generally at a high temperature of 200 ° C. or higher, preferably 230 ° C. or higher.
 このため、現在、カラーフィルタの製造方法としては、耐光性、耐熱性に優れる顔料を着色材とする顔料分散法と呼ばれる方法が主流となっている。
 顔料分散法の場合、感光性樹脂溶液中に顔料を分散した感光性着色組成物(顔料レジスト)をガラス等の透明基板に塗布し、乾燥により溶剤を除去した後、一つのフィルタ色のパターン露光を行い、次いで未露光部を現像工程で除去して1色目のパターンを形成、必要に応じて加熱等の処理を加えた後、同様の操作を全フィルタ色について順次繰り返すことによりカラーフィルタを製造することができる。
For this reason, at present, as a method for producing a color filter, a method called a pigment dispersion method using a pigment having excellent light resistance and heat resistance as a colorant is mainly used.
In the case of the pigment dispersion method, a photosensitive coloring composition (pigment resist) in which a pigment is dispersed in a photosensitive resin solution is applied to a transparent substrate such as glass, the solvent is removed by drying, and then pattern exposure of one filter color is performed. Next, the unexposed area is removed in the development process to form a pattern for the first color, and after processing such as heating as necessary, the same operation is sequentially repeated for all filter colors to produce a color filter. can do.
 近年、カラー液晶表示装置は、液晶カラーテレビやカーナビゲーション用および液晶表示装置一体型のノートパソコンとして大きな市場を形成するに至っており、省エネ、省スペースという特徴を活かしたデスクトップパソコン用のモニターおよびテレビとしても普及し始めている。従来のCRTに代わる表示装置として注目されているが、現状では液晶表示装置の色再現特性はCRTのそれよりも劣っている。
 そこで、各色のフィルタセグメントが配置されたカラーフィルタにおいては、高色再現性の要求が高まっている。
In recent years, color liquid crystal display devices have formed a large market for liquid crystal color televisions, car navigation and liquid crystal display integrated laptops, and monitors and televisions for desktop computers that take advantage of energy and space saving features. As it has begun to spread. Although attention is paid to a display device that replaces a conventional CRT, the color reproduction characteristic of a liquid crystal display device is inferior to that of a CRT at present.
Therefore, there is an increasing demand for high color reproducibility in color filters in which filter segments for each color are arranged.
 また、コントラスト向上のため、カラーフィルタの各色のフィルタセグメント間にブラックマトリックスが配置されるのが一般的であるが、このブラックマトリックスの形成材料は、近年、環境問題、低反射化、低コスト化の観点から、金属クロム製ブラックマトリックスに代わり、樹脂に遮光性の色素を分散させた樹脂製ブラックマトリックスが着目されている。しかしながら、樹脂製ブラックマトリックスにおいては、金属クロム製ブラックマトリックスに比べ、遮光性(光学濃度)が低いという問題点がある。 In order to improve contrast, a black matrix is generally arranged between the filter segments of each color of the color filter. However, the material for forming this black matrix has recently become an environmental problem, low reflection, and low cost. In view of the above, attention is focused on a resin black matrix in which a light-shielding pigment is dispersed in a resin instead of a metal chromium black matrix. However, the resin black matrix has a problem that the light shielding property (optical density) is lower than that of the metal chromium black matrix.
 カラーフィルタの色再現特性向上およびブラックマトリックスの遮光性向上のためには、感光性着色組成物中の顔料の含有量を多くするか、あるいは、膜厚を厚くする必要がある。しかし、顔料の含有量を多くする方法においては、感度低下、現像性、解像性が悪化する等の問題が発生する。膜厚を厚くする方法においては、膜底部まで露光光が届かず、パターン形状が不良となる等の問題が発生する。
 このような問題を解決するため、感光性着色組成物の高感度化が必要であり、一般的には、(1)樹脂の反応性二重結合の付与、(2)光重合開始剤、増感剤の選択あるいは増量、(3)モノマーの選択あるいは増量等が行われ、その例として特許文献1および2が挙げられる。
In order to improve the color reproduction characteristics of the color filter and to improve the light blocking property of the black matrix, it is necessary to increase the pigment content in the photosensitive coloring composition or to increase the film thickness. However, in the method of increasing the pigment content, problems such as sensitivity reduction, developability, and resolution deteriorate. In the method of increasing the film thickness, there is a problem that the exposure light does not reach the bottom of the film and the pattern shape becomes defective.
In order to solve such problems, it is necessary to increase the sensitivity of the photosensitive coloring composition. In general, (1) provision of a reactive double bond of the resin, (2) photopolymerization initiator, Selection or increase of the sensitizer, (3) selection or increase of the monomer, etc. are carried out. Examples thereof include Patent Documents 1 and 2.
特開2001-264530号公報JP 2001-264530 A 特開2003-156842号公報JP 2003-156842 A
 しかしながら、樹脂の二重結合の付与や光重合開始剤、増感剤およびモノマーの選択だけでは、感度向上には限界がある。特に、光重合開始剤を増量すると、光重合開始剤特有の色による着色、耐熱性の低下、光透過率の減少、解像力の低下等が生じる。また、モノマーを増量すると、タック等の問題が生じる。
 そこで、本発明の実施形態は、顔料含有量が高い、あるいは膜厚が厚くとも、高感度で、且つ直線性、パターン形状、解像度、現像耐性、薬品耐性が優れ、さらに優れた耐熱性も有し得る、感光性着色組成物、およびそれを用いたカラーフィルタの提供を目的とする。
However, improvement in sensitivity is limited only by the provision of a double bond of the resin and the selection of a photopolymerization initiator, a sensitizer, and a monomer. In particular, when the amount of the photopolymerization initiator is increased, coloring due to a color unique to the photopolymerization initiator, a decrease in heat resistance, a decrease in light transmittance, a decrease in resolution, and the like occur. Further, when the amount of the monomer is increased, problems such as tackiness occur.
Therefore, the embodiment of the present invention has high sensitivity, excellent linearity, pattern shape, resolution, development resistance, chemical resistance, and excellent heat resistance even when the pigment content is high or the film thickness is large. An object is to provide a photosensitive coloring composition and a color filter using the same.
 本発明の一実施形態による感光性着色組成物は、高感度であり、且つ優れた直線性、パターン形状、解像度、現像耐性、薬品耐性が得られるようにするため、下記一般式(1)で表される光重合開始剤を用いることを特徴とする。
 すなわち、本発明の一実施形態による感光性着色組成物は、下記一般式(1)で表される光重合開始剤(A)を含有し且つ樹脂(B)と、光重合性化合物(C)と、着色剤(D)とを含有する感光性着色組成物である。
 本発明の別の実施形態による感光性着色組成物は、高感度であり、且つ優れた直線性、パターン形状、解像度、現像耐性、薬品耐性、耐熱性が得られるようにするため、下記一般式(1)で表される光重合開始剤を用いると共に、樹脂、着色剤および分散剤から選ばれる少なくとも一つが、オキセタン基を有することを特徴とする。
 すなわち、本発明の一実施形態による感光性着色組成物は、下記一般式(1)で表される光重合開始剤(A)を含有し且つ樹脂(B)と、光重合性化合物(C)と、着色剤(D)と、分散剤を含有し、樹脂(B)、着色剤(D)および分散剤から選ばれる少なくとも一つが、オキセタン基を有する感光性着色組成物である。
The photosensitive coloring composition according to an embodiment of the present invention is highly sensitive and has the following general formula (1) in order to obtain excellent linearity, pattern shape, resolution, development resistance, and chemical resistance. The photopolymerization initiator represented is used.
That is, the photosensitive coloring composition by one Embodiment of this invention contains the photoinitiator (A) represented by following General formula (1), resin (B), and photopolymerizable compound (C). And a coloring agent (D).
In order to obtain a photosensitive coloring composition according to another embodiment of the present invention with high sensitivity and excellent linearity, pattern shape, resolution, development resistance, chemical resistance, and heat resistance, the following general formula: The photopolymerization initiator represented by (1) is used, and at least one selected from a resin, a colorant and a dispersant has an oxetane group.
That is, the photosensitive coloring composition by one Embodiment of this invention contains the photoinitiator (A) represented by following General formula (1), resin (B), and photopolymerizable compound (C). And at least one selected from the resin (B), the colorant (D), and the dispersant is a photosensitive coloring composition having an oxetane group.
一般式(1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
〔一般式(1)において、R、R、R、Rは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、置換もしくは未置換のアルケニル基、置換もしくは未置換のアルキル基、置換もしくは未置換のアルキルオキシ基、置換もしくは未置換のアリール基、置換もしくは未置換のアリールオキシ基、置換もしくは未置換の複素環基、置換もしくは未置換の複素環オキシ基、置換もしくは未置換のアルキルスルファニル基、置換もしくは未置換のアリールスルファニル基、置換もしくは未置換のアシル基、または置換もしくは未置換のアミノ基を表す。〕
General formula (1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
[In General Formula (1), R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted group. Alkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxy group, substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic oxy group, substituted Alternatively, it represents an unsubstituted alkylsulfanyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfanyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted acyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group. ]
 また、本発明の一実施形態は、分散剤が、オキセタン基を有し、
 該分散剤が、
 テトラカルボン酸無水物(b1)及びトリカルボン酸無水物(b2)から選ばれる一種以上の酸無水物(b)中の酸無水物基と水酸基含有化合物(a)中の水酸基とを反応させてなる、カルボキシル基を有するポリエステル部分X1’と、
 エチレン性不飽和単量体(c)をラジカル重合してなるビニル重合体部分X2’と
を有する分散剤(X)を含有し、
 かつ部分X2’がオキセタン基を有することを特徴とする前記感光性着色組成物に関する。
In one embodiment of the present invention, the dispersant has an oxetane group,
The dispersant is
An acid anhydride group in one or more acid anhydrides (b) selected from tetracarboxylic acid anhydride (b1) and tricarboxylic acid anhydride (b2) is reacted with a hydroxyl group in the hydroxyl group-containing compound (a). Polyester part X1 ′ having a carboxyl group;
A dispersant (X) having a vinyl polymer portion X2 ′ formed by radical polymerization of an ethylenically unsaturated monomer (c),
In addition, the present invention relates to the photosensitive coloring composition, wherein the portion X2 ′ has an oxetane group.
 また、本発明の一実施形態は、さらにその他の光重合開始剤(Y)を含むことを特徴とする前記感光性着色組成物に関する。 Further, one embodiment of the present invention relates to the photosensitive coloring composition, further comprising another photopolymerization initiator (Y).
 また、本発明の一実施形態は、その他の光重合開始剤(Y)が、アセトフェノン系化合物、ホスフィン系化合物、およびイミダゾール系化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種類の化合物を含むことを特徴とする前記感光性着色組成物に関する。 Another embodiment of the present invention is characterized in that the other photopolymerization initiator (Y) includes at least one compound selected from the group consisting of an acetophenone compound, a phosphine compound, and an imidazole compound. The present invention relates to the photosensitive coloring composition.
 また、本発明の一実施形態は、さらにシランカップリング剤(S)を含むことを特徴とする前記感光性着色組成物に関する。 Further, one embodiment of the present invention relates to the photosensitive coloring composition, further comprising a silane coupling agent (S).
 また、本発明の一実施形態は、さらに多官能チオール(F)を含むことを特徴とする前記感光性着色組成物に関する。 Moreover, one embodiment of the present invention relates to the photosensitive coloring composition, further comprising a polyfunctional thiol (F).
 また、本発明の一実施形態は、透明基板上に、前記感光性着色組成物から形成されるフィルタセグメントまたはブラックマトリックスを備えることを特徴とするカラーフィルタに関する。 Also, an embodiment of the present invention relates to a color filter comprising a filter segment or a black matrix formed from the photosensitive coloring composition on a transparent substrate.
 本発明の実施形態による感光性着色組成物は、特定のオキシムエステル系化合物を光重合開始剤として用いることにより、顔料含有量が高い、あるいは各色フィルタセグメントおよびブラックマトリックスの形成膜厚が厚くとも、高感度で、且つ優れた直線性、パターン形状、解像度、現像耐性、薬品耐性を有し、さらに優れた耐熱性を有し得る、各色フィルタセグメントおよびブラックマトリックスパターンを形成することができる。
 従って、本発明の感光性着色組成物を用いることにより、高品質なカラーフィルタを得ることができる。
The photosensitive coloring composition according to the embodiment of the present invention uses a specific oxime ester compound as a photopolymerization initiator, so that even if the pigment content is high or the film thickness of each color filter segment and black matrix is large, Each color filter segment and black matrix pattern can be formed with high sensitivity and excellent linearity, pattern shape, resolution, development resistance, chemical resistance, and excellent heat resistance.
Therefore, a high quality color filter can be obtained by using the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention.
 まず、本発明における感光性着色組成物について具体的に説明する。
 本発明の一実施形態による感光性着色組成物は、一般式(1)で表される光重合開始剤(A)を含有し且つ樹脂(B)と、光重合性化合物(C)と、着色剤(D)を含有する。
First, the photosensitive coloring composition in this invention is demonstrated concretely.
The photosensitive coloring composition by one Embodiment of this invention contains the photoinitiator (A) represented by General formula (1), and resin (B), a photopolymerizable compound (C), and coloring Contains agent (D).
 本発明の別の実施形態による感光性着色組成物は、一般式(1)で表される光重合開始剤(A)を含有し且つ樹脂(B)と、光重合性化合物(C)と、着色剤(D)と、分散剤を含有し、樹脂(B)、着色剤(D)および分散剤から選ばれる少なくとも一つが、オキセタン基を有する。 The photosensitive coloring composition by another embodiment of this invention contains the photoinitiator (A) represented by General formula (1), resin (B), photopolymerizable compound (C), The colorant (D) and the dispersant are contained, and at least one selected from the resin (B), the colorant (D) and the dispersant has an oxetane group.
 一般式(1)で表される化合物を含む光重合開始剤(A)は、感度が高く、特に高残膜率の塗膜が得られることから、カラーフィルタの生産安定性に優れた感光性着色組成物が得られる。該光重合開始剤を含有する感光性着色組成物を用いることにより、優れた直線性、パターン形状、解像度、現像耐性、薬品耐性のフィルタセグメントおよびブラックマトリックスを形成することができる。
 また、その他の開始剤を併用することでさらに良好なパターン形状を得ることができる。
The photopolymerization initiator (A) containing the compound represented by the general formula (1) has high sensitivity, and a coating film having a particularly high residual film ratio is obtained. A colored composition is obtained. By using the photosensitive coloring composition containing the photopolymerization initiator, it is possible to form excellent linearity, pattern shape, resolution, development resistance, chemical resistance filter segment and black matrix.
Further, a better pattern shape can be obtained by using other initiators together.
 また、樹脂(B)、着色剤(D)および分散剤から選ばれる少なくとも一つがオキセタン基を有することで、硬化した後の耐熱性が優れることから、該構造を含有する感光性着色組成物を用いることにより、優れた耐熱性のフィルタセグメントおよびブラックマトリックスを形成することができる。 In addition, since at least one selected from the resin (B), the colorant (D) and the dispersant has an oxetane group, the heat resistance after curing is excellent, and thus a photosensitive coloring composition containing the structure is obtained. By using it, an excellent heat-resistant filter segment and black matrix can be formed.
<光重合開始剤(A)>
 本発明の感光性着色組成物に含有される光重合開始剤(A)は、一般式(1)で表される化合物である。
<Photopolymerization initiator (A)>
The photopolymerization initiator (A) contained in the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention is a compound represented by the general formula (1).
一般式(1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
General formula (1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 R、R、R、Rは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、置換もしくは未置換のアルケニル基、置換もしくは未置換のアルキル基、置換もしくは未置換のアルキルオキシ基、置換もしくは未置換のアリール基、置換もしくは未置換のアリールオキシ基、置換もしくは未置換の複素環基、置換もしくは未置換の複素環オキシ基、置換もしくは未置換のアルキルスルファニル基、置換もしくは未置換のアリールスルファニル基、置換もしくは未置換のアシル基、または置換もしくは未置換のアミノ基を表す。 R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted An alkyloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic oxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfanyl group, It represents a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfanyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted acyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group.
 前述したR~Rにおける置換基の水素原子はさらに他の置換基で置換されていてもよい。 The hydrogen atom of the substituent in R 1 to R 4 described above may be further substituted with another substituent.
 そのような置換基としては、例えばフッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等のハロゲン基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、tert-ブトキシ基等のアルコキシ基、フェノキシ基、p-トリルオキシ基等のアリールオキシ基、メトキシカルボニル基、ブトキシカルボニル基、フェノキシカルボニル基等のアルコキシカルボニル基、アセトキシ基、プロピオニルオキシ基、ベンゾイルオキシ基等のアシルオキシ基、アセチル基、ベンゾイル基、イソブチリル基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、メトキサリル基等のアシル基、メチルスルファニル基、tert-ブチルスルファニル基等のアルキルスルファニル基、フェニルスルファニル基、p-トリルスルファニル基等のアリールスルファニル基、メチルアミノ基、シクロヘキシルアミノ基等のアルキルアミノ基、ジメチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基、モルホリノ基、ピペリジノ基等のジアルキルアミノ基、フェニルアミノ基、p-トリルアミノ基等のアリールアミノ基、メチル基、エチル基、tert-ブチル基、ドデシル基等のアルキル基、フェニル基、p-トリル基、キシリル基、クメニル基、ナフチル基、アンスリル基、フェナントリル基、ベンゾフラニル基等のアリール基、フリル基、チエニル基等の複素環基等の他、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、ホルミル基、メルカプト基、スルホ基、メシル基、p-トルエンスルホニル基、アミノ基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、トリクロロメチル基、トリメチルシリル基、ホスフィニコ基、ホスホノ基、トリメチルアンモニウミル基、ジメチルスルホニウミル基、トリフェニルフェナシルホスホニウミル基等が挙げられる。 Examples of such substituents include halogen groups such as fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and iodine atom, alkoxy groups such as methoxy group, ethoxy group and tert-butoxy group, aryl groups such as phenoxy group and p-tolyloxy group. Oxy group, methoxycarbonyl group, butoxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group such as phenoxycarbonyl group, acetoxy group, propionyloxy group, acyloxy group such as benzoyloxy group, acetyl group, benzoyl group, isobutyryl group, acryloyl group, methacryloyl group, Acyl group such as methoxalyl group, alkylsulfanyl group such as methylsulfanyl group, tert-butylsulfanyl group, arylsulfanyl group such as phenylsulfanyl group, p-tolylsulfanyl group, methylamino group, cyclohexyl Alkylamino groups such as mino group, dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, morpholino group, dialkylamino group such as piperidino group, arylamino group such as phenylamino group, p-tolylamino group, methyl group, ethyl group, tert-butyl group Alkyl groups such as dodecyl groups, phenyl groups, p-tolyl groups, xylyl groups, cumenyl groups, naphthyl groups, anthryl groups, phenanthryl groups, aryl groups such as benzofuranyl groups, heterocyclic groups such as furyl groups, thienyl groups, etc. Others, hydroxy group, carboxy group, formyl group, mercapto group, sulfo group, mesyl group, p-toluenesulfonyl group, amino group, nitro group, cyano group, trifluoromethyl group, trichloromethyl group, trimethylsilyl group, phosphinico group, Phosphono group, trimethylammonyl group, dimethylsulfur group Niumiru group, triphenyl phenacyl phosphonium Niu mill group, and the like.
 最も好ましい光重合開始剤(A)の構造として、下記式(2)および(3)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
式(2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
As the most preferable structure of the photopolymerization initiator (A), compounds represented by the following formulas (2) and (3) may be mentioned.
Formula (2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
式(3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Formula (3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 本発明の感光性着色組成物に含有される光重合開始剤(A)は、オキシムエステル系光重合開始剤である。オキシムエステル系光重合開始剤は、紫外線を吸収することによってオキシムエステル部分が分解してイミニルラジカルとアルキロキシラジカルを生成し、さらに分解して生成した活性種のラジカルが反応を引き起こすと考えられているが、本発明の感光性着色組成物に含有される光重合開始剤(A)は、一般式(1)で表される構造を有することにより、紫外線照射による分解効率が非常に高く、少ない露光量でパターンを形成させることができる。
 本発明の光重合開始剤(A)が従来の開始剤よりも高感度に機能しうる理由としては、次にあげる2つの理由が可能性として考えられるが、詳細は明らかではない。
The photopolymerization initiator (A) contained in the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention is an oxime ester photopolymerization initiator. Oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiators are thought to absorb the ultraviolet rays and decompose the oxime ester moiety to generate iminyl radicals and alkyloxy radicals, and the radicals of the active species generated by further decomposition cause the reaction. However, the photopolymerization initiator (A) contained in the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention has a structure represented by the general formula (1), so that the decomposition efficiency by ultraviolet irradiation is very high, A pattern can be formed with a small exposure amount.
The reason why the photopolymerization initiator (A) of the present invention can function with higher sensitivity than the conventional initiator is considered as two possible reasons, but the details are not clear.
 1つ目の理由としては、本発明の光重合開始剤(A)は、一般式(1)で表される構造が良好な紫外線吸収性能を有することにより、与えられたエネルギー線によるエネルギーを極めて良好に吸収することができることである。さらに、得られたエネルギーがオキシムエステル部位の分解に効率的に使用されることにより、エネルギー線照射による分解が速く、瞬時に多量のラジカルを生成することが可能になっていることが考えられる。 The first reason is that the photopolymerization initiator (A) of the present invention has extremely good ultraviolet absorption performance due to the structure represented by the general formula (1). It can absorb well. Furthermore, it is conceivable that the obtained energy is efficiently used for the decomposition of the oxime ester moiety, so that the decomposition by the energy beam irradiation is fast and a large amount of radicals can be generated instantaneously.
 2つ目の理由としては、本発明の光重合開始剤(A)は、紫外線を吸収して発生したイミニルラジカルから活性種のラジカルへの分解が、一般式(1)で表される構造に由来して、非常に速いことが考えられる。生成するイミニルラジカルが準安定であれば分解は遅くなり、活性なラジカルの生成量は少なくなるが、これは紫外線吸収部分の化学構造により大きく影響を受ける。本発明の光重合開始剤(A)は、一般式(1)に示す構造をとることにより、光照射による分解により生じたイミニルラジカルの分解が非常に速く、多量のラジカルを生成する結果をもたらしていると考えられる。
 また、本発明の光重合開始剤(A)は、上述したように、イミニルラジカルの分解が非常に速いため再結合が抑制されていることが考えられる。再結合が多い場合、分解により生じた活性種が減少してしまうため、ラジカル重合開始剤としての機能は低下する。
The second reason is that the photopolymerization initiator (A) of the present invention has a structure represented by the general formula (1), in which decomposition of an iminyl radical generated by absorbing ultraviolet rays into an active species radical occurs. It can be considered that it is very fast. If the iminyl radical to be produced is metastable, the decomposition is slowed down and the amount of active radicals produced is reduced, but this is greatly affected by the chemical structure of the UV-absorbing moiety. The photopolymerization initiator (A) of the present invention has a structure represented by the general formula (1), so that iminyl radicals generated by decomposition by light irradiation are decomposed very quickly, and a large amount of radicals are generated. It is thought that it has brought.
Moreover, since the photoinitiator (A) of this invention is decomposition | disassembly of an iminyl radical is very quick as mentioned above, it is thought that recombination is suppressed. When the number of recombination is large, the active species generated by the decomposition is reduced, so that the function as a radical polymerization initiator is lowered.
 一般式(1)で表される光重合開始剤(A)は、感光性着色組成物中の着色剤(D)100重量部に対して、好ましくは、1~50重量部、特に好ましくは1~30重量部の量で用いることができる。 The photopolymerization initiator (A) represented by the general formula (1) is preferably 1 to 50 parts by weight, particularly preferably 1 to 100 parts by weight of the colorant (D) in the photosensitive coloring composition. It can be used in an amount of up to 30 parts by weight.
<その他の光重合開始剤(Y)>
 本発明の実施形態による感光性着色組成物には、一般式(1)で表される光重合開始剤(A)と共に、他の光重合開始剤(Y)を併用することが、さらに良好なパターン形状を得ることができるため好ましい。
 他の光重合開始剤(Y)としては、4-フェノキシジクロロアセトフェノン、4-t-ブチル-ジクロロアセトフェノン、ジエトキシアセトフェノン、p-ジメチルアミノアセトフェノン、1-(4-イソプロピルフェニル)-2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロパン-1-オン、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタン-1-オン、2-(ジメチルアミノ)-2-[(4-メチルフェニル)メチル]-1-[4-(4-モルホリニル)フェニル]-1-ブタノン等のアセトフェノン系化合物、ベンゾイン、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル、ベンジルジメチルケタール等のベンゾイン系化合物、ベンゾフェノン、ベンゾイル安息香酸、ベンゾイル安息香酸メチル、4-フェニルベンゾフェノン、ヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、アクリル化ベンゾフェノン、4-ベンゾイル-4’-メチルジフェニルサルファイド、3,3’,4,4’-テトラ(t-ブチルパーオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン等のベンゾフェノン系化合物、チオキサントン、2-クロルチオキサントン、2-メチルチオキサントン、イソプロピルチオキサントン、2,4-ジイソプロピルチオキサントン、2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン等のチオキサントン系化合物、2,4,6-トリクロロ-s-トリアジン、2-フェニル-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(p-メトキシフェニル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(p-トリル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-ピペロニル-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2,4-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-6-スチリル-s-トリアジン、2-(ナフト-1-イル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(4-メトキシ-ナフト-1-イル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2,4-トリクロロメチル-(ピペロニル)-6-トリアジン、2,4-トリクロロメチル(4’-メトキシスチリル)-6-トリアジン等のトリアジン系化合物、1,2-オクタンジオン,1-〔4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)〕、O-(アセチル)-N-(1-フェニル-2-オキソ-2-(4’-メトキシ-ナフチル)エチリデン)ヒドロキシルアミン等のオキシムエステル系化合物、ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)フェニルホスフィンオキサイド、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル-ジフェニル-ホスフィンオキサイド等のホスフィン系化合物、2,2’-ビス(o-クロロフェニル)-4,5,4’,5’-テトラフェニル-1,2’-ビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(o-メトキシフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニルビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(o-クロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラ(p-メチルフェニル)ビイミダゾール、等のイミダゾール系化合物、9,10-フェナンスレンキノン、カンファーキノン、エチルアントラキノン等のキノン系化合物、ボレート系化合物、カルバゾール系化合物、チタノセン系化合物等が用いられうる。
<Other photopolymerization initiator (Y)>
In the photosensitive coloring composition according to the embodiment of the present invention, it is further preferable to use other photopolymerization initiator (Y) together with the photopolymerization initiator (A) represented by the general formula (1). This is preferable because a pattern shape can be obtained.
Other photopolymerization initiators (Y) include 4-phenoxydichloroacetophenone, 4-t-butyl-dichloroacetophenone, diethoxyacetophenone, p-dimethylaminoacetophenone, 1- (4-isopropylphenyl) -2-hydroxy- 2-methylpropan-1-one, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino- 1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butan-1-one, 2- (dimethylamino) -2-[(4-methylphenyl) methyl] -1- [4- (4-morpholinyl) phenyl] -1- Acetophenone compounds such as butanone, benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether Benzoin compounds such as benzoin isopropyl ether and benzyl dimethyl ketal, benzophenone, benzoylbenzoic acid, methyl benzoylbenzoate, 4-phenylbenzophenone, hydroxybenzophenone, acrylated benzophenone, 4-benzoyl-4'-methyldiphenyl sulfide, 3 , 3 ′, 4,4′-tetra (t-butylperoxycarbonyl) benzophenone and other benzophenone compounds, thioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2-methylthioxanthone, isopropylthioxanthone, 2,4-diisopropylthioxanthone, 2,4 -Thioxanthone compounds such as diethylthioxanthone, 2,4,6-trichloro-s-triazine, 2-phenyl-4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-tri Gin, 2- (p-methoxyphenyl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2- (p-tolyl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2-piperonyl -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2,4-bis (trichloromethyl) -6-styryl-s-triazine, 2- (naphth-1-yl) -4,6-bis (trichloro Methyl) -s-triazine, 2- (4-methoxy-naphth-1-yl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2,4-trichloromethyl- (piperonyl) -6-triazine, Triazine compounds such as 2,4-trichloromethyl (4'-methoxystyryl) -6-triazine, 1,2-octanedione, 1- [4- (phenylthio) phenyl-, 2- O-benzoyloxime)], O- (acetyl) -N- (1-phenyl-2-oxo-2- (4′-methoxy-naphthyl) ethylidene) hydroxylamine and the like, bis (2,4 , 6-trimethylbenzoyl) phenylphosphine oxide, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide, and other phosphine compounds, 2,2′-bis (o-chlorophenyl) -4,5,4 ′, 5 ′ -Tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole, 2,2'-bis (o-methoxyphenyl) -4,4 ', 5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-bis (o-chlorophenyl) ) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetra (p-methylphenyl) biimidazole, imidazole compounds, 9,10-phenanthrenequinone, Nfakinon, quinone-based compounds such as ethyl anthraquinone, borate compounds, carbazole-based compounds, titanocene-based compounds can be used.
 これらの中でも、アセトフェノン系化合物、ホスフィン系化合物、およびイミダゾール系化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種類の光重合開始剤(Y)を含むことがより好ましい。 Among these, it is more preferable to include at least one photopolymerization initiator (Y) selected from the group consisting of acetophenone compounds, phosphine compounds, and imidazole compounds.
 これらその他の光重合開始剤(Y)は1種または必要に応じて任意の比率で2種以上混合して用いることができる。他の光重合開始剤(Y)は、感光性着色組成物中の着色剤(D)100重量部に対して、1~100重量部、好ましくは1~50重量部の量で用いることができる。
 また、光重合開始剤(A)100重量部に対して、1~3000重量部の量で用いることができる。より良好なパターン形状を得るためには、光重合開始剤(A)100重量部に対して5~2000重量部の量が好ましい。
These other photopolymerization initiators (Y) can be used alone or in combination of two or more at any ratio as required. The other photopolymerization initiator (Y) can be used in an amount of 1 to 100 parts by weight, preferably 1 to 50 parts by weight, with respect to 100 parts by weight of the colorant (D) in the photosensitive coloring composition. .
Further, it can be used in an amount of 1 to 3000 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the photopolymerization initiator (A). In order to obtain a better pattern shape, an amount of 5 to 2000 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the photopolymerization initiator (A) is preferable.
<増感剤(E)>
 さらに、本発明の実施形態による感光性着色組成物には、増感剤(E)を含有させることができる。増感剤(E)の含有量は、感光性着色組成物中の光重合開始剤(A)100重量部に対して、1~200重量部の量で用いることができる。
<Sensitizer (E)>
Further, the photosensitive coloring composition according to the embodiment of the present invention can contain a sensitizer (E). The content of the sensitizer (E) can be used in an amount of 1 to 200 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the photopolymerization initiator (A) in the photosensitive coloring composition.
 増感剤(E)としては、カルコン誘導体やジベンザルアセトン等に代表される不飽和ケトン類、ベンジルやカンファーキノン等に代表される1,2-ジケトン誘導体、ベンゾイン誘導体、フルオレン誘導体、ナフトキノン誘導体、アントラキノン誘導体、キサンテン誘導体、チオキサンテン誘導体、キサントン誘導体、チオキサントン誘導体、クマリン誘導体、ケトクマリン誘導体、シアニン誘導体、メロシアニン誘導体、オキソノ-ル誘導体等のポリメチン色素、アクリジン誘導体、アジン誘導体、チアジン誘導体、オキサジン誘導体、インドリン誘導体、アズレン誘導体、アズレニウム誘導体、スクアリリウム誘導体、ポルフィリン誘導体、テトラフェニルポルフィリン誘導体、トリアリールメタン誘導体、テトラベンゾポルフィリン誘導体、テトラピラジノポルフィラジン誘導体、フタロシアニン誘導体、テトラアザポルフィラジン誘導体、テトラキノキサリロポルフィラジン誘導体、ナフタロシアニン誘導体、サブフタロシアニン誘導体、ピリリウム誘導体、チオピリリウム誘導体、テトラフィリン誘導体、アヌレン誘導体、スピロピラン誘導体、スピロオキサジン誘導体、チオスピロピラン誘導体、金属アレーン錯体、有機ルテニウム錯体、ミヒラーケトン誘導体等が挙げられる。 Sensitizers (E) include chalcone derivatives and unsaturated ketones represented by dibenzalacetone, 1,2-diketone derivatives represented by benzyl and camphorquinone, benzoin derivatives, fluorene derivatives, naphthoquinone derivatives Anthraquinone derivatives, xanthene derivatives, thioxanthene derivatives, xanthone derivatives, thioxanthone derivatives, coumarin derivatives, ketocoumarin derivatives, cyanine derivatives, merocyanine derivatives, oxonol derivatives and other polymethine dyes, acridine derivatives, azine derivatives, thiazine derivatives, oxazine derivatives, Indoline derivative, azulene derivative, azurenium derivative, squarylium derivative, porphyrin derivative, tetraphenylporphyrin derivative, triarylmethane derivative, tetrabenzoporphyrin Conductor, tetrapyrazinoporphyrazine derivative, phthalocyanine derivative, tetraazaporphyrazine derivative, tetraquinoxalyloporphyrazine derivative, naphthalocyanine derivative, subphthalocyanine derivative, pyrylium derivative, thiopyrylium derivative, tetraphylline derivative, annulene derivative, spiropyran derivative, Examples include spirooxazine derivatives, thiospiropyran derivatives, metal arene complexes, organoruthenium complexes, Michler ketone derivatives, and the like.
 さらに具体例には、大河原信ら編、「色素ハンドブック」(1986年、講談社)、大河原信ら編、「機能性色素の化学」(1981年、シーエムシー)、池森忠三朗ら編、「特殊機能材料」(1986年、シーエムシー)に記載の増感剤が挙げられるがこれらに限定されるものではない。また、その他、紫外から近赤外域にかけての光に対して吸収を示す増感剤を含有させることもできる。 Specific examples include Okawara Nobu et al., “Dye Handbook” (1986, Kodansha), Okawara Nobu et al., “Functional Dye Chemistry” (1981, CMC), Ikemori Chusaburo et al., “Special Examples include, but are not limited to, sensitizers described in “Functional Materials” (1986, CMC). In addition, a sensitizer that absorbs light from the ultraviolet region to the near infrared region can also be contained.
 上記増感剤(E)の中で、一般式(1)で表される化合物を特に好適に増感しうる増感剤としては、チオキサントン誘導体、ミヒラーケトン誘導体、カルバゾール誘導体が挙げられる。さらに具体的には、2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン、2-クロロチオキサントン、2,4-ジクロロチオキサントン、2-イソプロピルチオキサントン、4-イソプロピルチオキサントン、1-クロロ-4-プロポキシチオキサントン、4,4’-ビス(ジメチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ビス(エチルメチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、N-エチルカルバゾール、3-ベンゾイル-N-エチルカルバゾール、3,6-ジベンゾイル-N-エチルカルバゾール等が用いられうる。
 増感剤(E)は、任意の比率で二種以上の増感剤を含んでいてもかまわない。
Among the sensitizers (E), examples of the sensitizer capable of particularly suitably sensitizing the compound represented by the general formula (1) include thioxanthone derivatives, Michler ketone derivatives, and carbazole derivatives. More specifically, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2,4-dichlorothioxanthone, 2-isopropylthioxanthone, 4-isopropylthioxanthone, 1-chloro-4-propoxythioxanthone, 4,4′-bis (Dimethylamino) benzophenone, 4,4′-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, 4,4′-bis (ethylmethylamino) benzophenone, N-ethylcarbazole, 3-benzoyl-N-ethylcarbazole, 3,6-dibenzoyl- N-ethylcarbazole or the like can be used.
The sensitizer (E) may contain two or more sensitizers in any ratio.
<樹脂(B)>
 本発明の実施形態による感光性着色組成物に含有される樹脂(B)は、可視光領域の400~700nmの全波長領域において透過率が好ましくは80%以上、より好ましくは95%以上の樹脂である。樹脂(B)には、熱可塑性樹脂、熱硬化性樹脂、および感光性樹脂が含まれ、これらを単独で、または2種以上混合して用いることができる。
<Resin (B)>
The resin (B) contained in the photosensitive coloring composition according to the embodiment of the present invention has a transmittance of preferably 80% or more, more preferably 95% or more in the entire wavelength region of 400 to 700 nm in the visible light region. It is. The resin (B) includes a thermoplastic resin, a thermosetting resin, and a photosensitive resin, and these can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 熱可塑性樹脂としては、例えば、ブチラール樹脂、スチレンーマレイン酸共重合体、塩素化ポリエチレン、塩素化ポリプロピレン、ポリ塩化ビニル、塩化ビニル-酢酸ビニル共重合体、ポリ酢酸ビニル、ポリウレタン系樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、アクリル系樹脂、アルキッド樹脂、ポリスチレン、ポリアミド樹脂、ゴム系樹脂、環化ゴム系樹脂、セルロース類、ポリエチレン、ポリブタジエン、ポリイミド樹脂等が挙げられる。 Examples of the thermoplastic resin include butyral resin, styrene-maleic acid copolymer, chlorinated polyethylene, chlorinated polypropylene, polyvinyl chloride, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer, polyvinyl acetate, polyurethane resin, and polyester resin. , Acrylic resins, alkyd resins, polystyrene, polyamide resins, rubber resins, cyclized rubber resins, celluloses, polyethylene, polybutadiene, polyimide resins, and the like.
 熱硬化性樹脂としては、例えば、エポキシ樹脂、ベンゾグアナミン樹脂、ロジン変性マレイン酸樹脂、ロジン変性フマル酸樹脂、メラミン樹脂、尿素樹脂、フェノール樹脂等が挙げられる。 Examples of the thermosetting resin include epoxy resin, benzoguanamine resin, rosin-modified maleic acid resin, rosin-modified fumaric acid resin, melamine resin, urea resin, phenol resin and the like.
 感光性樹脂としては、水酸基、カルボキシル基、アミノ基等の反応性の置換基を有する線状高分子にイソシアネート基、アルデヒド基、エポキシ基等の反応性置換基を有する(メタ)アクリル化合物やケイヒ酸を反応させて、(メタ)アクリロイル基、スチリル基等の光架橋性基を該線状高分子に導入した樹脂が用いられうる。また、スチレン-無水マレイン酸共重合物やα-オレフィン-無水マレイン酸共重合物等の酸無水物を含む線状高分子をヒドロキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレート等の水酸基を有する(メタ)アクリル化合物によりハーフエステル化したものも用いられうる。 Examples of the photosensitive resin include (meth) acrylic compounds having a reactive substituent such as an isocyanate group, an aldehyde group, and an epoxy group on a linear polymer having a reactive substituent such as a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, or an amino group, A resin in which a photocrosslinkable group such as a (meth) acryloyl group or a styryl group is introduced into the linear polymer by reacting with an acid can be used. A linear polymer containing an acid anhydride such as a styrene-maleic anhydride copolymer or an α-olefin-maleic anhydride copolymer is converted into a (meth) acrylic compound having a hydroxyl group such as hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate. Half-esterified products can also be used.
 オキセタン基を有する樹脂は、例えばオキセタン基を有するエチレン性不飽和単量体を共重合することなどで達成することができる。
 オキセタン基を有するエチレン性不飽和単量体としては、(3-メチル-3-オキセタニル)メチル(メタ)アクリレート、(3-エチル-3-オキセタニル)メチル(メタ)アクリレート、(3-ブチル-3-オキセタニル)メチル(メタ)アクリレート、(3-ヘキシルチル-3-オキセタニル)メチル(メタ)アクリレート等を挙げることが出来る。
 市販品としては、例えば、ETERNACOLL OXMA(宇部興産社製)、OXE-10、OXE-30(以上、大阪有機化学工業社製)などが挙げられる。
 樹脂がオキセタン基を有することにより、該樹脂を含有する着色組成物は、硬化した後の耐熱性が優れる。
The resin having an oxetane group can be achieved, for example, by copolymerizing an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an oxetane group.
Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an oxetane group include (3-methyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, (3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, (3-butyl-3 -Oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, (3-hexyltyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
Examples of commercially available products include ETERNACOLL OXMA (manufactured by Ube Industries), OXE-10, OXE-30 (above, manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and the like.
When the resin has an oxetane group, the colored composition containing the resin has excellent heat resistance after being cured.
 樹脂(B)は、感光性着色組成物中の着色剤(D)100重量部に対して、1~400重量部、好ましくは1~300重量部の量で用いることができる。 Resin (B) can be used in an amount of 1 to 400 parts by weight, preferably 1 to 300 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the colorant (D) in the photosensitive coloring composition.
<光重合性化合物(C)>
 本発明の実施形態による感光性着色組成物に含有される光重合性化合物(C)は、光重合性モノマーまたはオリゴマーであり、例えば、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、β-カルボキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、1, 6-ヘキサンジオールジグリシジルエーテルジ(メタ)アクリレート、ビスフェノールAジグリシジルエーテルジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジグリシジルエーテルジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロデカニル(メタ)アクリレート、エステルアクリレート、メチロール化メラミンの(メタ)アクリル酸エステル、エポキシ(メタ)アクリレート、ウレタンアクリレート等の各種アクリル酸エステルおよびメタクリル酸エステル、(メタ)アクリル酸、スチレン、酢酸ビニル、ヒドロキシエチルビニルエーテル、エチレングリコールジビニルエーテル、ペンタエリスリトールトリビニルエーテル、(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ヒドロキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ビニルホルムアミド、アクリロニトリル等が挙げられる。これらは、単独でまたは2種類以上混合して用いることができる。
<Photopolymerizable compound (C)>
The photopolymerizable compound (C) contained in the photosensitive coloring composition according to the embodiment of the present invention is a photopolymerizable monomer or oligomer, for example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) ) Acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, β-carboxyethyl (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol Di (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, tripropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexa Diol diglycidyl ether di (meth) acrylate, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether di (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, tricyclodecanyl (meth) acrylate , Ester acrylate, methylolated melamine (meth) acrylate, epoxy (meth) acrylate, urethane acrylate Glycol divinyl ether, pentaerythritol trivinyl ether, (meth) acrylamide, N-hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, N Vinylformamide and acrylonitrile. These can be used alone or in admixture of two or more.
 光重合性化合物(C)は、感光性着色組成物中の着色剤(D)100重量部に対して、5~300重量部、好ましくは10~200重量部の量で用いることができる。 The photopolymerizable compound (C) can be used in an amount of 5 to 300 parts by weight, preferably 10 to 200 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the colorant (D) in the photosensitive coloring composition.
 感光性着色組成物において、光重合開始剤(A)の重量〔I〕と光重合性化合物(C)の重量〔M〕との比率〔I/M〕は、0.01~3.00であることが好ましく、0.15~2.00であることがより好ましい。
 さらに、感光性着色組成物が増感剤(E)やその他の光重合開始剤(Y)を含有する場合には、光重合開始剤(A)、増感剤(E)およびその他の光重合開始剤(Y)の合計重量(I)と光重合性化合物(C)の重量〔M〕との比率〔I/M〕は、0.01~3.00であることが好ましく、0.15~2.00であることがより好ましい。
 〔I/M〕が0.15以上であると現像耐性が良好であり、〔I/M〕が0.15以上であると耐薬品性も良好である。また、〔I/M〕が2.00以下、〔I/M〕が2.00以下のとき、パターン形状、直線性、解像性がより優れている。
In the photosensitive coloring composition, the ratio [I a / M] of the weight [I a ] of the photopolymerization initiator (A) and the weight [M] of the photopolymerizable compound (C) is 0.01-3. 00 is preferable, and 0.15-2.00 is more preferable.
Furthermore, when a photosensitive coloring composition contains a sensitizer (E) and other photoinitiators (Y), a photoinitiator (A), a sensitizer (E), and other photopolymerization The ratio [I b / M] of the total weight (I b ) of the initiator (Y) and the weight [M] of the photopolymerizable compound (C) is preferably 0.01 to 3.00, 0 More preferably, it is 15 to 2.00.
When [I a / M] is 0.15 or more, the development resistance is good, and when [I b / M] is 0.15 or more, the chemical resistance is also good. When [I a / M] is 2.00 or less and [I b / M] is 2.00 or less, the pattern shape, linearity, and resolution are more excellent.
<着色剤(D)>
 本発明の実施形態による感光性着色組成物に含有される着色剤(D)としては、有機または無機の顔料を、単独でまたは2種類以上混合して用いることができる。顔料のなかでは、発色性が高く、且つ耐熱性の高い顔料が好ましく、通常は有機顔料が用いられる。以下に、本発明の実施形態による感光性着色組成物に使用可能な有機顔料の具体例を、カラーインデックス番号で示す。
 また、着色剤(D)には、耐熱性を低下させない範囲内で染料を含有させることができる。
<Colorant (D)>
As the colorant (D) contained in the photosensitive coloring composition according to the embodiment of the present invention, organic or inorganic pigments can be used alone or in admixture of two or more. Among the pigments, pigments having high color developability and high heat resistance are preferable, and organic pigments are usually used. Below, the specific example of the organic pigment which can be used for the photosensitive coloring composition by embodiment of this invention is shown with a color index number.
Further, the colorant (D) can contain a dye within a range that does not lower the heat resistance.
 オキセタン基を有する着色剤は、例えば染料を含む造塩化合物を構成する樹脂に、オキセタン構造を含有するエチレン性不飽和単量体を用いることなどで達成することができる。オキセタン基を有することにより、該着色剤を含有する着色組成物は、硬化した後の耐熱性が優れる。 The colorant having an oxetane group can be achieved, for example, by using an ethylenically unsaturated monomer containing an oxetane structure in a resin constituting a salt-forming compound containing a dye. By having an oxetane group, the coloring composition containing the coloring agent is excellent in heat resistance after being cured.
 赤色顔料としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントレッド1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、12、14、15、16、17、21、22、23、31、32、37、38、41、47、48、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、49、49:1、49:2、50:1、52:1、52:2、53、53:1、53:2、53:3、57、57:1、57:2、58:4、60、63、63:1、63:2、64、64:1、68、69、81、81:1、81:2、81:3、81:4、83、88、90:1、101、101:1、104、108、108:1、109、112、113、114、122、123、144、146、147、149、151、166、168、169、170、172、173、174、175、176、177、178、179、181、184、185、187、188、190、193、194、200、202、206、207、208、209、210、214、216、220、221、224、230、231、232、233、235、236、237、238、239、242、243、245、247、249、250、251、253、254、255、256、257、258、259、260、262、263、264、265、266、267、268、269、270、271、272、273、274、275、276などを挙げることができる。これらの中でも、明度および着色力の観点から、アゾ顔料、ジケトピロロピロール系、アントラキノン系、キノフタロン系、イソインドリン系、ペリノン系、ペリレン系、ベンズイミダゾロン系の色素が挙げられる。具体的には、C.I.ピグメントレッド176、177、179、254、242、下記一般式(4)で表されるナフトールアゾ顔料が好ましい。 Examples of red pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 21, 22, 23, 31, 32, 37, 38, 41, 47, 48, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4, 49, 49: 1, 49: 2, 50: 1, 52: 1, 52: 2, 53, 53: 1, 53: 2, 53: 3, 57, 57: 1, 57: 2, 58: 4, 60, 63, 63: 1, 63: 2, 64, 64: 1, 68, 69, 81, 81: 1, 81: 2, 81: 3, 81: 4, 83, 88, 90: 1, 101, 101: 1, 104, 108, 108: 1, 109, 112, 113, 114, 122, 123, 144, 146, 147, 149, 151, 166, 168, 169, 170, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 17 , 181, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 193, 194, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 214, 216, 220, 221, 224, 230, 231, 232, 233, 235 236, 237, 238, 239, 242, 243, 245, 247, 249, 250, 251, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267 268, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, and the like. Among these, azo pigments, diketopyrrolopyrrole-based, anthraquinone-based, quinophthalone-based, isoindoline-based, perinone-based, perylene-based, and benzimidazolone-based pigments are exemplified from the viewpoint of brightness and coloring power. Specifically, C.I. I. Pigment Red 176, 177, 179, 254, 242 and a naphthol azo pigment represented by the following general formula (4) are preferable.
 一般式(4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
[一般式(4)中、Aは、水素原子、ベンズイミダゾロン基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基または置換基を有してもよい複素環基を表す。Rは、水素原子、トリフルオロメチル基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、-ORまたは-COORを表す。R~Rは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、トリフルオロメチル基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、-OR、-COOR10、-CONHR11、-NHCOR12または-SONHR13を表す。R~R13は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。
 ただし、Rが-NHCOR12であり、A、R、R、R、およびRが水素原子、かつRがハロゲン原子の場合は除く。]
General formula (4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
[In General Formula (4), A represents a hydrogen atom, a benzimidazolone group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or an optionally substituted heterocyclic group. R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, —OR 7 or —COOR 8 . R 2 to R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, —OR 9 , —COOR 10 , —CONHR 11 , —NHCOR 12 or —SO 2 NHR 13 is represented. R 7 to R 13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
However, it is excluded when R 4 is —NHCOR 12 and A, R 2 , R 3 , R 5 , and R 6 are hydrogen atoms and R 1 is a halogen atom. ]
 青色顔料としては、例えばC.I.ピグメントブルー1、1:2、9、14、15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6、16、17、19、25、27、28、29、33、35、36、56、56:1、60、61、61:1、62、63、66、67、68、71、72、73、74、75、76、78、79などを挙げることができる。これらの中でも、明度および着色力の観点から、好ましくはC.I.ピグメントブルー15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、または15:6であり、更に好ましくはC.I.ピグメントブルー15:6である。また、特開2004-333817号公報、特許第4893859号公報等に記載のアルミニウムフタロシアニン顔料等を用いることもでき、特にこれらに限定されない。 Examples of blue pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Blue 1, 1: 2, 9, 14, 15, 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 16, 17, 19, 25, 27, 28, 29, 33, 35, 36, 56, 56: 1, 60, 61, 61: 1, 62, 63, 66, 67, 68, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 78, 79 and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of brightness and coloring power, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15, 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, or 15: 6, and more preferably C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6. In addition, aluminum phthalocyanine pigments described in JP-A No. 2004-333817, Japanese Patent No. 4893859 and the like can also be used, and the invention is not particularly limited thereto.
 緑色顔料としては、例えばC.I.ピグメントグリーン1、2、4、7、8、10、13、14、15、17、18、19、26、36、45、48、50、51、54、55、58、59、62、63を挙げることができる。これらの中でも、明度および着色力の観点から、好ましくはC.I.ピグメントグリーン7、36、58、59、62、63である。また、特開2008-19383号公報、特開2007-320986号公報、特開2004-70342号公報等に記載の亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料等を用いることもでき、特にこれらに限定されない。 Examples of green pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Green 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 10, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 26, 36, 45, 48, 50, 51, 54, 55, 58, 59, 62, 63 Can be mentioned. Among these, from the viewpoint of brightness and coloring power, C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 59, 62, and 63. In addition, zinc phthalocyanine pigments described in JP 2008-19383 A, JP 2007-320986 A, JP 2004-70342 A, and the like can be used, and the invention is not particularly limited thereto.
 黄色顔料としては、例えばC.I.ピグメントイエロー1、1:1、2、3、4、5、6、9、10、12、13、14、16、17、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、36、36:1、37、37:1、40、41、42、43、48、53、55、61、62、62:1、63、65、73、74、75,81、83、87、93、94、95、97、100、101、104、105、108、109、110、111、116、117、119、120、126、127、127:1、128、129、133、134、136、138、139、142、147、148、150、151、153、154、155、157、158、159、160、161、162、163、164、165、166、167、168、169、170、172、173、174、175、176、180、181、182、183、184、185、188、189、190、191、191:1、192、193、194、195、196、197、198、199、200、202、203、204、205、206、207、208、231などを挙げることができる。これらの中でも、明度および着色力の観点から、好ましくはC.I.ピグメントイエロー138、139、150、185、231である。また、特許第4993026号公報に記載のキノフタロン系顔料等を用いることもでき、特にこれらに限定されない。 Examples of yellow pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 1: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 41, 42, 43, 48, 53, 55, 61, 62, 62: 1, 63, 65, 73, 74, 75, 81, 83, 87, 93, 94, 95, 97, 100, 101, 104, 105, 108, 109, 110, 111, 116, 117, 119, 120, 126, 127, 127: 1, 128, 129, 133, 134, 136, 138, 139, 142, 147, 148, 150, 151, 153, 154, 155, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 172, 17 174, 175, 176, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 188, 189, 190, 191, 191: 1, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 202 , 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 231 and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of brightness and coloring power, C.I. I. Pigment yellow 138, 139, 150, 185, 231. In addition, quinophthalone pigments described in Japanese Patent No. 4999326 can be used, and the invention is not particularly limited thereto.
 紫色顔料としては、例えばC.I.ピグメントバイオレット1、1:1、2、2:2、3、3:1、3:3、5、5:1、14、15、16、19、23、25、27、29、31、32、37、39、42、44、47、49、50などを挙げることができる。これらの中でも、明度および着色力の観点から、好ましくはC.I.ピグメントバイオレット19、または23であり、更に好ましくはC.I.ピグメントバイオレット23である。 Examples of purple pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Violet 1, 1: 1, 2, 2: 2, 3, 3: 1, 3: 3, 5, 5: 1, 14, 15, 16, 19, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 32, 37, 39, 42, 44, 47, 49, 50 and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of brightness and coloring power, C.I. I. Pigment violet 19 or 23, more preferably C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23.
 橙色顔料としては、例えばC.I.ピグメントオレンジ38、43、64、71、または73等が上げられる。中でも、明度および着色力の観点から、C.I.ピグメントオレンジ38、43および64が好ましい。 Examples of orange pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Orange 38, 43, 64, 71, or 73 is raised. Among these, from the viewpoint of brightness and coloring power, C.I. I. Pigment Orange 38, 43 and 64 are preferred.
 ブラックマトリックスを形成するための黒色感光性着色組成物には、例えばカーボンブラック、アニリンブラック、アントラキノン系黒色顔料、ペリレン系黒色顔料、具体的にはC.I.ピグメントブラック1、6、7、12、20、31等を用いることができる。黒色感光性着色組成物には、赤色顔料、青色顔料、緑色顔料の混合物を用いることもできる。黒色顔料としては、価格、遮光性の大きさからカーボンブラックが好ましく、カーボンブラックは、樹脂などで表面処理されていてもよい。また、色調を調整するため、黒色感光性着色組成物には、青色顔料や紫色顔料を併用することができる。 Examples of the black photosensitive coloring composition for forming the black matrix include carbon black, aniline black, anthraquinone black pigment, perylene black pigment, specifically C.I. I. Pigment Black 1, 6, 7, 12, 20, 31, etc. can be used. For the black photosensitive coloring composition, a mixture of a red pigment, a blue pigment, and a green pigment can also be used. As the black pigment, carbon black is preferable from the viewpoint of price and light shielding properties, and the carbon black may be surface-treated with a resin or the like. Moreover, in order to adjust a color tone, a blue pigment and a purple pigment can be used together in a black photosensitive coloring composition.
 また、無機顔料としては、硫酸バリウム、亜鉛華、硫酸鉛、黄色鉛、亜鉛黄、べんがら(赤色酸化鉄(III))、カドミウム赤、群青、紺青、酸化クロム緑、コバルト緑、アンバー、チタンブラック、合成鉄黒、酸化チタン、四酸化鉄などの金属酸化物粉、金属硫化物粉、金属粉等が挙げられる。無機顔料は、彩度と明度のバランスを取りつつ良好な塗布性、感度、現像性等を確保するために、有機顔料と組み合わせて用いられうる。 Inorganic pigments include barium sulfate, zinc white, lead sulfate, yellow lead, zinc yellow, red bean (red iron (III) oxide), cadmium red, ultramarine, bitumen, chromium oxide green, cobalt green, amber, titanium black. Examples thereof include metal oxide powders such as synthetic iron black, titanium oxide, and iron tetroxide, metal sulfide powders, and metal powders. Inorganic pigments can be used in combination with organic pigments in order to ensure good coatability, sensitivity, developability and the like while balancing the saturation and lightness.
《染料》
 本発明の実施形態による着色組成物は、着色剤として、染料を用いることもできる。染料としては、酸性染料、直接染料、塩基性染料、造塩染料、油溶性染料、分散染料、反応染料、媒染染料、建染染料、硫化染料等のいずれも用いることができる。また、これらの誘導体や、染料をレーキ化したレーキ顔料の形態であってもかまわない。
"dye"
The coloring composition by embodiment of this invention can also use dye as a coloring agent. As the dye, any of acid dyes, direct dyes, basic dyes, salt-forming dyes, oil-soluble dyes, disperse dyes, reactive dyes, mordant dyes, vat dyes, sulfur dyes and the like can be used. Moreover, it may be in the form of lake pigments obtained by rake-forming these derivatives or dyes.
 さらに、スルホン酸やカルボン酸等の酸性基を有する酸性染料、直接染料の形態の場合は、酸性染料の無機塩や、酸性染料と四級アンモニウム塩化合物、三級アミン化合物、二級アミン化合物、もしくは一級アミン化合物等の含窒素化合物との造塩化合物、またはこれらの官能基を有する樹脂成分を用いて造塩化して造塩化合物として用いること、あるいはスルホンアミド化してスルホン酸アミド化合物として用いることで耐性に優れたものとなるために、堅牢性に優れた着色組成物とすることができ、好ましい。
 また、酸性染料とオニウム塩基を有する化合物との造塩化合物も、堅牢性に優れるため好ましく、より好ましくは、オニウム塩基を有する化合物が、側鎖にカチオン性基を有する樹脂である場合である。
Furthermore, in the case of an acid dye having an acid group such as sulfonic acid or carboxylic acid, or in the form of a direct dye, an inorganic salt of an acid dye, an acid dye and a quaternary ammonium salt compound, a tertiary amine compound, a secondary amine compound, Alternatively, use a salt-forming compound with a nitrogen-containing compound such as a primary amine compound, or salt formation using a resin component having these functional groups, or use it as a salt-forming compound after sulfonamidation. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a colored composition having excellent fastness, which is preferable.
A salt-forming compound of an acid dye and a compound having an onium base is also preferable because of excellent fastness. More preferably, the compound having an onium base is a resin having a cationic group in the side chain.
 塩基性染料の形態の場合は、有機酸や過塩素酸もしくはその金属塩を用いて造塩化して用いることができる。塩基性染料の造塩化合物は耐性、顔料との併用性に優れているために好ましく、さらに塩基性染料と、カウンタイオンとしてはたらくカウンタ成分である有機スルホン酸、有機硫酸、フッ素基含有リンアニオン化合物、フッ素基含有ホウ素アニオン化合物、シアノ基含有窒素アニオン化合物、ハロゲン化炭化水素基を有する有機酸の共役塩基を有するアニオン化合物、または酸性染料とを造塩した、造塩化合物を用いることがより好ましいものである。 In the case of a basic dye form, it can be used after being salted using an organic acid, perchloric acid or a metal salt thereof. A salt forming compound of a basic dye is preferable because of its excellent resistance and compatibility with a pigment, and further, a basic dye and an organic sulfonic acid, an organic sulfuric acid, a fluorine group-containing phosphorus anion compound that is a counter component that works as a counter ion It is more preferable to use a salt-forming compound obtained by salting a fluorine group-containing boron anion compound, a cyano group-containing nitrogen anion compound, an anion compound having a conjugate base of an organic acid having a halogenated hydrocarbon group, or an acidic dye. Is.
 また、色素骨格に重合性不飽和基を有する場合、耐性に優れた染料とすることができ、好ましい。
 また、染料がオキセタン基を有する場合には、該染料を含有する着色組成物は、硬化した後の耐熱性が優れる。
Moreover, when it has a polymerizable unsaturated group in a pigment | dye frame | skeleton, it can be set as the dye excellent in tolerance, and it is preferable.
Moreover, when a dye has an oxetane group, the coloring composition containing this dye is excellent in heat resistance after hardening.
 一実施形態において、染料の化学構造としては、例えば、アゾ系染料、アゾメチン系染料(インドアニリン系染料、インドフェノール系染料など)、ジピロメテン系染料、キノン系染料(ベンゾキノン系染料、ナフトキノン系染料、アントラキノン系染料、アントラピリドン系染料など)、カルボニウム系染料(ジフェニルメタン系染料、トリフェニルメタン系染料、キサンテン系染料、アクリジン系染料など)、キノンイミン系染料(オキサジン系染料、チアジン系染料など)、アジン系染料、ポリメチン系染料(オキソノール系染料、メロシアニン系染料、アリーリデン系染料、スチリル系染料、シアニン系染料、スクアリリウム系染料、クロコニウム系染料など)、キノフタロン系染料、フタロシアニン系染料、サブフタロシアニン系染料、ペリノン系染料、インジゴ系染料、チオインジゴ系染料、キノリン系染料、ニトロ系染料、ニトロソ系染料、及びそれらの金属錯体系染料等から選ばれる染料に由来する色素構造を挙げることができる。 In one embodiment, the chemical structure of the dye includes, for example, azo dyes, azomethine dyes (indoaniline dyes, indophenol dyes, etc.), dipyrromethene dyes, quinone dyes (benzoquinone dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, Anthraquinone dyes, anthrapyridone dyes, etc.), carbonium dyes (diphenylmethane dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, xanthene dyes, acridine dyes, etc.), quinoneimine dyes (oxazine dyes, thiazine dyes, etc.), azines Dyes, polymethine dyes (oxonol dyes, merocyanine dyes, arylidene dyes, styryl dyes, cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, croconium dyes, etc.), quinophthalone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, subphthalocyanine dyes It dyes, perinone dyes, indigo dyes, thioindigo dyes, quinoline dyes, nitro dyes, nitroso dyes, and the like dye structure derived from a dye selected from those metal complex dyes.
 これらの色素構造の中でも、色相、色分離性、色むらなどの色特性の観点から、アゾ系染料、キサンテン系染料、シアニン系染料、トリフェニルメタン系染料、アントラキノン系染料、ジピロメテン系染料、スクアリリウム系染料、キノフタロン系染料、フタロシアニン系染料、サブフタロシアニン系染料から選ばれる色素に由来する色素構造が好ましく、キサンテン系染料、シアニン系染料、トリフェニルメタン系染料、アントラキノン系染料、ジピロメテン系染料、フタロシアニン系染料から選ばれる色素に由来する色素構造がより好ましい。色素構造を形成しうる具体的な色素化合物については「新版染料便覧」(有機合成化学協会編;丸善、1970)、「カラーインデックス」(The Society of Dyers and colourists)、「色素ハンドブック」(大河原他編;講談社、1986)などに記載されている。 Among these pigment structures, azo dyes, xanthene dyes, cyanine dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, anthraquinone dyes, dipyrromethene dyes, squarylium from the viewpoint of color characteristics such as hue, color separation, and color unevenness Preferred are dye structures derived from dyes selected from dyes, quinophthalone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, subphthalocyanine dyes, xanthene dyes, cyanine dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, anthraquinone dyes, dipyrromethene dyes, phthalocyanine A pigment structure derived from a pigment selected from the system dyes is more preferable. For specific pigment compounds that can form pigment structures, see "New Edition Dye Handbook" (edited by the Society of Synthetic Organic Chemistry; Maruzen, 1970), "Color Index" (The Society of Dyer's and Colorists), "Dye Handbook" (Okawara et al.) Ed; Kodansha, 1986).
 別の実施形態における染料としては、アゾ系染料、アゾ金属錯体系染料、アントラキノン系染料、インジゴ系染料、チオインジゴ系染料、フタロシアニン系染料、メチン系染料、ジアリールメタン系染料、トリアリールメタン系染料、キサンテン系染料、チアジン系染料、カチオン系染料、シアニン系染料、ニトロ系染料、キノリン系染料、ナフトキノン系染料、オキサジン系染料、ペリレン系染料、ジケトピロロピロール系染料、キナクリドン系染料、アンサンスロン系染料、イソインドリノン系染料、イソインドリン系染料、インダンスロン系染料、クマリン系染料、キナクリドン系染料、ピランスロン系染料、フラバンスロン系染料、ペリノン系染料等が挙げられるがこれらに限定されない。 Examples of the dye in another embodiment include azo dyes, azo metal complex dyes, anthraquinone dyes, indigo dyes, thioindigo dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, methine dyes, diarylmethane dyes, triarylmethane dyes, Xanthene dye, thiazine dye, cationic dye, cyanine dye, nitro dye, quinoline dye, naphthoquinone dye, oxazine dye, perylene dye, diketopyrrolopyrrole dye, quinacridone dye, ansanthrone Examples include, but are not limited to, dyes, isoindolinone dyes, isoindoline dyes, indanthrone dyes, coumarin dyes, quinacridone dyes, pyranthrone dyes, flavanthrone dyes, and perinone dyes.
 さらに別の実施形態において使用できる有機染料としては、トリアリールメタン系、キサンテン系、および、アントラキノン系が挙げられるが、なかでもキサンテン系を用いることが好ましい。 Further examples of organic dyes that can be used in another embodiment include triarylmethanes, xanthenes, and anthraquinones, among which xanthenes are preferably used.
[キサンテン系染料]
 好ましく用いることのできるキサンテン系染料は、赤色、紫色を呈するものであり、油溶性染料、酸性染料、直接染料、塩基性染料のいずれかの形態を有するものであることが好ましい。またこれらの染料をレーキ化したレーキ顔料の形態であってもかまわない。
 これらの中でも、キサンテン系油溶性染料、キサンテン系酸性染料を用いることが色相に優れるために好ましい。
[Xanthene dyes]
The xanthene dyes that can be preferably used are red and purple, and preferably have any form of oil-soluble dyes, acid dyes, direct dyes, and basic dyes. In addition, a lake pigment in which these dyes are raked may be used.
Among these, it is preferable to use a xanthene oil-soluble dye or a xanthene acid dye because of excellent hue.
 赤色、紫色を呈するものとしては、C.I.ソルベントレッド、C.I.ソルベントバイオレット等の油溶性染料、C.I.ベーシックレッド、C.I.ベーシックバイオレット等の塩基性染料、C.I.アシッドレッド、C.I.アシッドバイオレット等の酸性染料、C.I.ダイレクトレッド、C.I.ダイレクトバイオレット等の直接染料等、に属するものが挙げられる。
 ここで直接染料は、構造中にスルホン酸基(-SOH、-SONa)を有しており、本開示においては、直接染料は酸性染料として見なすものである。
Examples of red and purple colors include C.I. I. Solvent Red, C.I. I. Oil-soluble dyes such as solvent violet, C.I. I. Basic Red, C.I. I. Basic dyes such as basic violet, C.I. I. Acid Red, C.I. I. Acid dyes such as Acid Violet, C.I. I. Direct Red, C.I. I. Examples include those belonging to direct dyes such as direct violet.
Here, the direct dye has a sulfonic acid group (—SO 3 H, —SO 3 Na) in the structure, and in the present disclosure, the direct dye is regarded as an acid dye.
 また、キサンテン系塩基性染料は、有機酸や過塩素酸を用いて造塩化して用いることが好ましい。有機酸としては、有機スルホン酸、有機カルボン酸を用いることが好ましい。中でもトビアス酸等のナフタレンスルホン酸、過塩素酸を用いることが耐性の面で好ましい。 Moreover, it is preferable that the xanthene-based basic dye is used after being salified with an organic acid or perchloric acid. As the organic acid, organic sulfonic acid or organic carboxylic acid is preferably used. Of these, naphthalenesulfonic acid such as tobias acid and perchloric acid are preferably used in terms of resistance.
 また、キサンテン系酸性染料は、四級アンモニウム塩化合物、三級アミン化合物、二級アミン化合物、一級アミン化合物等、またはこれらの官能基を有する樹脂成分を用いて造塩化して造塩化合物として用いること、あるいはスルホンアミド化してスルホン酸アミド化合物として用いることが耐性の面で好ましい。 In addition, xanthene-based acidic dyes are used as salt-forming compounds by chlorination using quaternary ammonium salt compounds, tertiary amine compounds, secondary amine compounds, primary amine compounds, etc., or resin components having these functional groups. In view of resistance, it is preferable to use it as a sulfonamide compound after sulfonamidation.
 キサンテン系酸性染料の造塩化合物および/またはキサンテン系酸性染料のスルホン酸アミド化合物は色相および耐性に優れているために好ましく、さらにキサンテン系酸性染料を、カウンタイオンとしてはたらくカウンタ成分である四級アンモニウム塩化合物を用いて造塩化した化合物、およびキサンテン系酸性染料をスルホンアミド化したスルホン酸アミド化合物を用いることがより好ましいものである。 Salt forming compounds of xanthene acid dyes and / or sulfonic acid amide compounds of xanthene acid dyes are preferred because of their excellent hue and resistance, and quaternary ammonium which is a counter component that functions as a counter ion. It is more preferable to use a compound prepared by using a salt compound and a sulfonic acid amide compound obtained by sulfonamidating a xanthene acid dye.
 また、キサンテン系色素の中でも、ローダミン系色素は発色性、耐性にも優れているために好ましい。 Of the xanthene dyes, rhodamine dyes are preferred because they are excellent in color developability and resistance.
 以下、キサンテン系色素の形態について具体的に詳述する。 Hereinafter, the form of the xanthene pigment will be described in detail.
 〔キサンテン系油溶性染料〕
 キサンテン系油溶性染料としては、C.I.ソルベントレッド35、C.I.ソルベントレッド36、C.I.ソルベントレッド42、C.I.ソルベントレッド43、C.I.ソルベントレッド44、C.I.ソルベントレッド45、C.I.ソルベントレッド46、C.I.ソルベントレッド47、C.I.ソルベントレッド48、C.I.ソルベントレッド49、C.I.ソルベントレッド72、C.I.ソルベンレッド73、C.I.ソルベントレッド109、C.I.ソルベントレッド140、C.I.ソルベントレッド141、C.I.ソルベントレッド237、C.I.ソルベントレッド246、C.I.ソルベントバイオレット2、C.I.ソルベントバイオレット10などがあげられる。
 中でも、発色性の高いローダミン系油溶性染料であるC.I.ソルベントレッド35、C.I.ソルベントレッド36、C.I.ソルベントレッド49、C.I.ソルベントレッド109、C.I.ソルベントレッド237、C.I.ソルベントレッド246、C.I.ソルベントバイオレット2がより好ましい。
[Xanthene oil-soluble dye]
Xanthene oil-soluble dyes include C.I. I. Solvent Red 35, C.I. I. Solvent Red 36, C.I. I. Solvent Red 42, C.I. I. Solvent Red 43, C.I. I. Solvent Red 44, C.I. I. Solvent Red 45, C.I. I. Solvent Red 46, C.I. I. Solvent Red 47, C.I. I. Solvent Red 48, C.I. I. Solvent Red 49, C.I. I. Solvent Red 72, C.I. I. Solven Red 73, C.I. I. Solvent Red 109, C.I. I. Solvent Red 140, C.I. I. Solvent Red 141, C.I. I. Solvent Red 237, C.I. I. Solvent Red 246, C.I. I. Solvent Violet 2, C.I. I. Solvent violet 10 and the like.
Among them, C.I., which is a rhodamine-based oil-soluble dye having high color developability. I. Solvent Red 35, C.I. I. Solvent Red 36, C.I. I. Solvent Red 49, C.I. I. Solvent Red 109, C.I. I. Solvent Red 237, C.I. I. Solvent Red 246, C.I. I. Solvent violet 2 is more preferable.
 〔キサンテン系塩基性染料〕
 キサンテン系塩基性染料としては、C.I.ベーシックレッド1(ローダミン6GCP)、8(ローダミンG)、C.I.ベーシックバイオレット10(ローダミンB)等があげられる。中でも発色性に優れる点において、C.I.ベーシックレッド1、C.I.ベーシックバイオレット10を用いることが好ましい。
[Xanthene basic dye]
Examples of xanthene basic dyes include C.I. I. Basic Red 1 (Rhodamine 6 GCP), 8 (Rhodamine G), C.I. I. Examples thereof include basic violet 10 (rhodamine B). Among these, C.I. I. Basic Red 1, C.I. I. It is preferable to use basic violet 10.
 〔キサンテン系酸性染料〕
 キサンテン系酸性染料としては、C.I.アシッドレッド51(エリスロシン(食用赤色3号))、C.I.アシッドレッド52(アシッドローダミン)、C.I.アシッドレッド87(エオシンG(食用赤色103号))、C.I.アシッドレッド92(アシッドフロキシンPB(食用赤色104号))、C.I.アシッドレッド289、C.I.アシッドレッド388、ローズベンガルB(食用赤色5号)、アシッドローダミンG、C.I.アシッドバイオレット9を用いることが好ましい。
 中でも、耐熱性、耐光性の面で、キサンテン系酸性染料であるC.I.アシッドレッド87、C.I.アシッドレッド92、C.I.アシッドレッド388、あるいは、ローダミン系酸性染料であるC.I.アシッドレッド52(アシッドローダミン)、C.I.アシッドレッド289、アシッドローダミンG、C.I.アシッドバイオレット9を用いることがより好ましい。
 この中でも特に、発色性、耐熱性、耐光性に優れる点において、ローダミン系酸性染料であるC.I.アシッドレッド52、C.I.アシッドレッド289を用いることが最も好ましい。
[Xanthene acid dyes]
Examples of xanthene acid dyes include C.I. I. Acid Red 51 (erythrosin (edible red No. 3)), C.I. I. Acid Red 52 (Acid Rhodamine), C.I. I. Acid Red 87 (Eosin G (edible red No. 103)), C.I. I. Acid Red 92 (Acid Phloxin PB (edible red No. 104)), C.I. I. Acid Red 289, C.I. I. Acid Red 388, Rose Bengal B (Edible Red No. 5), Acid Rhodamine G, C.I. I. It is preferable to use Acid Violet 9.
Among these, in terms of heat resistance and light resistance, C.I. I. Acid Red 87, C.I. I. Acid Red 92, C.I. I. Acid Red 388 or rhodamine acid dye C.I. I. Acid Red 52 (Acid Rhodamine), C.I. I. Acid Red 289, Acid Rhodamine G, C.I. I. It is more preferable to use Acid Violet 9.
Among these, in particular, C.I., which is a rhodamine acid dye, is excellent in color developability, heat resistance and light resistance. I. Acid Red 52, C.I. I. Most preferably, Acid Red 289 is used.
 酸性染料(キサンテン系に限らない)は、酸性染料と含窒素化合物との造塩化合物であることが好ましく、四級アンモニウム塩化合物、三級アミン化合物、二級アミン化合物、一級アミン化合物等、またはこれらの官能基を有する樹脂成分を用いて造塩化し、酸性染料の造塩化合物とすることで、高い耐熱性、耐光性、耐溶剤性を付与することができるために好ましい。酸性染料は、スルホンアミド化によっても高い耐熱性、耐光性、耐溶剤性を付与することができる。
 また、酸性染料と、オニウム塩基を有する化合物との造塩化合物であってもよく、なかでも、オニウム塩基を有する化合物が、側鎖にカチオン性基を有する樹脂であることにより、明度および耐性に優れた着色組成物とすることが出来る。
The acid dye (not limited to xanthene) is preferably a salt-forming compound of an acid dye and a nitrogen-containing compound, such as a quaternary ammonium salt compound, a tertiary amine compound, a secondary amine compound, a primary amine compound, or the like. It is preferable to form a salt using a resin component having these functional groups to obtain a salt-forming compound of an acidic dye because high heat resistance, light resistance, and solvent resistance can be imparted. Acid dyes can impart high heat resistance, light resistance, and solvent resistance by sulfonamidation.
Further, it may be a salt-forming compound of an acid dye and a compound having an onium base, and among them, the compound having an onium base is a resin having a cationic group in the side chain, thereby reducing the brightness and resistance. It can be set as the outstanding coloring composition.
 一級アミン化合物としては、メチルアミン、エチルアミン、プロピルアミン、イソプロピルアミン、ブチルアミン、アミルアミン、ヘキシルアミン、ヘプチルアミン、オクチルアミン、ノニルアミン、デシルアミン、ウンデシルアミン、ドデシルアミン(ラウリルアミン)、トリドデシルアミン、テトラデシルアミン(ミリスチルアミン)、ペンタデシルアミン、セチルアミン、ステアリルアミン、オレイルアミン、ココアルキルアミン、牛脂アルキルアミン、硬化牛脂アルキルアミン、アリルアミン等の脂肪族不飽和1級アミン、アニリン、ベンジルアミン等が挙げられる。 Primary amine compounds include methylamine, ethylamine, propylamine, isopropylamine, butylamine, amylamine, hexylamine, heptylamine, octylamine, nonylamine, decylamine, undecylamine, dodecylamine (laurylamine), tridodecylamine, tetra Examples include aliphatic unsaturated primary amines such as decylamine (myristylamine), pentadecylamine, cetylamine, stearylamine, oleylamine, cocoalkylamine, beef tallow alkylamine, cured tallow alkylamine, allylamine, aniline, and benzylamine. .
 二級アミン化合物としては、ジメチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、ジプロピルアミン、ジイソプロピルアミン、ジブチルアミン、ジアミルアミン、ジアリルアミン等の脂肪族不飽和2級アミン、メチルアニリン、エチルアニリン、ジベンジルアミン、ジフェニルアミン、ジココアルキルアミン、ジ硬化牛脂アルキルアミン、ジステアリルアミン等が挙げられる Secondary amine compounds include aliphatic unsaturated secondary amines such as dimethylamine, diethylamine, dipropylamine, diisopropylamine, dibutylamine, diamylamine, diallylamine, methylaniline, ethylaniline, dibenzylamine, diphenylamine, dicocoalkyl. Amine, di-cured tallow alkylamine, distearylamine, etc.
 三級アミン化合物としては、トリメチルアミン、トリエチルアミン、トリプロピルアミン、トリブチルアミン、トリアミルアミン、ジメチルアニリン、ジエチルアニリン、トリベンジルアミン等が挙げられる。 Examples of tertiary amine compounds include trimethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, tributylamine, triamylamine, dimethylaniline, diethylaniline, tribenzylamine and the like.
  (四級アンモニウム塩化合物)
 本発明の実施形態に用いる有機染料が酸性染料の場合、酸性染料と四級アンモニウム塩化合物とからなる造塩化合物(a)として用いることが好ましい。
 酸性染料のカウンタ成分としての四級アンモニウム塩化合物について説明する。四級アンモニウム塩化合物は、アミノ基を有することで酸性染料のカウンタになるものである。
(Quaternary ammonium salt compound)
When the organic dye used in the embodiment of the present invention is an acid dye, it is preferably used as a salt-forming compound (a) comprising an acid dye and a quaternary ammonium salt compound.
The quaternary ammonium salt compound as the counter component of the acid dye will be described. A quaternary ammonium salt compound becomes an acid dye counter by having an amino group.
 造塩化合物(a)のカウンタ成分である四級アンモニウム塩化合物の好ましい形態は、無色、または白色を呈するものである。ここで無色、または白色とはいわゆる透明な状態を意味し、可視光領域の400~700nmの全波長領域において、透過率が95%以上、好ましくは98%以上となっている状態と定義されるものである。すなわち染料成分の発色を阻害しない、色変化を起こさないものであることが好ましい。 The preferred form of the quaternary ammonium salt compound that is the counter component of the salt-forming compound (a) is colorless or white. Here, colorless or white means a so-called transparent state, and is defined as a state in which the transmittance is 95% or more, preferably 98% or more in the entire wavelength region of 400 to 700 nm in the visible light region. Is. That is, it is preferably one that does not inhibit the color development of the dye component and does not cause a color change.
 四級アンモニウム塩化合物のカチオン成分であるカウンタ部分の分子量は190~900の範囲であることが好ましい。ここでカチオン部分とは、下記一般式(3)中の(NRの部分に相当する。分子量が190よりも小さいと耐光性、耐熱性が低下してしまい、さらに溶剤への溶解性が低下してしまい得る。また分子量が900よりも大きくなると分子中の発色成分の割合が低下してしまい、発色性が低下し、明度も低下してしまい得る。より好ましくはカウンタ部分の分子量が240~850の範囲である。特に好ましいのは、カウンタ部分の分子量が350~800の範囲である。ここで分子量は構造式を基に計算を行ったものであり、Cの原子量を12、Hの原子量を1、Nの原子量を14とした。 The molecular weight of the counter portion, which is the cation component of the quaternary ammonium salt compound, is preferably in the range of 190 to 900. Here, the cation moiety corresponds to a (NR 1 R 2 R 3 R 4 ) + moiety in the following general formula (3). If the molecular weight is smaller than 190, light resistance and heat resistance may be lowered, and further solubility in a solvent may be lowered. On the other hand, when the molecular weight is larger than 900, the ratio of the color forming component in the molecule is lowered, the color developability is lowered, and the lightness can be lowered. More preferably, the molecular weight of the counter portion is in the range of 240 to 850. Particularly preferred is a molecular weight of the counter portion in the range of 350-800. Here, the molecular weight was calculated based on the structural formula. The atomic weight of C was 12, the atomic weight of H was 1, and the atomic weight of N was 14.
 四級アンモニウム塩化合物として以下一般式(3)で表されるものが用いられうる。 As the quaternary ammonium salt compound, those represented by the following general formula (3) can be used.
一般式(3)   
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
General formula (3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
(一般式(5)中、R~Rは、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~20のアルキル基またはベンジル基を示し、R、R、R、Rの少なくとも2つ以上がCの数が5~20個である。Yは無機または有機のアニオンを表す。) (In the general formula (5), R 1 to R 4 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a benzyl group, and at least two of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 are present. C number of 5 to 20 .Y - represents an inorganic or organic anion).
 R~Rの少なくとも2つ以上のCの数を5~20個とすることで、溶剤に対する溶解性が良好なものとなる。Cの数が5より小さいアルキル基が3つ以上になると溶剤に対する溶解性が悪くなり、塗膜異物が発生しやすくなってしまう。またCの数が20を超えてしまうアルキル基が存在すると造塩化合物(a)の発色性が損なわれてしまう。 By setting the number of C of at least two of R 1 to R 4 to 5 to 20, the solubility in a solvent becomes good. When the number of alkyl groups having a C number of less than 5 is 3 or more, solubility in a solvent is deteriorated, and coating film foreign matter is likely to be generated. Moreover, when the alkyl group in which the number of C exceeds 20 exists, the color development property of a salt-forming compound (a) will be impaired.
 アニオンを構成するYの成分は、無機または有機のアニオンであればよいが、ハロゲンであることが好ましく、通常は塩素である。 The Y component constituting the anion may be an inorganic or organic anion, but is preferably a halogen, usually chlorine.
 四級アンモニウム塩化合物としては、テトラメチルアンモニウムクロライド、テトラエチルアンモニウムクロライド、モノステアリルトリメチルアンモニウムクロライド、ジステアリルジメチルアンモニウムクロライド、トリステアリルモノメチルアンモニウムクロライド、セチルトリメチルアンモニウムクロライド、トリオクチルメチルアンモニウムクロライド、ジオクチルジメチルアンモニウムクロライド、モノラウリルトリメチルアンモニウムクロライド、ジラウリルジメチルアンモニウムクロライド、トリラウリルメチルアンモニウムクロライド、トリアミルベンジルアンモニウムクロライド、トリヘキシルベンジルアンモニウムクロライド、トリオクチルベンジルアンモニウムクロライド、トリラウリルベンジルアンモニウムクロライド、ベンジルジメチルステアリルアンモニウムクロライド、及びベンジルジメチルオクチルアンモニウムクロライド、ジアルキル(アルキルがC14~C18)ジメチルアンモニウムクロライド(硬化牛脂)等が挙げられる。 The quaternary ammonium salt compounds include tetramethylammonium chloride, tetraethylammonium chloride, monostearyltrimethylammonium chloride, distearyldimethylammonium chloride, tristearylmonomethylammonium chloride, cetyltrimethylammonium chloride, trioctylmethylammonium chloride, dioctyldimethylammonium chloride. , Monolauryltrimethylammonium chloride, dilauryldimethylammonium chloride, trilaurylmethylammonium chloride, triamylbenzylammonium chloride, trihexylbenzylammonium chloride, trioctylbenzylammonium chloride, trilaurylbenzylammonium chloride Chloride, benzyl dimethyl stearyl ammonium chloride, and benzyl dimethyl octyl ammonium chloride, and the like dialkyl (alkyl C14 ~ C18) dimethyl ammonium chloride (hydrogenated tallow) and the like.
 具体的な四級アンモニウム塩化合物の製品としては、例えば花王社製のコータミン24P、コータミン86Pコンク、コータミン60W、コータミン86W、コータミンD86P、サニゾールC、サニゾールB-50等、ライオン社製のアーカード210-80E、2C-75、2HT-75、2HTフレーク、2O-75I、2HP-75、2HPフレーク等があげられ、中でもコータミンD86P(ジステアリルジメチルアンモニウムクロライド)、アーカード2HT-75(ジアルキル(アルキルがC14~C18)ジメチルアンモニウムクロライド)が挙げられる。 Specific quaternary ammonium salt compound products include, for example, Cotamin 24P, Cotamin 86P Conch, Cotamin 60W, Cotamin 86W, Cotamin D86P, Sanizole C, Sanizole B-50 manufactured by Lion Corporation, and other products such as Lion Co., Ltd. 80E, 2C-75, 2HT-75, 2HT flakes, 2O-75I, 2HP-75, 2HP flakes, etc., among others, Cotamine D86P (distearyldimethylammonium chloride), Arcard 2HT-75 (dialkyl (alkyl is C14- C18) dimethylammonium chloride).
  (側鎖にカチオン性基を有する樹脂)
 本発明の実施形態に用いる有機染料が酸性染料の場合、酸性染料と側鎖にカチオン性基を有する樹脂とからなる造塩化合物(a’)として用いることも好ましい。本発明の実施形態に用いる造塩化合物(a’)を得るための、側鎖にカチオン性基を有する樹脂について説明する。
 造塩化合物を得るための側鎖にカチオン性基を有する樹脂としては、側鎖に少なくとも1つのオニウム塩基を有するものであれば、特に制限はないが、好適なオニウム塩構造としては、入手性等の観点からは、アンモニウム塩、ヨードニウム塩、スルホニウム塩、ジアゾニウム塩、及びホスホニウム塩であることが好ましく、保存安定性(熱安定性)を考慮すると、アンモニウム塩、ヨードニウム塩、及びスルホニウム塩であることがより好ましい。さらに好ましくはアンモニウム塩である。
(Resin having a cationic group in the side chain)
When the organic dye used in the embodiment of the present invention is an acid dye, it is also preferably used as a salt-forming compound (a ′) comprising an acid dye and a resin having a cationic group in the side chain. The resin having a cationic group in the side chain for obtaining the salt-forming compound (a ′) used in the embodiment of the present invention will be described.
The resin having a cationic group in the side chain for obtaining a salt-forming compound is not particularly limited as long as it has at least one onium base in the side chain, but a suitable onium salt structure is available. From the viewpoint of the above, ammonium salts, iodonium salts, sulfonium salts, diazonium salts, and phosphonium salts are preferable, and ammonium salts, iodonium salts, and sulfonium salts are preferable in view of storage stability (thermal stability). It is more preferable. More preferred is an ammonium salt.
 造塩化合物(a’)を含有するカラーフィルタ用青色着色組成物を調製し、カラーフィルタとしての特性を発現させる場合は、カラーフィルタ用青色着色組成物を構成するバインダー樹脂と同種の樹脂を使用することが好ましい。本発明の一実施形態では、カラーフィルタ用着色組成物にバインダー樹脂として、アクリル系樹脂が好ましく用いられることから、造塩化合物(a’)を得るための側鎖にカチオン性基を有する樹脂はアクリル系樹脂であることが好ましい。 When preparing a blue coloring composition for a color filter containing a salt-forming compound (a ′) and exhibiting the characteristics as a color filter, the same kind of resin as the binder resin constituting the blue coloring composition for the color filter is used. It is preferable to do. In one embodiment of the present invention, an acrylic resin is preferably used as the binder resin in the color filter coloring composition, and therefore, the resin having a cationic group in the side chain for obtaining the salt-forming compound (a ′) is An acrylic resin is preferred.
 側鎖にカチオン性基を有する樹脂としては、下記一般式(5)で表わされる構造単位を含むアルカリ樹脂が用いられ得る。一般式(5)中のカチオン性基が、キサンテン系酸性染料のアニオン性基と塩形成することで、造塩化合物を得ることができる。 As the resin having a cationic group in the side chain, an alkali resin containing a structural unit represented by the following general formula (5) may be used. A salt-forming compound can be obtained when the cationic group in the general formula (5) forms a salt with the anionic group of the xanthene acid dye.
一般式(5)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
[一般式(5)中、R51は水素原子、または置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基を表す。R52~R54は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアルケニル基、または置換されていてもよいアリール基を表し、R52~R54のうち2つが互いに結合して環を形成しても良い。Qはアルキレン基、アリーレン基、-CONH-R55-、-COO-R55-を表し、R55はアルキレン基を表す。Yは無機または有機のアニオンを表す。]
General formula (5)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
[In General Formula (5), R 51 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group. R 52 ~ R 54 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an alkenyl group which may be substituted or an optionally substituted aryl group, the R 52 ~ R 54 Two of them may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Q represents an alkylene group, an arylene group, —CONH—R 55 —, —COO—R 55 —, and R 55 represents an alkylene group. Y represents an inorganic or organic anion. ]
 R51におけるアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基が挙げられる。該アルキル基としては、炭素数1~12のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~8のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が特に好ましい。 Examples of the alkyl group for R 51 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, an i-butyl group, a t-butyl group, an n-hexyl group, and a cyclohexyl group. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 R51で表されるアルキル基が置換基を有する場合、該置換基としては、例えば、水酸基、アルコキシル基等が挙げられる。  When the alkyl group represented by R 51 has a substituent, examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and an alkoxyl group.
 上記の中でも、R51としては、水素原子またはメチル基が最も好ましい。 Among the above, R 51 is most preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 一般式(5)中、R52~R54としては、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアルケニル基、または置換されていてもよいアリール基が挙げられる。 In the general formula (5), R 52 to R 54 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group. Can be mentioned.
 ここで、R52~R52におけるアルキル基としては、例えば、直鎖アルキル基(メチル、エチル、n-プロピル、n-ブチル、n-ペンチル、n-オクチル、n-デシル、n-ドデシル、n-テトラデシル、n-ヘキサデシル及びn-オクタデシル等)、分岐アルキル基(イソプロピル、イソブチル、sec-ブチル、tert-ブチル、イソペンチル、ネオペンチル、tert-ペンチル、イソヘキシル、2-エチルヘキシル及び1,1,3,3-テトラメチルブチル等)、シクロアルキル基(シクロプロピル、シクロブチル、シクロペンチル及びシクロヘキシル等)及び架橋環式アルキル基(ノルボルニル、アダマンチル及びピナニル等)が挙げられる。該アルキル基としては、炭素数1~18のアルキル基が好ましく、さらに好ましくは炭素数1~8のアルキル基である。 Here, examples of the alkyl group in R 52 to R 52 include straight chain alkyl groups (methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-dodecyl, n -Tetradecyl, n-hexadecyl, n-octadecyl, etc.), branched alkyl groups (isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tert-pentyl, isohexyl, 2-ethylhexyl and 1,1,3,3) -Tetramethylbutyl etc.), cycloalkyl groups (cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl etc.) and bridged cyclic alkyl groups (norbornyl, adamantyl and pinanyl etc.). The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
 R52~R54におけるアルケニル基としては、例えば、直鎖又は分岐のアルケニル基(ビニル、アリル、1-プロペニル、2-プロペニル、1-ブテニル、2-ブテニル、3-ブテニル、1-メチル-1-プロペニル、1-メチル-2-プロペニル、2-メチル-1-プロペニル及び2-メチル-2-プロぺニル等)、シクロアルケニル基(2-シクロヘキセニル及び3-シクロヘキセニル等)が挙げられる。該アルケニル基としては、炭素数2~18のアルケニル基が好ましく、さらに好ましくは炭素数2~8のアルケニル基である。 Examples of the alkenyl group in R 52 to R 54 include linear or branched alkenyl groups (vinyl, allyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 1-methyl-1 -Propenyl, 1-methyl-2-propenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyl and the like) and cycloalkenyl groups (such as 2-cyclohexenyl and 3-cyclohexenyl). The alkenyl group is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
 R52~R54におけるアリール基としては、例えば、単環式アリール基(フェニル等)、縮合多環式アリール基(ナフチル、アントラセニル、フェナンスレニル、アントラキノリル、フルオレニル及びナフトキノリル等)及び芳香族複素環炭化水素基(チエニル(チオフェンから誘導される基)、フリル(フランから誘導される基)、ピラニル(ピランから誘導される基)、ピリジル(ピリジンから誘導される基)、9-オキソキサンテニル(キサントンから誘導される基)及び9-オキソチオキサンテニル(チオキサントンから誘導される基)等)が挙げられる。 Examples of the aryl group in R 52 to R 54 include monocyclic aryl groups (such as phenyl), condensed polycyclic aryl groups (such as naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, anthraquinolyl, fluorenyl, and naphthoquinolyl) and aromatic heterocyclic hydrocarbons. Groups (thienyl (group derived from thiophene)), furyl (group derived from furan), pyranyl (group derived from pyran), pyridyl (group derived from pyridine), 9-oxoxanthenyl (from xanthone) Derived groups) and 9-oxothioxanthenyl (groups derived from thioxanthone) and the like.
 R52~R54で表されるアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基が置換基を有する場合、該置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルコキシル基、アリールオキシ基、アルケニル基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、カルボキシル基、及びフェニル基等から選択される置換基が挙げられる。該置換基としては、中でも、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルコキシル基、フェニル基が特に好ましい。 When the alkyl group, alkenyl group or aryl group represented by R 52 to R 54 has a substituent, examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxyl group, an aryloxy group, an alkenyl group, an acyl group, Examples include a substituent selected from an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a phenyl group, and the like. Among these substituents, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxyl group, and a phenyl group are particularly preferable.
 R52~R54としては、安定性の観点から置換されていてもよいアルキル基が好ましく、無置換のアルキル基が更に好ましい。 R 52 to R 54 are preferably an alkyl group which may be substituted from the viewpoint of stability, and more preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group.
 また、R52~R54のうち2つが互いに結合して環を形成しても良い。 Two of R 52 to R 54 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 一般式(5)中、ビニル部位とアンモニウム塩基を連結するQの成分はアルキレン基、アリーレン基、-CONH-R55-、-COO-R55-を表し、R55はアルキレン基を表すが、中でも、重合性、入手性の理由から、-CONH-R55-、-COO-R55-であることが好ましい。また、R55がメチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基であることが更に好ましく、エチレン基であることが特に好ましい。 In the general formula (5), the Q component linking the vinyl moiety and the ammonium base represents an alkylene group, an arylene group, —CONH—R 55 —, —COO—R 55 —, and R 55 represents an alkylene group. Of these, —CONH—R 55 — and —COO—R 55 — are preferred because of polymerizability and availability. R 55 is more preferably a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, or a butylene group, and particularly preferably an ethylene group.
 当該樹脂の対アニオンを構成する一般式(5)中におけるYの成分は、無機または有機のアニオンであればよい。対アニオンとしては、公知のものが制限なく採用でき、具体的には、水酸化物イオン;塩化物イオン、臭化物イオン、ヨウ化物イオン等のハロゲンイオン;ギ酸イオン、酢酸イオン等のカルボン酸イオン;炭酸イオン、重炭酸イオン、硝酸イオン、硫酸イオン、亜硫酸イオン、クロム酸イオン、ニクロム酸イオン、リン酸イオン、シアン化物イオン、過マンガン酸イオン、さらには、ヘキサシアノ鉄(III)酸イオンのような錯体イオン等が挙げられる。合成適性や安定性の点からは、ハロゲンイオン及びカルボン酸イオンが好ましく、ハロゲンイオンが最も好ましい。対アニオンがカルボン酸イオン等の有機酸イオンである場合は、樹脂中に有機酸イオンが共有結合し、分子内塩を形成していてもよい。 The component Y in the general formula (5) constituting the counter anion of the resin may be an inorganic or organic anion. As the counter anion, known ones can be used without limitation. Specifically, hydroxide ions; halogen ions such as chloride ions, bromide ions, and iodide ions; carboxylate ions such as formate ions and acetate ions; Carbonate ions, bicarbonate ions, nitrate ions, sulfate ions, sulfite ions, chromate ions, dichromate ions, phosphate ions, cyanide ions, permanganate ions, and even hexacyanoferrate (III) ions And complex ions. From the viewpoint of synthesis suitability and stability, halogen ions and carboxylate ions are preferable, and halogen ions are most preferable. When the counter anion is an organic acid ion such as a carboxylate ion, the organic acid ion may be covalently bonded in the resin to form an inner salt.
 側鎖にカチオン性基を有する樹脂中に、オキセタン基を導入する1つの方法は、オキセタン構造を含有するエチレン性不飽和単量体を、一般式(5)で表されるカチオン性基に対応するエチレン性不飽和単量体と共重合する方法である。
 オキセタン基を有するエチレン性不飽和単量体としては、(3-メチル-3-オキセタニル)メチル(メタ)アクリレート、(3-エチル-3-オキセタニル)メチル(メタ)アクリレート、(3-ブチル-3-オキセタニル)メチル(メタ)アクリレート、(3-ヘキシルチル-3-オキセタニル)メチル(メタ)アクリレート等を挙げることが出来る。
 市販品としては、例えば、ETERNACOLL OXMA(宇部興産社製)、OXE-10、OXE-30(以上、大阪有機化学工業社製)などが挙げられる。
One method for introducing an oxetane group into a resin having a cationic group in the side chain is that the ethylenically unsaturated monomer containing an oxetane structure corresponds to the cationic group represented by the general formula (5). This is a method of copolymerizing with an ethylenically unsaturated monomer.
Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an oxetane group include (3-methyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, (3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, (3-butyl-3 -Oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, (3-hexyltyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
Examples of commercially available products include ETERNACOLL OXMA (manufactured by Ube Industries), OXE-10, OXE-30 (above, manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  (塩形成)
 酸性染料と、含窒素化合物または側鎖にカチオン性基を有する樹脂との造塩化合物は、従来知られている方法により製造することができる。特開平11-72969号公報などに具体的な手法が開示されている。
 キサンテン系酸性染料を用いて一例をあげると、キサンテン系酸性染料を水に溶解した後、四級アンモニウム塩化合物を添加、攪拌しながら造塩化処理を行なえばよい。ここでキサンテン系酸性染料中のスルホン酸基(-SOH)、スルホン酸ナトリウム基(-SONa)の部分と四級アンモニウム塩化合物のアンモニウム基(NH )の部分が結合した造塩化合物が得られる。また水の代わりに、メタノール、エタノールも造塩化時に使用可能な溶媒である。
(Salt formation)
A salt-forming compound of an acid dye and a nitrogen-containing compound or a resin having a cationic group in the side chain can be produced by a conventionally known method. A specific technique is disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11-72969.
For example, a xanthene acid dye may be used, and after the xanthene acid dye is dissolved in water, a quaternary ammonium salt compound may be added and subjected to chlorination while stirring. Here, a structure in which the sulfonic acid group (—SO 3 H) and sodium sulfonate group (—SO 3 Na) in the xanthene-based acid dye and the ammonium group (NH 4 + ) in the quaternary ammonium salt compound are bonded to each other is formed. A salt compound is obtained. In addition, instead of water, methanol and ethanol are also solvents that can be used for the chlorination.
 また、造塩化合物は、一般式(5)で表わされる側鎖にカチオン性基を有する樹脂と、酸性染料とを溶解させた水溶液を攪拌または振動させるか、あるいは一般式(5)で表わされる側鎖にカチオン性基を有する樹脂の水溶液と酸性染料の水溶液とを攪拌または振動下で混合させることにより、容易に得ることができる。水溶液中で、樹脂のアンモニウム基と酸性染料のアニオン性基がイオン化され、これらがイオン結合し、該イオン結合部分が水不溶性となり析出する。逆に、樹脂の対アニオンと酸性染料の対カチオンからなる塩は水溶性のため、水洗等により除去が可能となる。使用する側鎖にカチオン性基を有する樹脂、および酸性染料は、各々単一種類のみを使用しても、構造の異なる複数種類を使用してもよい。
 また、その他の酸性染料においても、キサンテン系染料と同様の手法で、含窒素化合物または側鎖にカチオン性基を有する樹脂との造塩化合物を得ることができる。
Further, the salt-forming compound is obtained by stirring or vibrating an aqueous solution in which a resin having a cationic group in the side chain represented by the general formula (5) and an acidic dye are dissolved, or represented by the general formula (5). It can be easily obtained by mixing an aqueous solution of a resin having a cationic group in the side chain and an aqueous solution of an acidic dye under stirring or vibration. In the aqueous solution, the ammonium group of the resin and the anionic group of the acidic dye are ionized and these are ionically bonded, and the ion-bonded portion becomes water-insoluble and precipitates. On the contrary, the salt composed of the counter anion of the resin and the counter cation of the acidic dye is water-soluble and can be removed by washing or the like. As for the resin having a cationic group in the side chain to be used and the acid dye, only a single type or a plurality of types having different structures may be used.
In addition, with other acidic dyes, a salt-forming compound with a nitrogen-containing compound or a resin having a cationic group in the side chain can be obtained in the same manner as the xanthene dye.
  (スルホン酸アミド化合物)
 酸性染料は、スルホン酸アミド化合物と、アニオン性染料とを反応させて得られたスルホン酸アミド化合物であっても構わない。
 酸性染料に好ましく用いることのできる酸性染料のスルホン酸アミド化合物は、-SOH、-SONaを有する酸性染料を常法によりクロル化して、-SOHを-SOClとし、この化合物を、-NH基を有するアミンと反応して製造することができる。
 また、スルホンアミド化において好ましく使用できるアミン化合物としては、具体的には、2-エチルへキシルアミン、ドデシルアミン、3-デシロキシプロピルアミン、3-(2-エチルヘキシルオキシ)プロピルアミン、3-エトキシプロピルアミン、シクロへキシルアミン等を用いることが好ましい。
 キサンテン系酸性染料を用いて一例をあげると、C.I.アシッドレッド289を3-(2-エチルヘキシルオキシ)プロピルアミンを用いて変性したスルホン酸アミド化合物を得る場合は、C.I.アシッドレッド289をスルホニルクロリド化した後、ジオキサン中で理論当量の3-(2-エチルヘキシルオキシ)プロピルアミンと反応させてC.I.アシッドレッド289のスルホン酸アミド化合物を得ればよい。
 また、C.I.アシッドレッド52を3-(2-エチルヘキシルオキシ)プロピルアミンを用いて変性したスルホン酸アミド化合物を得る場合も、C.I.アシッドレッド52をスルホニルクロリド化した後、ジオキサン中で理論当量の3-(2-エチルヘキシルオキシ)プロピルアミンと反応させてC.I.アシッドレッド52のスルホン酸アミド化合物を得ればよい。
 また、その他の酸性染料においても、キサンテン系染料と同様の手法でスルホン酸アミド化合物を得ることができる。
(Sulphonic acid amide compound)
The acidic dye may be a sulfonic acid amide compound obtained by reacting a sulfonic acid amide compound with an anionic dye.
A sulfonic acid amide compound of an acid dye that can be preferably used for an acid dye is obtained by chlorinating an acid dye having —SO 3 H and —SO 3 Na by a conventional method to convert —SO 3 H to —SO 2 Cl. Compounds can be prepared by reacting with amines having —NH 2 groups.
Specific examples of amine compounds that can be preferably used in sulfonamidation include 2-ethylhexylamine, dodecylamine, 3-decyloxypropylamine, 3- (2-ethylhexyloxy) propylamine, and 3-ethoxypropyl. It is preferable to use amine, cyclohexylamine or the like.
An example using a xanthene acid dye is C.I. I. In the case of obtaining a sulfonic acid amide compound obtained by modifying Acid Red 289 with 3- (2-ethylhexyloxy) propylamine, C.I. I. Acid Red 289 was converted to a sulfonyl chloride and reacted with the theoretical equivalent of 3- (2-ethylhexyloxy) propylamine in dioxane to give C.I. I. What is necessary is just to obtain the sulfonic acid amide compound of Acid Red 289.
In addition, C.I. I. In the case of obtaining a sulfonic acid amide compound obtained by modifying Acid Red 52 with 3- (2-ethylhexyloxy) propylamine, C.I. I. Acid Red 52 was converted to a sulfonyl chloride and reacted with the theoretical equivalent of 3- (2-ethylhexyloxy) propylamine in dioxane to give C.I. I. What is necessary is just to obtain the sulfonic acid amide compound of Acid Red 52.
Moreover, also in other acidic dyes, a sulfonic acid amide compound can be obtained in the same manner as xanthene dyes.
 キサンテン系染料としては、特開2010-032999号公報、特開2011-138094号公報、特開2011-227313号公報、特開2011-242752号公報、特開2012-107192号公報、特開2013-033194号公報、特願2011-71888号公報、特願2013-72263号公報、特願2013-81209号公報、特開2014-173064号公報、特願2013-53028号公報、特願2013-52186号公報、特開2014-196392号公報、特開2014-196393号公報、特開2014-201714号公報、特開2014-201715号公報、特開2013-050693号公報、特開2013-178478号公報、特開2013-203956号公報、国際公開第2013/011687号パンフレット等に記載されている公知技術を用いることができる。 As the xanthene dyes, JP2010-032999A, JP2011-138094A, JP2011-227313A, JP2011-242752A, JP2012-107192A, JP2013-103A. No. 033194, Japanese Patent Application No. 2011-71888, Japanese Patent Application No. 2013-72263, Japanese Patent Application No. 2013-81209, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-173064, Japanese Patent Application No. 2013-53028, Japanese Patent Application No. 2013-52186 JP, 2014-196392, JP 2014-196393, JP 2014-201714, JP 2014-201715, JP 2013-050693, JP 2013-178478, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-203156, country It may be a known technique described in Publication No. 2013/011687 pamphlet, and the like.
 一実施形態において、キサンテン系染料としては、C.I.アシッド レッド 51、C.I.アシッド レッド 52、C.I.アシッド レッド 87、C.I.アシッド レッド 92、C.I.アシッド レッド 289、C.I.アシッド レッド 388、ローズベンガルB、アシッドローダミンG、C.I.アシッド バイオレット 9、C.I.アシッド バイオレット 9、C.I.アシッド バイオレット30を用いることが好ましい。中でもC.I.アシッド レッド 52、C.I.アシッド レッド 87、C.I.アシッド レッド 92、C.I.アシッド レッド 289、C.I.アシッド レッド 388を用いることが好ましい。 In one embodiment, the xanthene dye may be C.I. I. Acid Red 51, C.I. I. Acid Red 52, C.I. I. Acid Red 87, C.I. I. Acid Red 92, C.I. I. Acid Red 289, C.I. I. Acid Red 388, Rose Bengal B, Acid Rhodamine G, C.I. I. Acid Violet 9, C.I. I. Acid Violet 9, C.I. I. It is preferable to use Acid Violet 30. Among them, C.I. I. Acid Red 52, C.I. I. Acid Red 87, C.I. I. Acid Red 92, C.I. I. Acid Red 289, C.I. I. It is preferable to use Acid Red 388.
[ジピロメテン系染料]
 ジピロメテン系染料としては、ジピロメテン色素に由来する部分構造を、色素部位の部分構造として有する染料であり、ジピロメテン化合物、およびジピロメテン化合物と金属または金属化合物とから得られるジピロメテン金属錯体化合物が好ましく、なかでも、一般式(6)で表わされる構造が金属原子又は金属化合物に配位した金属錯体化合物(以下、適宜「ジピロメテン金属錯体化合物」と称する。)が好ましい。
[Dipyrromethene dye]
The dipyrromethene dye is a dye having a partial structure derived from a dipyrromethene dye as a partial structure of the dye part, and is preferably a dipyrromethene compound, and a dipyrromethene metal complex compound obtained from a dipyrromethene compound and a metal or a metal compound. A metal complex compound in which the structure represented by the general formula (6) is coordinated to a metal atom or a metal compound (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as “dipyrromethene metal complex compound”) is preferable.
 〔ジピロメテン金属錯体化合物〕
 一般式(6)で表される構造が金属原子又は金属化合物に配位した金属錯体化合物(ジピロメテン金属錯体化合物)について説明する。
[Dipyrromethene metal complex compound]
The metal complex compound (dipyrromethene metal complex compound) in which the structure represented by the general formula (6) is coordinated to a metal atom or a metal compound will be described.
一般式(6)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
General formula (6)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 一般式(6)中、R~Rは、各々独立に、水素原子、又は一価の置換基を表し、Rは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロ環基を表す。
 金属又は金属化合物としては、錯体を形成可能な金属原子又は金属化合物であればいずれであってもよく、2価の金属原子、2価の金属酸化物、2価の金属水酸化物、又は2価の金属塩化物が含まれる。金属又は金属化合物には、例えば、Zn、Mg、Si、Sn、Rh、Pt、Pd、Mo、Mn、Pb、Cu、Ni、Co、Fe、B等の他に、AlCl、InCl、FeCl、TiCl、SnCl、SiCl、GeClなどの金属塩化物、TiO、VO等の金属酸化物、Si(OH)等の金属水酸化物も含まれる。
 これらの中でも、金属又は金属化合物としては、錯体の安定性、分光特性、耐熱、耐光性、及び製造適性等の観点から、Fe、Zn、Mg、Si、Pt、Pd、Mo、Mn、Cu、Ni、Co、TiO、B、又はVOが好ましく、Fe、Zn、Mg、Si、Pt、Pd、Cu、Ni、Co、B、又はVOが更に好ましく、Fe、Zn、Cu、Co、B、又はVOが最も好ましい。
In general formula (6), R 1 to R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent, and R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group. Represents.
The metal or metal compound may be any metal atom or metal compound capable of forming a complex, and may be any divalent metal atom, divalent metal oxide, divalent metal hydroxide, or 2 Valent metal chlorides are included. Examples of the metal or metal compound include ZnCl, Mg, Si, Sn, Rh, Pt, Pd, Mo, Mn, Pb, Cu, Ni, Co, Fe, and B, as well as AlCl 3 , InCl 3 , and FeCl. 3 , metal chlorides such as TiCl 2 , SnCl 2 , SiCl 2 and GeCl 2 , metal oxides such as TiO and VO, and metal hydroxides such as Si (OH) 2 are also included.
Among these, as a metal or a metal compound, Fe, Zn, Mg, Si, Pt, Pd, Mo, Mn, Cu, and the like from the viewpoint of stability of the complex, spectral characteristics, heat resistance, light resistance, manufacturing suitability, and the like. Ni, Co, TiO, B, or VO is preferable, Fe, Zn, Mg, Si, Pt, Pd, Cu, Ni, Co, B, or VO is more preferable, and Fe, Zn, Cu, Co, B, or VO is most preferred.
 このようなジピロメテン系染料としては、特開2008-292970号公報、特開2010-85758号公報、特開2010-84009号公報、特願2010-43530号公報、特開2013-080010号公報、特開2013-210596号公報、国際公開第2013/141156号パンフレット等に記載されている公知技術を用いることができる。 Examples of such dipyrromethene dyes include JP-A-2008-292970, JP-A-2010-85758, JP-A-2010-84009, Japanese Patent Application No. 2010-43530, JP-A-2013-080010, Known techniques described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2013-210596 and International Publication No. 2013/141156 can be used.
[トリフェニルメタン系色素]
 トリフェニルメタン系染料骨格としては、ジアミノトリフェニルメタン系染料骨格、トリアミノトリフェニルメタン系染料骨格、OH基を有するロゾール酸系染料骨格等があげられる。
 トリアミノトリフェニルメタン系染料骨格は、色調に優れ、他のものよりも日光堅牢性に優れている点で好ましい。その中でも、塩基性染料であるジフェニルナフチルメタン染料骨格が特に好ましい。
[Triphenylmethane dye]
Examples of the triphenylmethane dye skeleton include a diaminotriphenylmethane dye skeleton, a triaminotriphenylmethane dye skeleton, and a rosic acid dye skeleton having an OH group.
Triaminotriphenylmethane-based dye skeletons are preferable in that they are excellent in color tone and more excellent in fastness to sunlight than others. Among them, a diphenylnaphthylmethane dye skeleton that is a basic dye is particularly preferable.
 〔トリフェニルメタン系塩基性染料〕
 トリフェニルメタン系塩基性染料は、中心の炭素に対してパラの位置にあるNHあるいはOH基が酸化によりキノン構造をとることによって発色するものである。
 NH、OH基の数によって以下3つの型に分けられるが、中でもトリアミノアリールメタン系の塩基性染料の形態であることが良好な青色、赤色、緑色を発色する点で好ましいものである。
a)ジアミノトリフェニルメタン系塩基性染料
b)トリアミノトリフェニルメタン系塩基性染料
c)OH基を有するロゾール酸系塩基性染料
 トリアミノトリフェニルメタン系塩基性染料、ジアミノトリフェニルメタン系塩基性染料は色調が鮮明であり、他のものよりも日光堅牢性に優れ好ましいものである。
[Triphenylmethane basic dye]
The triphenylmethane-based basic dye develops color when the NH 2 or OH group located in the para position with respect to the central carbon takes a quinone structure by oxidation.
Depending on the number of NH 2 and OH groups, it can be divided into the following three types. Among them, a triaminoarylmethane-based basic dye is preferable in terms of good blue, red and green coloring.
a) Diaminotriphenylmethane basic dye b) Triaminotriphenylmethane basic dye c) Rosolic acid basic dye having OH group Triaminotriphenylmethane basic dye, diaminotriphenylmethane basic dye The dye has a clear color tone and is preferable because it is more excellent in fastness to sunlight than other dyes.
 ブルー系のトリフェニルメタン系塩基性染料は、400~440nmにおいて高い透過率を持つ分光特性を有しているために、とくに青色フィルタセグメントの形成用に用いた場合に、高い明度とすることができるために好ましいものである。 Since the blue triphenylmethane basic dye has a spectral characteristic having a high transmittance at 400 to 440 nm, it can have a high brightness particularly when used for forming a blue filter segment. This is preferable because it is possible.
 トリフェニルメタン系塩基性染料として具体的には、C.I.ベーシック バイオレット1(メチルバイオレット)、同3(クリスタルバイオレット)、同14(Magenta)、C.I.ベーシック ブルー1(ベーシックシアニン6G)、同5(ベーシックシアニンEX)、同7(ビクトリアピュアブルー BO)、同26(ビクトリアブルー B conc.)、C.I.ベーシック グリーン1(ブリリアントグリーンGX)、同4(マラカイトグリーン)等があげられる。
 中でも明度の点から、C.I.ベーシック ブルー7を用いることが好ましい。
Specific examples of triphenylmethane basic dyes include C.I. I. Basic Violet 1 (Methyl Violet), 3 (Crystal Violet), 14 (Magenta), C.I. I. Basic Blue 1 (Basic Cyanine 6G), 5 (Basic Cyanine EX), 7 (Victoria Pure Blue BO), 26 (Victoria Blue B conc.), C.I. I. Examples include Basic Green 1 (Brilliant Green GX) and 4 (Malachite Green).
Above all, from the point of brightness, C.I. I. It is preferable to use Basic Blue 7.
 また、トリフェニル系塩基性染料の場合、有機酸や過塩素酸もしくはその金属塩を用いて造塩化して用いることができる。中でも、塩基性染料の造塩化合物が耐性、顔料との併用性に優れているために好ましく、さらに塩基性染料と、カウンタイオンとしてはたらくカウンタ成分である有機スルホン酸、有機硫酸、フッ素基含有リンアニオン化合物、フッ素基含有ホウ素アニオン化合物、シアノ基含有窒素アニオン化合物、ハロゲン化炭化水素基を有する有機酸の共役塩基を有するアニオン化合物、または酸性染料とを造塩した、造塩化合物を用いることがより好ましいものである。 In the case of a triphenyl basic dye, it can be used after salt formation using an organic acid, perchloric acid or a metal salt thereof. Among them, a salt forming compound of a basic dye is preferable because of its resistance and excellent compatibility with pigments, and further, a basic dye and organic sulfonic acid, organic sulfuric acid, fluorine group-containing phosphorus, which are counter components that function as counter ions. It is possible to use a salt-forming compound obtained by salting an anion compound, a fluorine group-containing boron anion compound, a cyano group-containing nitrogen anion compound, an anion compound having a conjugate base of an organic acid having a halogenated hydrocarbon group, or an acid dye. It is more preferable.
 具体的にはヘテロポリ酸や、脂肪族スルホン酸、芳香族スルホン酸等の有機スルホン酸、脂肪族硫酸、芳香族硫酸等の有機硫酸、芳香族カルボン酸、脂肪酸などの有機カルボン酸といった有機酸、または酸性染料の形態を有するものである。またはそれらの金属塩であってもよい。また、酸基を有する樹脂との造塩化合物も好ましい。 Specifically, organic acids such as heteropoly acids, organic sulfonic acids such as aliphatic sulfonic acids and aromatic sulfonic acids, organic sulfuric acids such as aliphatic sulfuric acids and aromatic sulfuric acids, organic carboxylic acids such as aromatic carboxylic acids and fatty acids, Or it has the form of an acid dye. Alternatively, a metal salt thereof may be used. A salt-forming compound with a resin having an acid group is also preferable.
  (塩形成)
 これらの塩基性染料とアニオン性カウンターとの造塩化合物は従来知られている方法により合成することができる。特開2003-215850号公報などに具体的な手法が開示されている。
 一例をあげると、トリアリールメタン系塩基性染料を水に溶解した後、有機スルホン酸や(有機スルホン酸ナトリウム)溶液を添加、攪拌しながら造塩化処理を行なえばよい。ここでトリアリールメタン系塩基性染料中のアミノ基(-NHC)の部分と有機スルホン酸のスルホン酸基(-SOH)の部分が結合した造塩化合物が得られる。
 ここで有機スルホン酸は造塩処理を行う前に、水酸化ナトリウム等のアルカリ溶液に溶解させ、スルホン酸ナトリウムの形態(-SONa)として用いることもできる。本開示において、スルホン酸基(-SOH)とスルホン酸ナトリウムである官能基(-SONa)は区別されずに言及され得る。
(Salt formation)
These salt forming compounds of a basic dye and an anionic counter can be synthesized by a conventionally known method. A specific method is disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-215850.
For example, after the triarylmethane basic dye is dissolved in water, an organic sulfonic acid or (sodium organic sulfonate) solution may be added and subjected to chlorination treatment while stirring. Here, a salt-forming compound in which the amino group (—NHC 2 H 5 ) portion of the triarylmethane-based basic dye and the sulfonic acid group (—SO 3 H) portion of the organic sulfonic acid are bonded is obtained.
Here, the organic sulfonic acid can be dissolved in an alkali solution such as sodium hydroxide before the salt-forming treatment and used in the form of sodium sulfonate (—SO 3 Na). In the present disclosure, the sulfonic acid group (—SO 3 H) and the functional group (—SO 3 Na) which is sodium sulfonate may be referred to without distinction.
 このようなトリフェニルメタン系染料としては、特開2002-014222号公報、特開2003-246935号公報、特開2003-246935号公報、特開2008-304766号公報、特開2010-256598号公報、特願2011-200560号公報、特開2011-186043号公報、特開2012-173399号公報、特開2012-233033号公報、特開2012-098522号公報、特願2012-288970号公報、特願2012-200469号公報、特開2014-196262号公報、国際公開第2010/123071号パンフレット、国際公開第2011/162217号パンフレット、国際公開第2013/108591号パンフレット等に記載されている公知技術を用いることができる。 Examples of such triphenylmethane dyes include JP-A No. 2002-014222, JP-A No. 2003-246935, JP-A No. 2003-246935, JP-A No. 2008-304766, and JP-A No. 2010-256598. Japanese Patent Application No. 2011-200560, Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2011-186043, Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2012-173399, Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2012-233303, Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2012-098522, Japanese Patent Application No. 2012-288970, Known techniques described in Japanese Patent Application No. 2012-200469, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-196262, International Publication No. 2010/123071, Pamphlet of International Publication No. 2011/162217, Pamphlet of International Publication No. 2013/108591, etc. To use Can.
 一実施形態において、トリフェニルメタン系染料としては、C.I.アシッド バイオレット 15、C.I.アシッド バイオレット 17、C.I.アシッド バイオレット 19、C.I.アシッド バイオレット 21、C.I.アシッド バイオレット24、C.I.アシッド バイオレット 25、C.I.アシッドバイオレット 38、C.I.アシッド バイオレット 49、C.I.アシッド ブルー 1、C.I.アシッド ブルー 3、C.I.アシッド ブルー 5、C.I.アシッド ブルー 7、C.I.アシッド ブルー 9、C.I.アシッド ブルー 11、C.I.アシッド ブルー 13、C.I.アシッド ブルー 15、C.I.アシッドブルー 17、C.I.アシッド ブルー 22、C.I.アシッド ブルー 24、C.I.アシッド ブルー 26、C.I.アシッド ブルー 75、C.I.アシッド ブルー 83、C.I.アシッド ブルー 90、C.I.アシッド ブルー 93、C.I.アシッド ブルー 100、C.I.ベーシック ブルー 81、C.I.ベーシック ブルー 83を用いることが好ましい。 In one embodiment, the triphenylmethane dye may be C.I. I. Acid Violet 15, C.I. I. Acid Violet 17, C.I. I. Acid Violet 19, C.I. I. Acid Violet 21, C.I. I. Acid Violet 24, C.I. I. Acid Violet 25, C.I. I. Acid Violet 38, C.I. I. Acid Violet 49, C.I. I. Acid Blue 1, C.I. I. Acid Blue 3, C.I. I. Acid Blue 5, C.I. I. Acid Blue 7, C.I. I. Acid Blue 9, C.I. I. Acid Blue 11, C.I. I. Acid Blue 13, C.I. I. Acid Blue 15, C.I. I. Acid Blue 17, C.I. I. Acid Blue 22, C.I. I. Acid Blue 24, C.I. I. Acid Blue 26, C.I. I. Acid Blue 75, C.I. I. Acid Blue 83, C.I. I. Acid Blue 90, C.I. I. Acid Blue 93, C.I. I. Acid Blue 100, C.I. I. Basic Blue 81, C.I. I. It is preferable to use Basic Blue 83.
 あるいは、トリアリールメタン系染料として、C.I.ベーシック バイオレット1、C.I.ベーシック バイオレット2、C.I.ベーシック バイオレット3、C.I.ベーシック バイオレット4、C.I.ベーシック バイオレット14、C.I.ベーシックブルー1、C.I.ベーシックブルー5、C.I.ベーシックブルー7、C.I.ベーシックブルー11、C.I.ベーシックブルー26が好ましく用いられうる。 Alternatively, as a triarylmethane dye, C.I. I. Basic Violet 1, C.I. I. Basic Violet 2, C.I. I. Basic Violet 3, C.I. I. Basic Violet 4, C.I. I. Basic Violet 14, C.I. I. Basic Blue 1, C.I. I. Basic Blue 5, C.I. I. Basic Blue 7, C.I. I. Basic Blue 11, C.I. I. Basic blue 26 can be preferably used.
[シアニン系染料]
 シアニン系染料としては、分子内にシアニン骨格を含む色素部位を有する化合物であれば、制限無く用いることができる。
 シアニン系染料としては、例えばC.I.ベーシックイエロー11、12、13、14、21、22、23、24、28、29、33、35、40、43、44、45、48、49、51、52、53、C.I.ベーシックレッド12、13、14、15、27、35、36、37、45、48、49、52、53、66、68、C.I.ベーシックバイオレット7、15、16、20、21、39、40、C.I.ベーシックオレンジ27、42、44、46、C.I.ベーシックブルー62、63等が挙げられる。
 その他、特開2014-224970、特開2013-261614等に記載されているシアニン系染料も用いることができる。
[Cyanine dyes]
Any cyanine dye can be used without limitation as long as it is a compound having a dye moiety containing a cyanine skeleton in the molecule.
Examples of cyanine dyes include C.I. I. Basic yellow 11, 12, 13, 14, 21, 22, 23, 24, 28, 29, 33, 35, 40, 43, 44, 45, 48, 49, 51, 52, 53, C.I. I. Basic Red 12, 13, 14, 15, 27, 35, 36, 37, 45, 48, 49, 52, 53, 66, 68, C.I. I. Basic violet 7, 15, 16, 20, 21, 39, 40, C.I. I. Basic orange 27, 42, 44, 46, C.I. I. Basic blue 62, 63, etc. may be mentioned.
In addition, cyanine dyes described in JP2014-224970A, JP2013-261614A, and the like can also be used.
[アントラキノン系染料]
 アントラキノン染料は、分子内にアントラキノン骨格を有する染料である。
 アントラキノン染料としては、例えば、C.I.ソルベントイエロー117、163、167、189、C.I.ソルベントオレンジ77、86、C.I.ソルベントレッド111、143、145、146、150、151、155、168、169、172、175、181、207、222、227、230、245、247、C.I.ソルベントバイオレット11、13、14、26、31、36、37、38、45、47、48、51、59、60、C.I.ソルベントブルー14、18、35、36、45、58、59、59:1、63、68、69、78、79、83、94、97、98、100、101、102、104、105、111、112、122、128、132、136、139、C.I.ソルベントグリーン3、28、29、32、33、C.I.アシッドレッド80、C.I.アシッドグリーン25、27、28、41、C.I.アシッドバイオレット34、C.I.アシッドブルー25、27、40、45、78、80、112、C.I.ディスパースイエロー51、C.I.ディスパースバイオレット26、27、C.I.ディスパースブルー1、14、56、60、C.I.ダイレクトブルー40、C.I.モーダントレッド3、11、C.I.モーダントブルー8等が挙げられる。また、特開平9-291237号公報、国際公開第2003/080734号パンフレット、国際公開第2006/024617号パンフレット、特開2011-174987号公報、特開2013-53273号公報等に記載のアントラキノン染料を公知技術として用いることができる。アントラキノン染料は、有機溶媒に溶解するものが好ましく、青色、バイオレット色又は赤色のアントラキノン染料がより好ましい。アントラキノン染料としては、C.I.ソルベントブルー35、C.I.ソルベントブルー45、C.I.アシッドブルー80、C.I.ソルベントブルー104、及びC.I.ソルベントブルー122が明度やコントラストの観点で好ましい。
[Anthraquinone dyes]
An anthraquinone dye is a dye having an anthraquinone skeleton in the molecule.
Examples of the anthraquinone dye include C.I. I. Solvent Yellow 117, 163, 167, 189, C.I. I. Solvent Orange 77, 86, C.I. I. Solvent Red 111, 143, 145, 146, 150, 151, 155, 168, 169, 172, 175, 181, 207, 222, 227, 230, 245, 247, C.I. I. Solvent Violet 11, 13, 14, 26, 31, 36, 37, 38, 45, 47, 48, 51, 59, 60, C.I. I. Solvent Blue 14, 18, 35, 36, 45, 58, 59, 59: 1, 63, 68, 69, 78, 79, 83, 94, 97, 98, 100, 101, 102, 104, 105, 111, 112, 122, 128, 132, 136, 139, C.I. I. Solvent Green 3, 28, 29, 32, 33, C.I. I. Acid Red 80, C.I. I. Acid Green 25, 27, 28, 41, C.I. I. Acid Violet 34, C.I. I. Acid Blue 25, 27, 40, 45, 78, 80, 112, C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 51, C.I. I. Disperse violet 26, 27, C.I. I. Disperse Blue 1, 14, 56, 60, C.I. I. Direct Blue 40, C.I. I. Modern Red 3, 11, C.I. I. Modern Blue 8 etc. are mentioned. Also, anthraquinone dyes described in JP-A-9-291237, WO2003 / 080734, WO2006 / 024617, JP2011-174987, JP2013-53273, and the like are used. It can be used as a known technique. The anthraquinone dye is preferably soluble in an organic solvent, and more preferably a blue, violet or red anthraquinone dye. As an anthraquinone dye, C.I. I. Solvent Blue 35, C.I. I. Solvent Blue 45, C.I. I. Acid Blue 80, C.I. I. Solvent Blue 104, and C.I. I. Solvent blue 122 is preferable from the viewpoint of brightness and contrast.
 一実施形態では、アントラキノン系染料として、C.I.アシッドバイオレット 29、C.I.アシッド バイオレット 31、C.I.アシッド バイオレット 33、C.I.アシッド バイオレット 34、C.I.アシッド バイオレット 36、C.I.アシッド バイオレット 39、C.I.アシッド バイオレット 43、C.I.アシッド バイオレット 48、C.I.アシッド バイオレット 63、C.I.アシッド バイオレット 109、C.I.アシッド ブルー 25、C.I.アシッド ブルー 27、C.I.アシッド ブルー 41、C.I.アシッド ブルー 45、C.I.アシッド ブルー 62、C.I.アシッド ブルー 80、C.I.アシッド ブルー 127、C.I.アシッド ブルー 129、C.I.アシッド ブルー 145、C.I.アシッド ブルー 225、C.I.アシッド ブルー 230、C.I.アシッド ブルー 260、C.I.アシッド ブルー 264、C.I.アシッド ブルー 277、C.I.アシッド ブルー 281、C.I.アシッド ブルー 324、またはC.I.アシッド ブルー 350を用いることが好ましい。 In one embodiment, as an anthraquinone dye, C.I. I. Acid Violet 29, C.I. I. Acid Violet 31, C.I. I. Acid Violet 33, C.I. I. Acid Violet 34, C.I. I. Acid Violet 36, C.I. I. Acid Violet 39, C.I. I. Acid Violet 43, C.I. I. Acid Violet 48, C.I. I. Acid Violet 63, C.I. I. Acid Violet 109, C.I. I. Acid Blue 25, C.I. I. Acid Blue 27, C.I. I. Acid Blue 41, C.I. I. Acid Blue 45, C.I. I. Acid Blue 62, C.I. I. Acid Blue 80, C.I. I. Acid Blue 127, C.I. I. Acid Blue 129, C.I. I. Acid Blue 145, C.I. I. Acid Blue 225, C.I. I. Acid Blue 230, C.I. I. Acid Blue 260, C.I. I. Acid Blue 264, C.I. I. Acid Blue 277, C.I. I. Acid Blue 281, C.I. I. Acid Blue 324 or C.I. I. It is preferable to use Acid Blue 350.
 近年カラーフィルタの色再現特性向上および薄型化のためには、感光性着色組成物中の着色剤の含有量を多くする必要がある。
 カラー液晶表示装置に用いる場合、着色剤(D)の含有量は、本発明の実施形態によるカラーフィルタ用感光性着色組成物の固形分100重量%中、好ましくは20重量%以上、より好ましくは30重量%、とくに好ましくは35重量%以上であれば、充分な色再現性が得られ、膜厚を薄くすることも可能である。また、好ましくは60重量%以下、より好ましくは50重量%以下、とくに好ましくは45重量%以下であれば、硬化材料である樹脂や光重合性化合物の含有量が適正になり、十分な硬化塗膜を得る事ができる。
 また、有機EL表示装置に用いる場合、着色剤(D)の含有量は、本発明の実施形態によるカラーフィルタ用感光性着色組成物の固形分100重量%中、好ましくは40重量%以上、より好ましくは45重量%であれば、充分な色再現性が得られ、膜厚を薄くすることも可能である。また、好ましくは60重量%以下、より好ましくは55重量%以下であれば、硬化材料である樹脂や光重合性化合物の含有量が適正になり、十分な硬化塗膜を得る事ができる。
In recent years, it is necessary to increase the content of the colorant in the photosensitive coloring composition in order to improve the color reproduction characteristics and reduce the thickness of the color filter.
When used in a color liquid crystal display device, the content of the colorant (D) is preferably 20% by weight or more, more preferably in a solid content of 100% by weight of the photosensitive coloring composition for color filter according to the embodiment of the present invention. If it is 30% by weight, particularly preferably 35% by weight or more, sufficient color reproducibility can be obtained, and the film thickness can be reduced. In addition, when the content is preferably 60% by weight or less, more preferably 50% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 45% by weight or less, the content of the resin or photopolymerizable compound as the curing material becomes appropriate, and sufficient curing coating is achieved. A film can be obtained.
When used in an organic EL display device, the content of the colorant (D) is preferably 100% by weight or more, preferably 40% by weight or more, in the solid content of 100% by weight of the photosensitive coloring composition for color filter according to the embodiment of the present invention. If it is preferably 45% by weight, sufficient color reproducibility can be obtained, and the film thickness can be reduced. Moreover, if it is 60 weight% or less, More preferably, it is 55 weight% or less, content of resin and a photopolymerizable compound which are hardening materials will become appropriate, and sufficient cured coating film can be obtained.
<分散剤>
 一般に、分散剤は着色剤に吸着する部位と、着色剤担体及び分散媒である溶剤に親和性の高い部位との構造を持ち合わせ、この2つの部位のバランスで分散剤の性能が決まる。つまり、分散性を発現させるためには、分散剤の着色剤に吸着する性能と着色剤担体及び分散媒である溶剤への親和性がともに非常に重要である。ここで言う着色剤担体とは、固形分から着色剤成分と分散剤を除いた、樹脂もしくはその前駆体又はそれらの混合物からなる。
 本発明の実施形態による感光性着色組成物に含有され得る分散剤には、分散剤(X)および/またはその他の分散剤が含まれ、これらを単独で、または2種以上混合して用いることができる。
<Dispersant>
In general, a dispersant has a structure of a site that adsorbs to a colorant and a site that has a high affinity for a colorant carrier and a solvent that is a dispersion medium, and the performance of the dispersant is determined by the balance between these two sites. That is, in order to develop dispersibility, both the ability of the dispersant to adsorb to the colorant and the affinity to the colorant carrier and the solvent as the dispersion medium are very important. The colorant carrier referred to here is composed of a resin, a precursor thereof, or a mixture thereof obtained by removing a colorant component and a dispersant from a solid content.
The dispersant that can be contained in the photosensitive coloring composition according to the embodiment of the present invention includes the dispersant (X) and / or other dispersants, which are used alone or in combination of two or more. Can do.
 オキセタン基を有する分散剤は、分散剤(X)やその他の分散剤が該構造を有することで達成できる。分散剤がオキセタン基を有することにより、該分散剤を含有する着色組成物は、硬化した後の耐熱性が優れる。 The dispersant having an oxetane group can be achieved by the dispersant (X) and other dispersants having this structure. When the dispersant has an oxetane group, the coloring composition containing the dispersant is excellent in heat resistance after being cured.
 また、以下に記載する分散剤(X)は、X1’とX2’の2つの部位より構成されており、これらの部位がどのように結合されているかを特定し、記載することは、不可能であるかおよそ現実的ではないため、製造方法により記載する。 In addition, the dispersant (X) described below is composed of two parts X1 ′ and X2 ′, and it is impossible to specify and describe how these parts are bonded. This is described by the manufacturing method.
《分散剤(X)》
 分散剤(X)は、テトラカルボン酸無水物(b1)及びトリカルボン酸無水物(b2)から選ばれる一種以上の酸無水物(b)中の酸無水物基と水酸基含有化合物(a)中の水酸基とを反応させてなる、カルボキシル基を有するポリエステル部分X1’と、エチレン性不飽和単量体(c)をラジカル重合してなるビニル重合体部分X2’とを有する。
<< Dispersant (X) >>
The dispersant (X) is an acid anhydride group in one or more acid anhydrides (b) selected from the tetracarboxylic acid anhydride (b1) and the tricarboxylic acid anhydride (b2) and the hydroxyl group-containing compound (a). It has the polyester part X1 'which has a carboxyl group which is made to react with a hydroxyl group, and the vinyl polymer part X2' which is obtained by radical polymerization of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer (c).
 ここで、主鎖のポリエステル部分X1’が着色剤吸着基として、側鎖のビニル重合体部分X2’が着色剤担体親和基として、作用することにより、着色剤の凝集を抑え、安定性に優れた分散体を得ることができる。 Here, the polyester portion X1 ′ of the main chain acts as a colorant adsorbing group, and the vinyl polymer portion X2 ′ of the side chain acts as a colorant carrier affinity group, thereby suppressing aggregation of the colorant and excellent stability. Dispersion can be obtained.
 分散剤(X)の含有量は、着色剤100重量部に対し、好ましくは0.01~100重量部、より好ましくは0.01~60重量部、更に好ましくは5~40重量部である。分散剤(X)の含有量がこの範囲にある場合、分散性および耐性に優れたものとすることができる。 The content of the dispersing agent (X) is preferably 0.01 to 100 parts by weight, more preferably 0.01 to 60 parts by weight, and still more preferably 5 to 40 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the colorant. When content of dispersing agent (X) exists in this range, it can be excellent in dispersibility and tolerance.
 また、分散剤(X)の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは、2,000~100,000である。
 重量平均分子量が2,000未満であれば顔料組成物の安定性が低下する場合があり、100,000を超えると樹脂間の相互作用が強くなり、着色組成物の増粘が起きる場合がある。又、得られた分散剤の酸価は、5~200mgKOH/gが好ましい。更に好ましくは、5~150mgKOH/gであり、特に好ましくは、5~100mgKOH/gである。酸価が5mgKOH/g未満では、着色剤への吸着能が低下し分散性に問題がでる場合があり、200mgKOH/gを超えると、樹脂間の相互作用が強くなり着色組成物の粘度が高くなる場合がある。
The weight average molecular weight of the dispersant (X) is preferably 2,000 to 100,000.
If the weight average molecular weight is less than 2,000, the stability of the pigment composition may be reduced. . The acid value of the obtained dispersant is preferably 5 to 200 mgKOH / g. More preferably, it is 5 to 150 mgKOH / g, and particularly preferably 5 to 100 mgKOH / g. If the acid value is less than 5 mgKOH / g, the ability to adsorb to the colorant may be lowered and there may be a problem in dispersibility. There is a case.
 続いて、分散剤(X)の各構成要素について説明する。
[水酸基含有化合物(a)]
 水酸基含有化合物としては、分子内に水酸基を有してさえいれば、特に制限されないが、分子内に2つ以上の水酸基を有するポリオールであることが好ましく、特に分子内に2つの水酸基と1つのチオール基を有する化合物(a1)であることが好ましい。
Subsequently, each component of the dispersant (X) will be described.
[Hydroxyl-containing compound (a)]
The hydroxyl group-containing compound is not particularly limited as long as it has a hydroxyl group in the molecule, but is preferably a polyol having two or more hydroxyl groups in the molecule, and in particular, two hydroxyl groups and one in the molecule. It is preferable that it is a compound (a1) which has a thiol group.
 〔分子内に2の水酸基と1つのチオール基を有する化合物(a1)〕
 分子内に2つの水酸基と1つのチオール基を有する化合物(a1)としては、例えば、1-メルカプト-1,1-メタンジオール、1-メルカプト-1,1-エタンジオール、3-メルカプト-1,2-プロパンジオール(チオグリセリン)、2-メルカプト-1,2-プロパンジオール、2-メルカプト-2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、2-メルカプト-2-エチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、1-メルカプト-2,2-プロパンジオール、2-メルカプトエチル-2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、又は2-メルカプトエチル-2-エチル-1,3-プロパンジオール等が挙げられる。
[Compound having two hydroxyl groups and one thiol group in the molecule (a1)]
Examples of the compound (a1) having two hydroxyl groups and one thiol group in the molecule include 1-mercapto-1,1-methanediol, 1-mercapto-1,1-ethanediol, 3-mercapto-1, 2-propanediol (thioglycerin), 2-mercapto-1,2-propanediol, 2-mercapto-2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-mercapto-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol, Examples include 1-mercapto-2,2-propanediol, 2-mercaptoethyl-2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, and 2-mercaptoethyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol.
 〔その他のポリオール(a2)〕
 用いることのできるその他のポリオール(a2)として、特に代表的なもののみを例示するにとどめれば、次のグループ(1)~(7)に属するものがある。これらのポリオール化合物を併用することでカルボン酸基の密度や、溶剤溶解部の割合の調整が容易になる。
[Other polyols (a2)]
Examples of other polyols (a2) that can be used include those belonging to the following groups (1) to (7), if only typical ones are exemplified. By using these polyol compounds in combination, it becomes easy to adjust the density of the carboxylic acid group and the ratio of the solvent-dissolving part.
 (1)エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、1,3-プロパンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、ネオペンチルグリコール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、1,4-ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)シクロヘサン、ビスフェノールA、水添ビスフェノールA、ヒドロキシピバリルヒドロキシピバレート、トリメチロールエタン、トリメチロールプロパン、2,2,4-トリメチル-1,3-ペンタンジオール、グリセリン、又はヘキサントリオール等の多価アルコール類; (1) ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, neopentyl glycol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1, 4-bis (hydroxymethyl) cyclohesan, bisphenol A, hydrogenated bisphenol A, hydroxypivalyl hydroxypivalate, trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol, glycerin, or Polyhydric alcohols such as hexanetriol;
 (2)ポリオキシエチレングリコール、ポリオキシプロピレングリコール、ポリオキシエチレンポリオキシテトラメチレングリコール、ポリオキシプロピレンポリオキシテトラメチレングリコール、又はポリオキシエチレンポリオキシプロピレンポリオキシテトラメチレングリコール等の各種のポリエーテルグリコール類; (2) Various polyether glycols such as polyoxyethylene glycol, polyoxypropylene glycol, polyoxyethylene polyoxytetramethylene glycol, polyoxypropylene polyoxytetramethylene glycol, or polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene polyoxytetramethylene glycol Kind;
 (3)上記した各種の多価アルコール類と、エチレンオキシド、プロピレンオキシド、テトラヒドロフラン、エチルグリシジルエーテル、プロピルグリシジルエーテル、ブチルグリシジルエーテル、フェニルグリシジルエーテル、若しくはアリルグリシジルエーテル等の(環状)エーテル結合含有化合物と、の開環重合によって得られる変性ポリエーテルポリオール類; (3) Various polyhydric alcohols as described above, and (cyclic) ether bond-containing compounds such as ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, tetrahydrofuran, ethyl glycidyl ether, propyl glycidyl ether, butyl glycidyl ether, phenyl glycidyl ether, or allyl glycidyl ether; Modified polyether polyols obtained by ring-opening polymerization of
 (4)上記した各種の多価アルコール類の1種以上と、多価カルボン酸類との共縮合によって得られるポリエステルポリオール類であって、多価カルボン酸類が、コハク酸、アジピン酸、セバシン酸、アゼライン酸、フタル酸、テトラヒドロフタル酸、ヘキサヒドロフタル酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸、シトラコン酸、イタコン酸、グルタコン酸、1,2,5-ヘキサントリカルボン酸、1,4-シクロヘキサンヒカルボン酸、1,2,4-ベンゼントリカルボン酸、1,2,5-ベンゼントリカルボン酸、1,2,4-シクロヘキサトリカルボン酸、若しくは2,5,7-ナフタレントリカルボン酸等で特に代表されるものを用いて得られるポリオール類; (4) Polyester polyols obtained by co-condensation with one or more of the various polyhydric alcohols described above and polycarboxylic acids, wherein the polycarboxylic acids are succinic acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, Azelaic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, citraconic acid, itaconic acid, glutaconic acid, 1,2,5-hexanetricarboxylic acid, 1,4-cyclohexanehycarboxylic acid, 1 1,2,4-benzenetricarboxylic acid, 1,2,5-benzenetricarboxylic acid, 1,2,4-cyclohexatricarboxylic acid, or 2,5,7-naphthalenetricarboxylic acid Resulting polyols;
 (5)上記した各種の多価アルコール類の1種以上と、ε-カプロラクトン、δ-バレロラクトン、若しくは3-メチル-δ-バレロラクトン等の各種ラクトン類と、の重縮合反応によって得られるラクトン系ポリエステルポリオール類、又は、上記した各種の多価アルコール類と、多価カルボン酸類と、各種のラクトン類と、の重縮合反応によって得られるラクトン変性ポリエステルポリオール類; (5) A lactone obtained by a polycondensation reaction between one or more of the various polyhydric alcohols described above and various lactones such as ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, or 3-methyl-δ-valerolactone. Lactone-based polyester polyols, or lactone-modified polyester polyols obtained by polycondensation reaction of various polyhydric alcohols, polycarboxylic acids, and various lactones;
 (6)ビスフェノールA型エポキシ化合物、水添ビスフェノールA型エポキシ化合物、一価及び/若しくは多価アルコール類のグリシジルエーテル、又は、一塩基酸及び/若しくは多塩基酸類のグリシジルエステル等のエポキシ化合物を、ポリエステルポリオールの合成時に、1種以上併用して得られるエポキシ変性ポリエステルポリオール類;あるいは、 (6) Epoxy compounds such as bisphenol A type epoxy compounds, hydrogenated bisphenol A type epoxy compounds, glycidyl ethers of monohydric and / or polyhydric alcohols, or glycidyl esters of monobasic acids and / or polybasic acids, Epoxy-modified polyester polyols obtained by combining one or more of the polyester polyols during synthesis; or
 (7)ポリエステルポリアミドポリオール、ポリカーボネートポリオール、ポリブタジエンポリオール、ポリペンタジエンポリオール、ひまし油、ひまし油誘導体、水添ひまし油、水添ひまし油誘導体、水酸基含有アクリル系共重合体、水酸基含有含フッ素化合物、又は水酸基含有シリコン樹脂等のその他のポリマーポリオール等が挙げられる。 (7) Polyester polyamide polyol, polycarbonate polyol, polybutadiene polyol, polypentadiene polyol, castor oil, castor oil derivative, hydrogenated castor oil, hydrogenated castor oil derivative, hydroxyl group-containing acrylic copolymer, hydroxyl group-containing fluorine-containing compound, or hydroxyl group-containing silicon resin And other polymer polyols.
 これら(1)~(7)に示された、任意に添加するその他のポリオール(a2)は、単独使用でも2種以上の併用でもよいことは勿論であるが、その重量平均分子量としては、相溶性や分散安定性の観点から、40~10,000が好ましく、より好ましくは、100~2,000であり、更に好ましくは、100~1,000である。重量平均分子量が、40未満では、相溶性や分散安定性を改善する効果は小さく、重量平均分子量が、10,000以上では、かえって相溶性が悪くなる場合がある。 These other polyols (a2) optionally added as shown in (1) to (7) may of course be used alone or in combination of two or more, but the weight average molecular weight is as follows. From the viewpoint of solubility and dispersion stability, it is preferably 40 to 10,000, more preferably 100 to 2,000, and still more preferably 100 to 1,000. When the weight average molecular weight is less than 40, the effect of improving the compatibility and dispersion stability is small, and when the weight average molecular weight is 10,000 or more, the compatibility may be deteriorated.
 その他のポリオール(a2)の一分子中の水酸基の数は、目的とする分散剤が合成できれば特に限定はないが、ジオールが好ましい。特に、テトラカルボン酸二無水物(b1)と反応することで、主鎖に顔料吸着基となるカルボキシル基を規則的に並べることができ、顔料分散に有利である。水酸基が二つより多いポリオールを多く用いると、ポリエステルの主鎖が分岐して複雑かつ嵩高くなり、分散効果が得られにくくなる場合がある。ポリエステル(X)の分子量調整や、分散液の粘度調整のため等、設計の観点から最小限に止めるべきである。 The number of hydroxyl groups in one molecule of the other polyol (a2) is not particularly limited as long as the desired dispersant can be synthesized, but a diol is preferable. In particular, by reacting with tetracarboxylic dianhydride (b1), carboxyl groups serving as pigment adsorbing groups can be regularly arranged in the main chain, which is advantageous for pigment dispersion. When many polyols having more than two hydroxyl groups are used, the main chain of the polyester may be branched and complicated and bulky, and it may be difficult to obtain a dispersion effect. For the purpose of adjusting the molecular weight of the polyester (X) and adjusting the viscosity of the dispersion, it should be minimized from the viewpoint of design.
[酸無水物(b)]
 酸無水物(b)は、テトラカルボン酸無水物(b1)及びトリカルボン酸無水物(b2)から選ばれる一種以上を含有することが好ましい。
 テトラカルボン酸二無水物(b1)の二つの無水物基は、水酸基含有化合物(a)の水酸基と反応することによって、分散剤(X)の主鎖に顔料吸着基となるカルボキシル基を規則的に並べることができ、顔料分散に有利である。
 また、トリカルボン酸無水物(b2)を使用した場合は、水酸基と反応してエステル結合を形成し、カルボキシル基を残すことができる。
[Acid anhydride (b)]
The acid anhydride (b) preferably contains one or more selected from tetracarboxylic anhydride (b1) and tricarboxylic anhydride (b2).
The two anhydride groups of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride (b1) react with the hydroxyl groups of the hydroxyl group-containing compound (a), thereby regularly forming carboxyl groups that serve as pigment adsorption groups on the main chain of the dispersant (X). This is advantageous for pigment dispersion.
When tricarboxylic anhydride (b2) is used, it can react with a hydroxyl group to form an ester bond, leaving a carboxyl group.
 また、テトラカルボン酸無水物(b1)及びトリカルボン酸無水物(b2)以外のポリカルボン酸無水物である、ジカルボン酸無水物、5個以上カルボン酸を有する化合物の無水物を併用することもできる。 In addition, polycarboxylic acid anhydrides other than tetracarboxylic acid anhydride (b1) and tricarboxylic acid anhydride (b2), dicarboxylic acid anhydrides, and anhydrides of compounds having 5 or more carboxylic acids can be used in combination. .
 〔テトラカルボン酸無水物(b1)〕
 テトラカルボン酸二無水物(b1)としては、
 1,2,3,4-ブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,3-ジメチル-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2,3,4-シクロペンタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,5-トリカルボキシシクロペンチル酢酸二無水物、3,5,6-トリカルボキシノルボルナン-2-酢酸二無水物、2,3,4,5-テトラヒドロフランテトラカルボン酸二無水物、5-(2,5-ジオキソテトラヒドロフラル)-3-メチル-3-シクロヘキセン-1,2-ジカルボン酸二無水物、ビシクロ[2,2,2]-オクト-7-エン-2,3,5,6-テトラカルボン酸二無水物等の脂肪族テトラカルボン酸二無水物、ピロメリット酸二無水物、エチレングリコールジ無水トリメリット酸エステル、プロピレングリコールジ無水トリメリット酸エステル、ブチレングリコールジ無水トリメリット酸エステル、3,3’,4,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルスルホンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,8-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,6,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルエーテルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジメチルジフェニルシランテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-テトラフェニルシランテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2,3,4-フランテトラカルボン酸二無水物、4,4’-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルフィド二無水物、4,4’-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルホン二無水物、4,4’-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェノキシ)ジフェニルプロパン二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-パーフルオロイソプロピリデンジフタル酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、ビス(フタル酸)フェニルホスフィンオキサイド二無水物、p-フェニレン-ビス(トリフェニルフタル酸)二無水物、m-フェニレン-ビス(トリフェニルフタル酸)二無水物、ビス(トリフェニルフタル酸)-4,4’-ジフェニルエーテル二無水物、ビス(トリフェニルフタル酸)-4,4’-ジフェニルメタン二無水物、9,9-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)フルオレン二無水物、9,9-ビス[4-(3,4-ジカルボキシフェノキシ)フェニル]フルオレン二無水物、3,4-ジカルボキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロ-1-ナフタレンコハク酸二無水物、又は3,4-ジカルボキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロ-6-メチル-1-ナフタレンコハク酸二無水物等の芳香族テトラカルボン酸二無水物が挙げられる。
[Tetracarboxylic acid anhydride (b1)]
As tetracarboxylic dianhydride (b1),
1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,3-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid Dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentylacetic acid dianhydride, 3,5,6-tricarboxynorbornane-2-acetic acid dianhydride 2,3,4,5-tetrahydrofurantetracarboxylic dianhydride, 5- (2,5-dioxotetrahydrofural) -3-methyl-3-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic dianhydride, bicyclo Aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides such as [2,2,2] -oct-7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, pyromellitic dianhydride, ethylene glycol Dimellitic anhydride, propylene glycol ditrimellitic anhydride, butylene glycol ditrimellitic anhydride, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ′, 4 4'-biphenylsulfonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ', 4 , 4′-biphenyl ether tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-dimethyldiphenylsilane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-tetraphenylsilane tetracarboxylic dianhydride Anhydride, 1,2,3,4-furantetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy) diphenyl sulfide dianhydride 4,4′-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy) diphenylsulfone dianhydride, 4,4′-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy) diphenylpropane dianhydride, 3,3 ′, 4, 4′-perfluoroisopropylidenediphthalic dianhydride, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, bis (phthalic acid) phenylphosphine oxide dianhydride, p-phenylene-bis ( Triphenylphthalic acid) dianhydride, m-phenylene-bis (triphenylphthalic acid) dianhydride, bis (triphenylphthalic acid) -4,4'-diphenyl ether dianhydride, bis (triphenylphthalic acid)- 4,4′-diphenylmethane dianhydride, 9,9-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) fluorene dianhydride, 9,9-bis [4- (3,4-dicarboxyl) Phenoxy) phenyl] fluorene dianhydride, 3,4-dicarboxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthalene succinic dianhydride, or 3,4-dicarboxy-1,2,3,4 And aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides such as tetrahydro-6-methyl-1-naphthalene succinic dianhydride.
 テトラカルボン酸二無水物は上記に例示した化合物に限らず、カルボン酸無水物基を2つ持てばどのような構造をしていてもかまわない。これらは単独で用いても、併用してもかまわない。テトラカルボン酸二無水物は、ポリオールとの反応により、ポリエステルの一単位に二個のカルボキシル基を有する分散剤を形成するため、顔料吸着性の観点から、分散剤(X)の構成要素として好ましい。 The tetracarboxylic dianhydride is not limited to the compounds exemplified above, and may have any structure as long as it has two carboxylic anhydride groups. These may be used alone or in combination. Since tetracarboxylic dianhydride forms a dispersant having two carboxyl groups in one unit of polyester by reaction with polyol, it is preferable as a constituent of dispersant (X) from the viewpoint of pigment adsorptivity. .
 更に、好ましく使用されるものは、着色剤に対する吸着性の観点から、芳香族テトラカルボン酸二無水物であり、更に、好ましくは、芳香族環を2つ以上有するテトラカルボン酸二無水物である。芳香族カルボン酸は、脂肪族カルボン酸に比べて顔料吸着能が高く、更に、芳香族環を2つ以上有するカルボン酸は、顔料吸着に適した骨格であり、耐熱性も高い。 Further, preferably used is an aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride from the viewpoint of adsorptivity to a colorant, and more preferably a tetracarboxylic dianhydride having two or more aromatic rings. . Aromatic carboxylic acids have higher pigment adsorption capacity than aliphatic carboxylic acids, and carboxylic acids having two or more aromatic rings are skeletons suitable for pigment adsorption and have high heat resistance.
 具体的には、下記一般式(7)又は一般式(8)で表される芳香族テトラカルボン酸二無水物が挙げられる。 Specific examples include aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides represented by the following general formula (7) or general formula (8).
一般式(7):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

[一般式(7)中、kは1または2である。]
General formula (7):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

[In General Formula (7), k is 1 or 2. ]
一般式(8):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

[一般式(8)中、Qは、直接結合、-O-、-CO-、-COOCHCHOCO-、-SO-、-C(CF-、一般式(9):
General formula (8):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

[In General Formula (8), Q 1 represents a direct bond, —O—, —CO—, —COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO—, —SO 2 —, —C (CF 3 ) 2 —, General Formula (9) :
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

で表される基、または一般式(10):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

Or a group represented by the general formula (10):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
で表される基である。]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
It is group represented by these. ]
 〔トリカルボン酸無水物(b2)〕
 トリカルボン酸無水物(b2)としては、脂肪族トリカルボン酸無水物、又は芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物等が挙げられる。
[Tricarboxylic anhydride (b2)]
Examples of the tricarboxylic acid anhydride (b2) include aliphatic tricarboxylic acid anhydrides and aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydrides.
 脂肪族トリカルボン酸無水物としては、例えば、3-カルボキシメチルグルタル酸無水物、1,2,4-ブタントリカルボン酸-1,2-無水物、cis-プロペン-1,2,3-トリカルボン酸-1,2-無水物、1,3,4-シクロペンタントリカルボン酸無水物等が挙げられる。 Examples of the aliphatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride include 3-carboxymethylglutaric acid anhydride, 1,2,4-butanetricarboxylic acid-1,2-anhydride, cis-propene-1,2,3-tricarboxylic acid- 1,2-anhydride, 1,3,4-cyclopentanetricarboxylic acid anhydride and the like.
 芳香族トリカルボン酸としては、例えば、ベンゼントリカルボン酸無水物(1,2,3-ベンゼントリカルボン酸無水物、トリメリット酸無水物[1,2,4-ベンゼントリカルボン酸無水物]等)、ナフタレントリカルボン酸無水物(1,2,4-ナフタレントリカルボン酸無水物、1,4,5-ナフタレントリカルボン酸無水物、2,3,6-ナフタレントリカルボン酸無水物、1,2,8-ナフタレントリカルボン酸無水物等)、3,4,4’-ベンゾフェノントリカルボン酸無水物、3,4,4’-ビフェニルエーテルトリカルボン酸無水物、3,4,4’-ビフェニルトリカルボン酸無水物、2,3,2’-ビフェニルトリカルボン酸無水物、3,4,4’-ビフェニルメタントリカルボン酸無水物、又は3,4,4’-ビフェニルスルホントリカルボン酸無水物等が挙げられる。好ましく使用されるものは、顔料に対する吸着性の観点から、上記のうち芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物である。 Examples of the aromatic tricarboxylic acid include benzene tricarboxylic acid anhydride (1,2,3-benzene tricarboxylic acid anhydride, trimellitic acid anhydride [1,2,4-benzene tricarboxylic acid anhydride], etc.), naphthalene tricarboxylic acid, and the like. Acid anhydrides (1,2,4-naphthalene tricarboxylic acid anhydride, 1,4,5-naphthalene tricarboxylic acid anhydride, 2,3,6-naphthalene tricarboxylic acid anhydride, 1,2,8-naphthalene tricarboxylic acid anhydride 3,4,4′-benzophenone tricarboxylic acid anhydride, 3,4,4′-biphenyl ether tricarboxylic acid anhydride, 3,4,4′-biphenyl tricarboxylic acid anhydride, 2,3,2 ′ -Biphenyltricarboxylic anhydride, 3,4,4'-biphenylmethanetricarboxylic anhydride, or 3,4,4'-biphe Le sulfonic tricarboxylic acid anhydride and the like. Of these, aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydrides are preferably used from the viewpoint of adsorptivity to pigments.
 テトラカルボン酸無水物(b1)及びトリカルボン酸無水物(b2)から選ばれる一種以上の酸無水物(b)中の酸無水物基と、水酸基含有化合物(a)中の水酸基の比率は、酸無水物基/水酸基が、0.5~1.5であることが好ましい。
 0.5より小さい場合、1.5以上より大きい場合、いずれも反応しない部分が多くなり、目的とする分散剤が得られないことが多い。
The ratio of the acid anhydride group in one or more acid anhydrides (b) selected from the tetracarboxylic acid anhydride (b1) and the tricarboxylic acid anhydride (b2) to the hydroxyl group in the hydroxyl group-containing compound (a) The anhydride group / hydroxyl group is preferably 0.5 to 1.5.
When it is smaller than 0.5 or larger than 1.5, there are many portions that do not react with each other, and the intended dispersant is often not obtained.
[エチレン性不飽和単量体(c)]
 分散剤(X)は、エチレン性不飽和単量体(c)をラジカル重合してなるビニル重合体部位X2’を有する。エチレン性不飽和単量体(c)としては、オキセタン基を有するエチレン性不飽和単量体(c1)やその他のエチレン性不飽和単量体が含まれ、これらを2種以上混合して用いることができる。
[Ethylenically unsaturated monomer (c)]
The dispersant (X) has a vinyl polymer site X2 ′ formed by radical polymerization of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer (c). Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer (c) include an ethylenically unsaturated monomer (c1) having an oxetane group and other ethylenically unsaturated monomers, and a mixture of two or more of these is used. be able to.
 〔オキセタン基を有するエチレン性不飽和単量体(c1)〕
 オキセタン基を有するエチレン性不飽和単量体(c1)を共重合することにより、ビニル重合体部分X2’に、オキセタン基を導入することができる。
 オキセタン基を有するエチレン性不飽和単量体(c1)の含有量は、全エチレン性不飽和単量体(c)の合計を基準(100重量%)として、5~70重量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは10~50重量%である。5重量%以上であると、架橋性に優れ、耐性がより良い結果となり、70重量%以下であれば、安定性に優れたものとすることができる。
[Ethylenically unsaturated monomer having oxetane group (c1)]
By copolymerizing the ethylenically unsaturated monomer (c1) having an oxetane group, the oxetane group can be introduced into the vinyl polymer portion X2 ′.
The content of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer (c1) having an oxetane group is 5 to 70% by weight based on the total (100% by weight) of all the ethylenically unsaturated monomers (c). Preferably, it is 10 to 50% by weight. When the content is 5% by weight or more, the cross-linking property is excellent and the resistance is better. When the content is 70% by weight or less, the stability is excellent.
 オキセタン基を有するエチレン性不飽和単量体(c1)としては、(3-メチル-3-オキセタニル)メチル(メタ)アクリレート、(3-エチル-3-オキセタニル)メチル(メタ)アクリレート、(3-ブチル-3-オキセタニル)メチル(メタ)アクリレート、(3-ヘキシルチル-3-オキセタニル)メチル(メタ)アクリレート等を挙げることが出来る。
 市販品としては、例えば、ETERNACOLL OXMA(宇部興産社製)、OXE-10、OXE-30(以上、大阪有機化学工業社製)などが挙げられる。
Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer (c1) having an oxetane group include (3-methyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, (3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, (3- And butyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, (3-hexyltyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
Examples of commercially available products include ETERNACOLL OXMA (manufactured by Ube Industries), OXE-10, OXE-30 (above, manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 〔その他のエチレン性不飽和単量体〕
 その他のエチレン性不飽和単量体としては、上記したエチレン性不飽和単量体(c1)以外に、例えば、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、n-プロピル(メタ)アクリレート、イソプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ステアリル(メタ)アクリレート、ラウリル(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチルシクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート等のアルキル(メタ)アクリレート類;
 フェニル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシジエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート等の芳香族(メタ)アクリレート類;
 テトラヒドロフルフリール(メタ)アクリレート等の複素環式(メタ)アクリレート類;
 メトキシポリプロピレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシポリエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート等のアルコキシポリアルキレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート類;
 (メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-イソプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミド、ダイアセトン(メタ)アクリルアミド、アクリロイルモルホリン等のN置換型(メタ)アクリルアミド類;
 N,N-ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、N,N-ジエチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート等のアミノ基含有(メタ)アクリレート類;
 及び、(メタ)アクリロニトリル等のニトリル類があげられる。なお、ここで、(メタ)アクリレートとは、メタクリレート又はアクリレートを示し、(メタ)アクリルアミドとはメタクリルアミド又はアクリルアミドを示す。
[Other ethylenically unsaturated monomers]
Other ethylenically unsaturated monomers include, for example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl, in addition to the ethylenically unsaturated monomer (c1) described above. (Meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, stearyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate, trimethylcyclohexyl (meth) Alkyl (meth) acrylates such as acrylate and isobornyl (meth) acrylate;
Aromatic (meth) acrylates such as phenyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, and phenoxydiethylene glycol (meth) acrylate;
Heterocyclic (meth) acrylates such as tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylate;
Alkoxypolyalkylene glycol (meth) acrylates such as methoxypolypropylene glycol (meth) acrylate and ethoxypolyethylene glycol (meth) acrylate;
N-substituted type (meth) such as (meth) acrylamide, N, N-dimethyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N-diethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-isopropyl (meth) acrylamide, diacetone (meth) acrylamide, acryloylmorpholine Acrylamides;
Amino group-containing (meth) acrylates such as N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate and N, N-diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate;
And nitriles such as (meth) acrylonitrile. Here, (meth) acrylate refers to methacrylate or acrylate, and (meth) acrylamide refers to methacrylamide or acrylamide.
 又、上記アクリル単量体と併用できる単量体として、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン等のスチレン類、エチルビニルエーテル、n-プロピルビニルエーテル、イソプロピルビニルエーテル、n-ブチルビニルエーテル、イソブチルビニルエーテル等のビニルエーテル類、酢酸ビニル、プロピオン酸ビニル等の脂肪酸ビニル類があげられる。 Monomers that can be used in combination with the above acrylic monomers include styrenes such as styrene and α-methylstyrene, vinyl ethers such as ethyl vinyl ether, n-propyl vinyl ether, isopropyl vinyl ether, n-butyl vinyl ether, isobutyl vinyl ether, and acetic acid. And fatty acid vinyls such as vinyl and vinyl propionate.
[分散剤(X)の合成方法]
 分散剤(X)の合成方法としては、下記の合成方法(1)~(2)による方法が挙げられるが、これらに制限されない。
[Method of synthesizing dispersant (X)]
Examples of the synthesis method of the dispersant (X) include, but are not limited to, the following synthesis methods (1) to (2).
 〔合成方法(1)〕
 水酸基含有化合物(a)の存在下に、
 エチレン性不飽和単量体(c)をラジカル重合してなる片末端領域に2つの水酸基を有するビニル重合体中の水酸基と、
 テトラカルボン酸無水物(b1)及びトリカルボン酸無水物(b2)から選ばれる一種以上の酸無水物(b)中の酸無水物基
を反応させることにより分散剤(X)が得られる。
[Synthesis Method (1)]
In the presence of the hydroxyl group-containing compound (a),
A hydroxyl group in a vinyl polymer having two hydroxyl groups in one terminal region obtained by radical polymerization of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer (c);
Dispersant (X) is obtained by reacting an acid anhydride group in one or more acid anhydrides (b) selected from tetracarboxylic acid anhydride (b1) and tricarboxylic acid anhydride (b2).
 〔合成方法(2)〕
 水酸基含有化合物(a)中の水酸基と、テトラカルボン酸無水物(b1)及びトリカルボン酸無水物(b2)から選ばれる一種以上の酸無水物(b)中の酸無水物基を反応させて生成される化合物の存在下に、
 エチレン性不飽和単量体(c)をラジカル重合することにより分散剤(X)が得られる。
[Synthesis method (2)]
Generated by reacting a hydroxyl group in the hydroxyl group-containing compound (a) with an acid anhydride group in one or more acid anhydrides (b) selected from tetracarboxylic anhydride (b1) and tricarboxylic anhydride (b2) In the presence of
The dispersant (X) is obtained by radical polymerization of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer (c).
 〔ポリエステル部位X1’の合成〕
 ポリエステル部分X1’の合成は、テトラカルボン酸無水物(b1)及びトリカルボン酸無水物(b2)から選ばれる一種以上の酸無水物(b)中の酸無水物基と水酸基含有化合物(a)中の水酸基を反応させる工程である。 
[Synthesis of polyester part X1 ']
The synthesis of the polyester portion X1 ′ is carried out in the acid anhydride group and the hydroxyl group-containing compound (a) in one or more acid anhydrides (b) selected from tetracarboxylic acid anhydride (b1) and tricarboxylic acid anhydride (b2). This is a step of reacting the hydroxyl group.
  (反応触媒) 
 ポリエステル部分X1’の製造に用いられる触媒としては、公知の触媒を使用することができる。触媒として例えば、
 トリエチルアミン、トリエチレンジアミン、N,N-ジメチルベンジルアミン、N-メチルモルホリン、1,8-ジアザビシクロ-[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセン、又は1,5-ジアザビシクロ-[4.3.0]-5-ノネン等の3級アミン系化合物、あるいは、モノ-n-ブチル錫(IV)オキシド等が挙げられる。
(Reaction catalyst)
As the catalyst used for the production of the polyester portion X1 ′, a known catalyst can be used. As a catalyst, for example,
Triethylamine, triethylenediamine, N, N-dimethylbenzylamine, N-methylmorpholine, 1,8-diazabicyclo- [5.4.0] -7-undecene, or 1,5-diazabicyclo- [4.3.0] Examples thereof include tertiary amine compounds such as -5-nonene, mono-n-butyltin (IV) oxide, and the like.
  (反応溶剤) 
 ポリエステル部分X1’の製造には、これまで挙げた原料のみで製造することも可能であるが、高粘度になり反応が不均一になる等の問題を回避すべく、溶剤を用いるのが好ましい。使用される溶剤としては、特に限定はなく、公知のものを使用できる。例えば、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、トルエン、キシレン、又はアセトニトリル等が挙げられる。反応に使用した溶媒は、反応終了後、蒸留等の操作により取り除くか、あるいはそのまま次の工程の溶剤として使用したり、製品の一部として使用したりすることもできる。
(Reaction solvent)
For the production of the polyester portion X1 ′, it is possible to produce the polyester portion X1 ′ alone, but it is preferable to use a solvent in order to avoid problems such as high viscosity and non-uniform reaction. There is no limitation in particular as a solvent used, A well-known thing can be used. Examples include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, toluene, xylene, or acetonitrile. After completion of the reaction, the solvent used in the reaction can be removed by an operation such as distillation, or can be used as it is as a solvent for the next step or as part of a product.
  (反応温度) 
 ポリエステル部分X1’の合成の反応温度は50℃~180℃、好ましくは80℃~140℃の範囲で行う。反応温度が50℃以下では反応速度が遅く、180℃以上ではカルボキシル基と水酸基がエステル化反応してしまい、酸価の減少や、ゲル化を起こしてしまう場合がある。反応の停止は、赤外吸収で酸無水物の吸収がなくなるまで反応させるのが理想であるが、酸価測定により97%以上の酸無水物がハーフエステル化したとき反応を止めてもよい。
(Reaction temperature)
The reaction temperature for the synthesis of the polyester part X1 ′ is 50 ° C. to 180 ° C., preferably 80 ° C. to 140 ° C. When the reaction temperature is 50 ° C. or lower, the reaction rate is slow, and when the reaction temperature is 180 ° C. or higher, the carboxyl group and the hydroxyl group may undergo an esterification reaction, resulting in a decrease in acid value or gelation. Ideally, the reaction is stopped until the absorption of the acid anhydride is eliminated by infrared absorption, but the reaction may be stopped when 97% or more of the acid anhydride is half-esterified by acid value measurement.
 〔ビニル重合体部分X2’の合成〕
 分散剤(X)における、ビニル重合体部分X2’は、エチレン性不飽和単量体(c)をラジカル重合してなる。このビニル重合体部分X2’が分散剤(X)の側鎖として溶剤および着色剤担体の親和性部位として機能するために、微細な顔料を用いた場合や、染料を使用した場合にも、安定性に優れたものとすることができる。
[Synthesis of vinyl polymer portion X2 ']
The vinyl polymer portion X2 ′ in the dispersant (X) is obtained by radical polymerization of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer (c). Since this vinyl polymer portion X2 'functions as an affinity site for the solvent and colorant carrier as the side chain of the dispersant (X), it is stable even when fine pigments or dyes are used. It can be made excellent in properties.
 ビニル重合体部分X2’の重量平均分子量は、1000~20000が好ましく、より好ましくは2000~15000、更に好ましくは2000~12000、特に好ましくは3000~8000である。この部分X2’が分散媒である溶剤への親和性部分となる。ビニル重合体部分X2’の重量平均分子量が1000未満では、溶媒親和部による立体反発の効果が少なくなるとともに、顔料の凝集を防ぐことが困難となり、分散安定性が不十分となる場合がある。又、20000を超えると、溶媒親和部の絶対量が増えてしまい、分散性の効果自体が低下する場合がある。更に、分散体の粘度が高くなる場合がある。 The weight average molecular weight of the vinyl polymer portion X2 'is preferably 1000 to 20000, more preferably 2000 to 15000, still more preferably 2000 to 12000, and particularly preferably 3000 to 8000. This portion X2 'becomes an affinity portion for the solvent as the dispersion medium. If the weight average molecular weight of the vinyl polymer portion X2 'is less than 1000, the effect of steric repulsion by the solvent affinity portion is reduced, and it is difficult to prevent pigment aggregation and dispersion stability may be insufficient. On the other hand, if it exceeds 20000, the absolute amount of the solvent affinity part increases, and the dispersibility effect itself may be lowered. Further, the viscosity of the dispersion may increase.
 また、エチレン性不飽和単量体(c)の含有量は、水酸基含有化合物(a)1重量部に対して、3~100重量部用い、塊状重合または溶液重合を行うのが好ましい。より好ましくは8~25重量部、さらに好ましくは10~20重量部である。100重量部を超えると、ビニル重合体部位X2’の分子量が高すぎて、顔料担体および溶剤に対する親和性部位として、その絶対量が増えてしまい、分散性の効果自体が低下する場合があり、10重量未満であると、ビニル重合体部位X2’の分子量が低すぎて、顔料担体および溶剤に対する親和性部位として、その立体反発の効果がなくなると共に、顔料の凝集を抑えることが困難になる場合がある。 In addition, the content of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer (c) is preferably 3 to 100 parts by weight with respect to 1 part by weight of the hydroxyl group-containing compound (a), and bulk polymerization or solution polymerization is preferably performed. The amount is more preferably 8 to 25 parts by weight, still more preferably 10 to 20 parts by weight. If it exceeds 100 parts by weight, the molecular weight of the vinyl polymer site X2 ′ is too high, and the absolute amount increases as an affinity site for the pigment carrier and the solvent, and the dispersibility effect itself may decrease, When the weight is less than 10 weight, the molecular weight of the vinyl polymer portion X2 ′ is too low, and the effect of steric repulsion is lost as an affinity portion for the pigment carrier and the solvent, and it is difficult to suppress the aggregation of the pigment. There is.
 重合の際、エチレン性不飽和単量体100重量部に対して、任意に0.001~5重量部の重合開始剤を使用することができる。重合開始剤としては、アゾ系化合物及び有機過酸化物を用いることができる。アゾ系化合物の例としては、2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル、2,2’-アゾビス(2-メチルブチロニトリル)、1,1’-アゾビス(シクロヘキサン1-カルボニトリル)、2,2’-アゾビス(2,4-ジメチルバレロニトリル)、2,2’-アゾビス(2,4-ジメチル-4-メトキシバレロニトリル)、ジメチル2,2’-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオネート)、4,4’-アゾビス(4-シアノバレリック酸)、2,2’-アゾビス(2-ヒドロキシメチルプロピオニトリル)、2,2’-アゾビス[2-(2-イミダゾリン-2-イル)プロパン]等が挙げられる。有機過酸化物の例としては、過酸化ベンゾイル、t-ブチルパーベンゾエイト、クメンヒドロパーオキシド、ジイソプロピルパーオキシジカーボネート、ジ-n-プロピルパーオキシジカーボネート、ジ(2-エトキシエチル)パーオキシジカーボネート、t-ブチルパーオキネオデカノエート、t-ブチルパーオキシビバレート、(3,5,5-トリメチルヘキサノイル)パーオキシド、ジプロピオニルパーオキシド、ジアセチルパーオキシド等があげられる。これらの重合開始剤は、単独で、もしくは2種類以上組み合わせて用いることができる。 In the polymerization, 0.001 to 5 parts by weight of a polymerization initiator can be arbitrarily used with respect to 100 parts by weight of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer. As the polymerization initiator, an azo compound and an organic peroxide can be used. Examples of azo compounds include 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2′-azobis (2-methylbutyronitrile), 1,1′-azobis (cyclohexane 1-carbonitrile), 2 , 2'-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2'-azobis (2,4-dimethyl-4-methoxyvaleronitrile), dimethyl 2,2'-azobis (2-methylpropionate) 4,4′-azobis (4-cyanovaleric acid), 2,2′-azobis (2-hydroxymethylpropionitrile), 2,2′-azobis [2- (2-imidazolin-2-yl) Propane] and the like. Examples of organic peroxides include benzoyl peroxide, t-butyl perbenzoate, cumene hydroperoxide, diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate, di-n-propyl peroxydicarbonate, di (2-ethoxyethyl) peroxy Examples thereof include dicarbonate, t-butyl peroxynedecanoate, t-butyl peroxybivalate, (3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl) peroxide, dipropionyl peroxide, diacetyl peroxide and the like. These polymerization initiators can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 溶液重合の場合には、重合溶媒として、酢酸エチル、酢酸n-ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、トルエン、キシレン、アセトン、ヘキサン、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート等が用いられうるが特にこれらに限定されるものではない。これらの重合溶媒は、2種類以上混合して用いても良い。 In the case of solution polymerization, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, toluene, xylene, acetone, hexane, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, etc. can be used as the polymerization solvent, but it is not particularly limited thereto. It is not something. These polymerization solvents may be used as a mixture of two or more.
 分散剤(X)としては、国際公開第2008/007776号パンフレット、特開2009-155406号公報、特開2011-157416号公報等に記載されている公知技術を用いることができる。 As the dispersant (X), known techniques described in International Publication No. 2008/007776, JP-A 2009-155406, JP-A 2011-157416 and the like can be used.
《その他の分散剤》
 その他の分散剤として具体的には、ポリウレタン、ポリアクリレート等のポリカルボン酸エステル、不飽和ポリアミド、ポリカルボン酸、ポリカルボン酸(部分)アミン塩、ポリカルボン酸アンモニウム塩、ポリカルボン酸アルキルアミン塩、ポリシロキサン、長鎖ポリアミノアマイドリン酸塩、水酸基含有ポリカルボン酸エステルや、これらの変性物、ポリ(低級アルキレンイミン)と遊離のカルボキシル基を有するポリエステルとの反応により形成されたアミドやその塩等の油性分散剤、(メタ)アクリル酸-スチレン共重合体、(メタ)アクリル酸-(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体、スチレン-マレイン酸共重合体、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルピロリドン等の水溶性樹脂や水溶性高分子化合物、ポリエステル系、変性ポリアクリレート系、エチレンオキサイド/プロピレンオキサイド付加化合物、燐酸エステル系、各種界面活性剤等が用いられ得、これらは単独でまたは2種以上を混合して用いることができるが、必ずしもこれらに限定されるものではない。
《Other dispersants》
Specific examples of other dispersants include polyurethanes, polycarboxylic acid esters such as polyacrylates, unsaturated polyamides, polycarboxylic acids, polycarboxylic acid (partial) amine salts, polycarboxylic acid ammonium salts, and polycarboxylic acid alkylamine salts. , Polysiloxane, long-chain polyaminoamide phosphate, hydroxyl group-containing polycarboxylic acid ester, modified products thereof, amides formed by reaction of poly (lower alkyleneimine) and polyester having a free carboxyl group, and salts thereof Water-soluble dispersants such as (meth) acrylic acid-styrene copolymer, (meth) acrylic acid- (meth) acrylic acid ester copolymer, styrene-maleic acid copolymer, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone Resin, water-soluble polymer, polyester, modified polymer Acrylate, ethylene oxide / propylene oxide addition compounds, phosphate esters, various surfactants, and the like can be used, and these can be used alone or in admixture of two or more, but are not necessarily limited thereto. is not.
 樹脂型顔料分散剤は、顔料に吸着する性質を有する顔料親和性部位と、色素担体と相溶性のある部位とを有し、顔料に吸着して顔料の色素担体への分散を安定化する働きをするものである。
 市販の樹脂型分散剤としては、ビックケミー・ジャパン社製のDisperbyk-101、103、107、108、110、111、116、130、140、154、161、162、163、164、165、166、170、171、174、180、181、182、183、184、185、190、2000、2001、2020、2025、2050、2070、2095、2150、2155、またはAnti-Terra-U、203、204、またはBYK-P104、P104S、220S、6919、またはLactimon、Lactimon-WSまたはBykumen等、日本ルーブリゾール社製のSOLSPERSE-3000、9000、13000、13240、13650、13940、16000、17000、18000、20000、21000、24000、26000、27000、28000、31845、32000、32500、32550、33500、32600、34750、35100、36600、38500、41000、41090、53095、55000、76500等、BASF社製のEFKA-46、47、48、452、4008、4009、4010、4015、4020、4047、4050、4055、4060、4080、4400、4401、4402、4403、4406、4408、4300、4310、4320、4330、4340、450、451、453、4540、4550、4560、4800、5010、5065、5066、5070、7500、7554、1101、120、150、1501、1502、1503、等、味の素ファインテクノ社製のアジスパーPA111、PB711、PB821、PB822、PB824等が挙げられる。
The resin-type pigment dispersant has a pigment affinity part that has the property of adsorbing to the pigment and a part that is compatible with the dye carrier, and acts to stabilize the dispersion of the pigment on the dye carrier by adsorbing to the pigment. It is something to do.
Commercially available resin-type dispersants include Disperbyk-101, 103, 107, 108, 110, 111, 116, 130, 140, 154, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, and 170 manufactured by Big Chemie Japan. 171, 174, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 190, 2000, 2001, 2020, 2025, 2050, 2070, 2095, 2150, 2155, or Anti-Terra-U, 203, 204, or BYK -SOLPERSE-3000, 9000, 13000, 13240, 13650, 13940, 160 manufactured by Nihon Lubrizol, such as P104, P104S, 220S, 6919, or Lactimon, Lactimon-WS or Bykumen, etc. 0, 17000, 18000, 20000, 21000, 24000, 26000, 27000, 28000, 31845, 32000, 32500, 32550, 33500, 32600, 34750, 35100, 36600, 38500, 41000, 41090, 53095, 55000, 76500, etc., BASF EFKA-46, 47, 48, 452, 4008, 4009, 4010, 4015, 4020, 4047, 4050, 4055, 4060, 4080, 4400, 4401, 4402, 4403, 4406, 4408, 4300, 4310, 4320 , 4330, 4340, 450, 451, 453, 4540, 4550, 4560, 4800, 5010, 5065, 5066, 5070, 7500, 7554 1101,120,150,1501,1502,1503, etc., Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Ltd. of AJISPER PA111, PB711, PB821, PB822, PB824, and the like.
 界面活性剤としては、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル硫酸塩、ドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウム、スチレン-アクリル酸共重合体のアルカリ塩、アルキルナフタリンスルホン酸ナトリウム、アルキルジフェニルエーテルジスルホン酸ナトリウム、ラウリル硫酸モノエタノールアミン、ラウリル硫酸トリエタノールアミン、ラウリル硫酸アンモニウム、ステアリン酸モノエタノールアミン、ステアリン酸ナトリウム、ラウリル硫酸ナトリウム、スチレン-アクリル酸共重合体のモノエタノールアミン、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテルリン酸エステルなどのアニオン性界面活性剤;ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテルリン酸エステル、ポリオキシエチレンソルビタンモノステアレート、ポリエチレングリコールモノラウレートなどのノニオン性界面活性剤;アルキル4級アンモニウム塩やそれらのエチレンオキサイド付加物などのカオチン性界面活性剤;アルキルジメチルアミノ酢酸ベタインなどのアルキルベタイン、アルキルイミダゾリンなどの両性界面活性剤が挙げられる。 Surfactants include polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate, sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate, alkali salt of styrene-acrylic acid copolymer, sodium alkylnaphthalenesulfonate, sodium alkyldiphenyletherdisulfonate, monoethanolamine lauryl sulfate, lauryl Anionic surfactants such as triethanolamine sulfate, ammonium lauryl sulfate, monoethanolamine stearate, sodium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate, monoethanolamine of styrene-acrylic acid copolymer, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphate; Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene Nonionic surfactants such as alkyl ether phosphates, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate and polyethylene glycol monolaurate; chaotic surfactants such as alkyl quaternary ammonium salts and their ethylene oxide adducts; Examples thereof include amphoteric surfactants such as alkylbetaines such as aminoacetic acid betaine and alkylimidazolines.
 その他の分散剤は、着色剤(D)100重量部に対して、0.1~40重量部、好ましくは0.1~30重量部の量で用いることができる。 Other dispersants can be used in an amount of 0.1 to 40 parts by weight, preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the colorant (D).
<シランカップリング剤(S)>
 本発明の実施形態による感光性着色組成物には、透明基板との密着性を高めるためにシランカップリング剤等の密着向上剤を含有させることができる。シランカップリング剤による密着性が向上することにより、細線の再現性が良好となり解像度が向上する。
 シランカップリング剤としては、例えばビニルトリス(β-メトキシエトキシ)シラン、ビニルエトキシシラン、ビニルトリメトキシシラン等のビニルシラン類、γ-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン等の(メタ)アクリルシラン類、β-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン、β-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)メチルトリメトキシシラン、β-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリエトキシシラン、β-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)メチルトリエトキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン等のエポキシシラン類、N-β(アミノエチル)γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-β(アミノエチル)γ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-β(アミノエチル)γ-アミノプロピルメチルジエトキシシシラン、γ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-フェニル-γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-フェニル-γ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン等のアミノシラン類、γ-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-メルカプトプロピルトリエトキシシラン等のチオシラン類等が挙げられる。
<Silane coupling agent (S)>
The photosensitive coloring composition according to the embodiment of the present invention can contain an adhesion improving agent such as a silane coupling agent in order to improve the adhesion to the transparent substrate. By improving the adhesion with the silane coupling agent, the reproducibility of fine lines is improved and the resolution is improved.
Examples of the silane coupling agent include vinyl silanes such as vinyltris (β-methoxyethoxy) silane, vinylethoxysilane, and vinyltrimethoxysilane, (meth) acrylsilanes such as γ-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, β- ( 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, β- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) methyltrimethoxysilane, β- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltriethoxysilane, β- (3,4-epoxy (Cyclohexyl) methyltriethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane and other epoxy silanes, N-β (aminoethyl) γ-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-β (Aminoethyl) γ-amino Propyltriethoxysilane, N-β (aminoethyl) γ-aminopropylmethyldiethoxysilane, γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, γ-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-phenyl-γ-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, Examples include aminosilanes such as N-phenyl-γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, and thiosilanes such as γ-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane and γ-mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane.
 シランカップリング剤は、感光性着色組成物中の着色剤(D)100重量部に対して、0.01~10重量部、好ましくは0.05~5重量部の量で用いることができる。 The silane coupling agent can be used in an amount of 0.01 to 10 parts by weight, preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by weight, with respect to 100 parts by weight of the colorant (D) in the photosensitive coloring composition.
<多官能チオール(F)>
 本発明の実施形態による感光性着色組成物には、多官能チオール(F)を含有することができる。多官能チオール(F)は、チオール(SH)基を2個以上有する化合物である。
 多官能チオール(F)は上述の光重合開始剤(A)とともに使用することにより、光照射後のラジカル重合過程において、連鎖移動剤として働き、酸素による重合阻害を受けにくいチイルラジカルが発生するので、得られる感光性着色組成物は高感度となる。特にSH基がメチレン、エチレン基等の脂肪族基に結合した多官能脂肪族チオールが好ましい。
 例えば、ヘキサンジチオール、デカンジチオール、1,4-ブタンジオールビスチオプロピオネート、1,4-ブタンジオールビスチオグリコレート、エチレングリコールビスチオグリコレート、エチレングリコールビスチオプロピオネート、トリメチロールプロパントリスチオグリコレート、トリメチロールプロパントリスチオプロピオネート、トリメチロールエタントリス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、トリメチロールプロパントリス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、トリメチロールプロパントリス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキスチオグリコレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキスチオプロピオネート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、トリメルカプトプロピオン酸トリス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、1,4-ジメチルメルカプトベンゼン、2、4、6-トリメルカプト-s-トリアジン、2-(N,N-ジブチルアミノ)-4,6-ジメルカプト-s-トリアジンなどが挙げられる。これらの多官能チオールは、1種を単独で、または2種以上を混合して用いることができる。
<Multifunctional thiol (F)>
The photosensitive coloring composition by embodiment of this invention can contain polyfunctional thiol (F). The polyfunctional thiol (F) is a compound having two or more thiol (SH) groups.
When the polyfunctional thiol (F) is used together with the above-described photopolymerization initiator (A), in the radical polymerization process after light irradiation, a thiyl radical is generated that acts as a chain transfer agent and is less susceptible to polymerization inhibition by oxygen. The resulting photosensitive coloring composition has high sensitivity. In particular, a polyfunctional aliphatic thiol in which an SH group is bonded to an aliphatic group such as methylene or ethylene group is preferable.
For example, hexanedithiol, decanedithiol, 1,4-butanediol bisthiopropionate, 1,4-butanediol bisthioglycolate, ethylene glycol bisthioglycolate, ethylene glycol bisthiopropionate, trimethylolpropane tris Thioglycolate, trimethylolpropane tristhiopropionate, trimethylolethane tris (3-mercaptobutyrate), trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptobutyrate), trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptopropionate), Pentaerythritol tetrakisthioglycolate, pentaerythritol tetrakisthiopropionate, pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), dipentaerythritol Hexhexakis (3-mercaptopropionate), trimercaptopropionic acid tris (2-hydroxyethyl) isocyanurate, 1,4-dimethylmercaptobenzene, 2,4,6-trimercapto-s-triazine, 2- (N, N-dibutylamino) -4,6-dimercapto-s-triazine and the like. These polyfunctional thiols can be used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types.
 多官能チオール(F)の含有量は、着色剤(D)100重量部に対して0.05~100重量部が好ましく、より好ましくは1.0~50.0重量部である。
 多官能チオールを0.05重量部以上用いることで、より良い現像耐性を得ることができる。チオール(SH)基が1個の単官能チオールを用いた場合には、このような現像耐性の向上は得られない。
The content of the polyfunctional thiol (F) is preferably 0.05 to 100 parts by weight, more preferably 1.0 to 50.0 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the colorant (D).
By using 0.05 part by weight or more of polyfunctional thiol, better development resistance can be obtained. When a monofunctional thiol having one thiol (SH) group is used, such an improvement in development resistance cannot be obtained.
<酸化防止剤>
 本発明の実施形態による感光性着色組成物は、酸化防止剤を含有することができる。酸化防止剤は、カラーフィルタ用着色組成物に含まれる光重合開始剤や熱硬化性化合物が、熱硬化やITOアニール時の熱工程によって酸化し黄変することを防ぐため、塗膜の透過率を高くすることができる。そのため、酸化防止剤を含むことで、加熱工程時の酸化による黄変を防止し、高い塗膜の透過率を得る事ができる。
<Antioxidant>
The photosensitive coloring composition according to the embodiment of the present invention may contain an antioxidant. Antioxidants are used to prevent the photopolymerization initiators and thermosetting compounds contained in the color filter coloring composition from oxidizing and yellowing due to thermal processes during thermal curing and ITO annealing. Can be high. Therefore, by including an antioxidant, yellowing due to oxidation during the heating step can be prevented, and high coating film transmittance can be obtained.
 本発明の実施形態における「酸化防止剤」とは、紫外線吸収機能、ラジカル補足機能、または、過酸化物分解機能を有する化合物であればよく、具体的には、酸化防止剤としてヒンダードフェノール系、ヒンダードアミン系、リン系、イオウ系、ベンゾトリアゾール系、ベンゾフェノン系、ヒドロキシルアミン系、サルチル酸エステル系、およびトリアジン系の化合物があげられ、公知の紫外線吸収剤、酸化防止剤等が使用できる。 The “antioxidant” in the embodiment of the present invention may be a compound having an ultraviolet absorption function, a radical scavenging function, or a peroxide decomposition function, and specifically, a hindered phenol type as an antioxidant. Hindered amine, phosphorus, sulfur, benzotriazole, benzophenone, hydroxylamine, salicylate, and triazine compounds, and known ultraviolet absorbers and antioxidants can be used.
 これらの酸化防止剤の中でも、塗膜の透過率と感度の両立の観点から、好ましいものとしては、ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤、ヒンダードアミン系酸化防止剤、リン系酸化防止剤またはイオウ系酸化防止剤が挙げられる。また、より好ましくは、ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤、ヒンダードアミン系酸化防止剤、またはリン系酸化防止剤である。
 これらの酸化防止剤は、1種を単独で、または必要に応じて任意の比率で2種以上混合して用いることができる。
Among these antioxidants, a hindered phenol antioxidant, a hindered amine antioxidant, a phosphorus antioxidant, or a sulfur antioxidant is preferable from the viewpoint of achieving both transmittance and sensitivity of the coating film. Agents. More preferably, they are hindered phenolic antioxidants, hindered amine antioxidants, or phosphorus antioxidants.
These antioxidants can be used singly or in combination of two or more at any ratio as required.
 酸化防止剤の含有量は、感光性着色組成物の固形分重量を基準(100重量%)として、0.5~5.0重量%の場合、明度、感度が良好であるためより好ましい。 The content of the antioxidant is more preferably 0.5 to 5.0% by weight based on the solid content weight of the photosensitive coloring composition (100% by weight) because the brightness and sensitivity are good.
<紫外線吸収剤(G)、重合禁止剤(H)>
 本発明の実施形態による感光性着色組成物には、紫外線吸収剤(G)または重合禁止剤(H)を含有することができる。紫外線吸収剤(G)または重合禁止剤(H)を含有することで、パターンの形状と解像性を制御することができる。紫外線吸収剤としては、例えば2-[4-[(2-ヒドロキシ-3-(ドデシルおよびトリデシル)オキシプロピル)オキシ]-2-ヒドロキシフェニル]-4,6-ビス(2,4-ジメチルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-4-[1-オクチルオキシカルボニルエトキシ]フェニル)-4,6-ビス(4-フェニルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン等のヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン系、2-(5-メチル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-4,6-ビス(1-メチル-1-フェニルエチル)フェノール、2-(3-tブチル-5-メチル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)-5-クロロベンゾトリアゾール等のベンゾトリアゾール系、2,4-ジヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-オクトキシベンゾフェノン、2,2’,4,4’-テトラヒドロキシベンゾフェノン等のベンゾフェノン系、フェニルサリチレート、p-tert-ブチルフェニルサリチレート等のサリチレート系、エチル-2-シアノ-3,3’-ジフェニルアクリレート等のシアノアクリレート系、2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン-1-オキシル(トリアセトン-アミン-N-オキシル)、ビス(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)-セバケート、ポリ[[6-[(1,1,3,3-テトラブチル)アミノ]-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4-ジイル][(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジニル)イミノ]等のヒンダードアミン系等が挙げられ、これらを単独でもしくは混合して用いる。また、重合禁止剤としては、例えばメチルハイドロキノン、t-ブチルハイドロキノン、2,5-ジ-t-ブチルハイドロキノン、4-ベンゾキノン、4-メトキシフェノール、4-メトキシ-1-ナフトール、t-ブチルカテコールなどのハイドロキノン誘導体およびフェノール化合物、フェノチアジン、ビス-(1-ジメチルベンジル)フェノチアジン、3,7-ジオクチルフェノチアジン等のアミン化合物、ジブチルジチオカルバミン酸銅、ジエチルジチオカルバミン酸銅、ジエチルジチオカルバミン酸マンガン、ジフェニルジチオカルバミン酸マンガン等の銅およびマンガン塩化合物、4-ニトロソフェノール、N-ニトロソジフェニルアミン、N-ニトロソシクロヘキシルヒドロキシルアミン、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシルアミン等のニトロソ化合物およびそのアンモニウム塩またはアルミニウム塩等が挙げられ、これらを単独でもしくは混合して用いる。
<Ultraviolet absorber (G), polymerization inhibitor (H)>
The photosensitive coloring composition according to the embodiment of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber (G) or a polymerization inhibitor (H). By containing the ultraviolet absorber (G) or the polymerization inhibitor (H), the shape and resolution of the pattern can be controlled. Examples of the ultraviolet absorber include 2- [4-[(2-hydroxy-3- (dodecyl and tridecyl) oxypropyl) oxy] -2-hydroxyphenyl] -4,6-bis (2,4-dimethylphenyl). -1,3,5-triazine, 2- (2-hydroxy-4- [1-octyloxycarbonylethoxy] phenyl) -4,6-bis (4-phenylphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine, etc. Hydroxyphenyltriazine, 2- (5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) -4,6-bis (1-methyl-1-phenylethyl) phenol, Benzotriazoles such as 2- (3-tbutyl-5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2,4- Benzophenone series such as hydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-octoxybenzophenone, 2,2 ′, 4,4′-tetrahydroxybenzophenone, salicylate series such as phenyl salicylate, p-tert-butylphenyl salicylate, Cyanoacrylates such as ethyl-2-cyano-3,3′-diphenylacrylate, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine-1-oxyl (triacetone-amine-N-oxyl), bis (2,2 , 6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) -sebacate, poly [[6-[(1,1,3,3-tetrabutyl) amino] -1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diyl] [ Hindered amines such as (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl) imino] and the like. Properly it is used as a mixture. Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include methyl hydroquinone, t-butyl hydroquinone, 2,5-di-t-butyl hydroquinone, 4-benzoquinone, 4-methoxyphenol, 4-methoxy-1-naphthol, t-butylcatechol and the like. Hydroquinone derivatives and phenolic compounds, amine compounds such as phenothiazine, bis- (1-dimethylbenzyl) phenothiazine, 3,7-dioctylphenothiazine, copper dibutyldithiocarbamate, copper diethyldithiocarbamate, manganese diethyldithiocarbamate, manganese diphenyldithiocarbamate, etc. Copper and manganese salt compounds, 4-nitrosophenol, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, N-nitrosocyclohexylhydroxylamine, N-nitrosophenylhydroxyl Min such nitroso compounds and their ammonium salts or aluminum salts and the like, and used alone or in combination.
 紫外線吸収剤(G)および重合禁止剤(H)は、着色組成物中の着色剤(D)100重量部に対して、0.01~20重量部、好ましくは0.05~10重量部の量で用いることができる。
 紫外線吸収剤(G)または重合禁止剤(H)を0.01重量部以上用いることで、より良い解像度を得ることができる。
The ultraviolet absorber (G) and the polymerization inhibitor (H) are 0.01 to 20 parts by weight, preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the colorant (D) in the coloring composition. Can be used in quantities.
By using 0.01 part by weight or more of the ultraviolet absorber (G) or the polymerization inhibitor (H), better resolution can be obtained.
<溶剤>
 本発明の実施形態による感光性着色組成物には、着色剤(D)を充分に樹脂(B)や光重合性化合物(C)などの色素担体中に分散させ、ガラス基板等の透明基板上に乾燥膜厚が0.2~10μmとなるように塗布してフィルタセグメントやブラックマトリックスを形成することを容易にするために溶剤を含有させることができる。溶剤としては、例えば1,2,3-トリクロロプロパン、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブチレングリコール、1,3-ブチレングリコールジアセテート、1,4-ジオキサン、2-ヘプタノン、2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、3,5,5-トリメチル-2-シクロヘキセン-1-オン、3,3,5-トリメチルシクロヘキサノン、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-メチル-1,3-ブタンジオール、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブタノール、3-メトキシ-3-メチルブチルアセテート、3-メトキシブタノール、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、4-ヘプタノン、m-キシレン、m-ジエチルベンゼン、m-ジクロロベンゼン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、n-ブチルアルコール、n-ブチルベンゼン、n-プロピルアセテート、N-メチルピロリドン、o-キシレン、o-クロロトルエン、o-ジエチルベンゼン、o-ジクロロベンゼン、p-クロロトルエン、p-ジエチルベンゼン、sec-ブチルベンゼン、tert-ブチルベンゼン、γ―ブチロラクトン、イソブチルアルコール、イソホロン、エチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノイソプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノターシャリーブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノヘキシルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、ジイソブチルケトン、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノイソプロピルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、シクロヘキサノール、シクロヘキサノールアセテート、シクロヘキサノン、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ダイアセトンアルコール、トリアセチン、トリプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、プロピレングリコールフェニルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルプロピオネート、ベンジルアルコール、メチルイソブチルケトン、メチルシクロヘキサノール、酢酸n-アミル、酢酸n-ブチル、酢酸イソアミル、酢酸イソブチル、酢酸プロピル、二塩基酸エステル等が挙げられ、これらを単独でもしくは混合して用いる。
 溶剤は、感光性着色組成物中の着色剤(D)100重量部に対して、100~10000重量部、好ましくは500~5000重量部の量で用いることができる。
<Solvent>
In the photosensitive coloring composition according to the embodiment of the present invention, the colorant (D) is sufficiently dispersed in a dye carrier such as the resin (B) or the photopolymerizable compound (C), and then on a transparent substrate such as a glass substrate. In order to make it easy to form a filter segment or a black matrix by applying the film to a dry film thickness of 0.2 to 10 μm, a solvent can be contained. Examples of the solvent include 1,2,3-trichloropropane, 1,3-butanediol, 1,3-butylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate, 1,4-dioxane, 2-heptanone, and 2-methyl. 1,3-propanediol, 3,5,5-trimethyl-2-cyclohexen-1-one, 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexanone, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methyl-1,3-butanediol 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butanol, 3-methoxy-3-methylbutyl acetate, 3-methoxybutanol, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 4-heptanone, m-xylene, m-diethylbenzene, m-dichlorobenzene N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, n-butylal N-butylbenzene, n-propyl acetate, N-methylpyrrolidone, o-xylene, o-chlorotoluene, o-diethylbenzene, o-dichlorobenzene, p-chlorotoluene, p-diethylbenzene, sec-butylbenzene, tert-butylbenzene, γ-butyrolactone, isobutyl alcohol, isophorone, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, ethylene glycol dibutyl ether, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monotertiary butyl ether, Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether Ether, ethylene glycol monohexyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diisobutyl ketone, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol Monomethyl ether, cyclohexanol, cyclohexanol acetate, cyclohexanone, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene Recall monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, diacetone alcohol, triacetin, tripropylene glycol monobutyl ether, tripropylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol diacetate, propylene glycol phenyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether , Propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate, benzyl alcohol, methyl isobutyl Tons, methylcyclohexanol, acetate n- amyl acetate n- butyl, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, propyl acetate, dibasic esters, and the like, used these alone or in mixtures.
The solvent can be used in an amount of 100 to 10,000 parts by weight, preferably 500 to 5000 parts by weight, with respect to 100 parts by weight of the colorant (D) in the photosensitive coloring composition.
<その他の成分> <Other ingredients>
<貯蔵安定剤>
 本発明の実施形態による感光性着色組成物には、貯蔵安定剤を含有することができる。貯蔵安定剤を含有することで、組成物の経時粘度を安定化させることができる。貯蔵安定剤としては、例えば2,6-ビス(1,1-ジメチルエチル)-4-メチルフェノール、ペンタエリスチリル-テトラキス[3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート]、2,4-ビス-(n-オクチルチオ)-6-(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジ-t-ブチルアニリノ)1,3,5-トリアジン等のヒンダードフェノール系、テトラエチルホスフィン、トリフェニルホスフィン、テトラフェニルフォスフィン等の有機ホスフィン系、ジメチルジチオリン酸亜鉛、ジプロピルジチオリン酸亜鉛、ジブチルジチオリン酸モリブデン等の亜リン酸塩系、ドデシルスルフィド、ベンゾチオフェンなどのイオウ系、ベンジルトリメチルクロライド、ジエチルヒドロキシアミンなどの4級アンモニウムクロライド、乳酸、シュウ酸などの有機酸およびそのメチルエーテル等が挙げられ、これらを単独でもしくは混合して用いうる。
<Storage stabilizer>
The photosensitive coloring composition according to the embodiment of the present invention may contain a storage stabilizer. By containing a storage stabilizer, the viscosity with time of the composition can be stabilized. Examples of the storage stabilizer include 2,6-bis (1,1-dimethylethyl) -4-methylphenol, pentaerystyryl-tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl). Propionate], 2,4-bis- (n-octylthio) -6- (4-hydroxy-3,5-di-t-butylanilino) 1,3,5-triazine, hindered phenols, tetraethylphosphine, tri Organic phosphines such as phenylphosphine and tetraphenylphosphine, phosphites such as zinc dimethyldithiophosphate, zinc dipropyldithiophosphate and molybdenum dibutyldithiophosphate, sulfurs such as dodecyl sulfide and benzothiophene, benzyltrimethyl chloride, Quaternary ammonium chloride such as diethylhydroxyamine , Lactic acid, and organic acids and their methyl ethers such as oxalic acid. May be used singly or as a mixture.
 貯蔵安定剤は、着色組成物中の着色剤(D)100重量部に対して、0.01~20重量部、好ましくは0.05~10重量部の量で用いることができる。
 貯蔵安定剤を0.01重量部以上用いることで、感光性着色組成物の経時安定性が向上する。
The storage stabilizer can be used in an amount of 0.01 to 20 parts by weight, preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the colorant (D) in the coloring composition.
By using 0.01 parts by weight or more of the storage stabilizer, the temporal stability of the photosensitive coloring composition is improved.
 また、本発明の実施形態による感光性着色組成物には、溶存している酸素を還元する働きのあるアミン系化合物を含有させることができる。
 このようなアミン系化合物としては、トリエタノールアミン、メチルジエタノールアミン、トリイソプロパノールアミン、4-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸メチル、4-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチル、4-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸イソアミル、安息香酸2-ジメチルアミノエチル、4-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸2-エチルヘキシル、N,N-ジメチルパラトルイジン等が挙げられる。
Moreover, the photosensitive coloring composition by embodiment of this invention can be made to contain the amine-type compound which has a function which reduces the dissolved oxygen.
Such amine compounds include triethanolamine, methyldiethanolamine, triisopropanolamine, methyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, ethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, isoamyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2-dimethylaminobenzoate. Examples thereof include ethyl, 2-ethylhexyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, N, N-dimethylparatoluidine and the like.
<感光性着色組成物の製法>
 本発明の実施形態による感光性着色組成物は、着色剤(D)を任意で分散剤と共に、樹脂(B)などの色素担体および/または溶剤中に三本ロールミル、二本ロールミル、サンドミル、ニーダー、アトライター等の各種分散手段を用いて微細に分散して顔料分散体を製造し、該顔料分散体に光重合開始剤(A)、樹脂(B)、光重合性化合物(C)、場合によってはその他の光重合開始剤(Y)、増感剤(E)、多官能チオール(F)、紫外線吸収剤(G)、重合禁止剤(H)、貯蔵安定剤、溶剤、その他成分を混合攪拌して製造することができる。また、2種以上の顔料を含む感光性着色組成物は、各顔料分散体を別々に色素担体および/または溶剤中に微細に分散したものを混合し、さらに光重合開始剤(A)や光重合性化合物(C)等を混合攪拌して製造することができる。
<Production method of photosensitive coloring composition>
The photosensitive coloring composition according to the embodiment of the present invention includes a three-roll mill, a two-roll mill, a sand mill, and a kneader in a pigment carrier such as the resin (B) and / or a solvent, optionally with a colorant (D). In the case of producing a pigment dispersion by finely dispersing using various dispersing means such as an attritor, the photopolymerization initiator (A), the resin (B), the photopolymerizable compound (C), Depending on other photopolymerization initiator (Y), sensitizer (E), polyfunctional thiol (F), UV absorber (G), polymerization inhibitor (H), storage stabilizer, solvent, and other ingredients It can be produced by stirring. Further, the photosensitive coloring composition containing two or more kinds of pigments is prepared by mixing each pigment dispersion separately finely in a dye carrier and / or a solvent, and further mixing a photopolymerization initiator (A) or light. The polymerizable compound (C) and the like can be produced by mixing and stirring.
 着色剤(D)を樹脂(B)および/または溶剤中に分散する際には、任意の分散剤と共に、適宜、顔料誘導体を含有させることができる。顔料誘導体は、顔料の分散に優れ、分散後の顔料の再凝集を防止する効果が大きいので、任意の分散剤と共に顔料誘導体を用いて顔料を樹脂(B)および/または溶剤中に分散してなる感光性着色組成物を用いた場合には、透明性に優れたカラーフィルタが得られる。 When dispersing the colorant (D) in the resin (B) and / or solvent, a pigment derivative can be appropriately contained together with an optional dispersant. The pigment derivative is excellent in dispersion of the pigment and has a large effect of preventing reaggregation of the pigment after dispersion. Therefore, the pigment derivative is used together with an optional dispersant to disperse the pigment in the resin (B) and / or the solvent. When the photosensitive coloring composition is used, a color filter excellent in transparency can be obtained.
 顔料誘導体とは、有機顔料に置換基を導入した化合物であり、有機顔料には、一般に顔料とは呼ばれていないナフタレン系、アントラキノン系等の淡黄色の芳香族多環化合物も含まれる。顔料誘導体としては、特開昭63-305173号公報、特公昭57-15620号公報、特公昭59-40172号公報、特公昭63-17102号公報、特公平5-9469号公報等に記載されているものを使用でき、これらは単独でまたは2種類以上を混合して用いることができる。
 顔料誘導体は、着色剤(D)100重量部に対して、0.1~40重量部、好ましくは0.1~30重量部の量で用いることができる。
The pigment derivative is a compound in which a substituent is introduced into an organic pigment, and the organic pigment also includes light yellow aromatic polycyclic compounds such as naphthalene and anthraquinone that are not generally called pigments. Examples of pigment derivatives are described in JP-A-63-305173, JP-B-57-15620, JP-B-59-40172, JP-B-63-17102, JP-B-5-9469, and the like. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The pigment derivative can be used in an amount of 0.1 to 40 parts by weight, preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the colorant (D).
 本発明の実施形態による感光性着色組成物は、溶剤現像型あるいはアルカリ現像型着色レジスト材の形態で調製することができる。着色レジスト材は、アルカリ可溶性の樹脂(B)と、光重合性化合物(C)と、光重合開始剤(A)と溶剤を含有する組成物中に着色剤(D)を任意の分散剤と共に分散させたものである。 The photosensitive coloring composition according to the embodiment of the present invention can be prepared in the form of a solvent development type or alkali development type colored resist material. The colored resist material is a composition containing an alkali-soluble resin (B), a photopolymerizable compound (C), a photopolymerization initiator (A) and a solvent together with an optional dispersant. It is dispersed.
 感光性着色組成物は、遠心分離、焼結フィルタ、メンブレンフィルタ等の手段にて、5μm以上の粗大粒子、好ましくは1μm以上の粗大粒子、さらに好ましくは0.5μm以上の粗大粒子および混入した塵の除去を行うことが好ましい。 The photosensitive coloring composition is obtained by means of centrifugal separation, sintering filter, membrane filter or the like, coarse particles of 5 μm or more, preferably coarse particles of 1 μm or more, more preferably coarse particles of 0.5 μm or more and mixed dust. Is preferably removed.
<カラーフィルタ>
 次に、本発明のカラーフィルタについて説明する。
 本発明の実施形態によるカラーフィルタは、透明基板上に、本発明の感光性着色組成物から形成されるフィルタセグメントまたはブラックマトリックスを備えるものであり、一般的なカラーフィルタは、少なくとも1つの赤色フィルタセグメント、少なくとも1つの緑色フィルタセグメント、および少なくとも1つの青色フィルタセグメントを具備、または少なくとも1つのマゼンタ色フィルタセグメント、少なくとも1つのシアン色フィルタセグメント、および少なくとも1つのイエロー色フィルタセグメントを具備しうる。
<Color filter>
Next, the color filter of the present invention will be described.
A color filter according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a filter segment or a black matrix formed from the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention on a transparent substrate, and a general color filter includes at least one red filter. A segment, at least one green filter segment, and at least one blue filter segment, or at least one magenta filter segment, at least one cyan filter segment, and at least one yellow filter segment.
 透明基板としては、ソーダ石灰ガラス、低アルカリ硼珪酸ガラス、無アルカリアルミノ硼珪酸ガラスなどのガラス板や、ポリカーボネート、ポリメタクリル酸メチル、ポリエチレンテレフタレートなどの樹脂板が用いられうる。また、ガラス板や樹脂板の表面には、パネル化後の液晶駆動のために、酸化インジウム、酸化錫などからなる透明電極が形成されていてもよい。
 フィルタセグメントおよびブラックマトリックスの乾燥膜厚は、0.2~10μmであることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.2~5μmである。塗布膜を乾燥させる際には、減圧乾燥機、コンベクションオーブン、IRオーブン、ホットプレート等を使用してもよい。
As the transparent substrate, a glass plate such as soda-lime glass, low alkali borosilicate glass, non-alkali aluminoborosilicate glass, or a resin plate such as polycarbonate, polymethyl methacrylate, polyethylene terephthalate can be used. In addition, a transparent electrode made of indium oxide, tin oxide, or the like may be formed on the surface of the glass plate or the resin plate in order to drive the liquid crystal after forming the panel.
The dry film thickness of the filter segment and the black matrix is preferably 0.2 to 10 μm, more preferably 0.2 to 5 μm. When drying the coating film, a vacuum dryer, a convection oven, an IR oven, a hot plate, or the like may be used.
 フォトリソグラフィー法による各色フィルタセグメントおよびブラックマトリックスの形成は、下記の方法で行いうる。すなわち、溶剤現像型あるいはアルカリ現像型着色レジスト材として調製した感光性着色組成物を、透明基板上に、スプレーコートやスピンコート、スリットコート、ロールコート等の塗布方法により、乾燥膜厚が0.2~10μmとなるように塗布する。必要により乾燥された膜には、この膜と接触あるいは非接触状態で設けられた所定のパターンを有するマスクを通して紫外線露光を行う。 The formation of each color filter segment and the black matrix by the photolithography method can be performed by the following method. That is, the photosensitive coloring composition prepared as a solvent developing type or alkali developing type colored resist material has a dry film thickness of 0. 0 on a transparent substrate by a coating method such as spray coating, spin coating, slit coating or roll coating. Apply to 2 to 10 μm. If necessary, the dried film is exposed to ultraviolet light through a mask having a predetermined pattern provided in contact with or non-contact with the film.
 その後、溶剤またはアルカリ現像液に浸漬するか、もしくはスプレーなどにより現像液を噴霧して未硬化部を除去し所望のパターンを形成してフィルタセグメントおよびブラックマトリックスを形成することができる。さらに、現像により形成されたフィルタセグメントおよびブラックマトリックスの重合を促進するため、必要に応じて加熱を施すこともできる。フォトリソグラフィー法によれば、印刷法より精度の高いフィルタセグメントおよびブラックマトリックスが形成できる。 Thereafter, the filter segment and the black matrix can be formed by immersing in a solvent or an alkali developer, or spraying the developer with a spray or the like to remove an uncured portion to form a desired pattern. Furthermore, in order to accelerate the polymerization of the filter segment and the black matrix formed by development, heating can be performed as necessary. According to the photolithography method, it is possible to form a filter segment and a black matrix with higher accuracy than the printing method.
 現像に際しては、アルカリ現像液として炭酸ナトリウム、水酸化ナトリウム等の水溶液が使用され、ジメチルベンジルアミン、トリエタノールアミン等の有機アルカリを用いることもできる。また、現像液には、消泡剤や界面活性剤を添加することもできる。
 現像処理方法としては、シャワー現像法、スプレー現像法、ディップ(浸漬)現像法、パドル(液盛り)現像法等を適用することができる。
 なお、紫外線露光感度を上げるために、上記感光性着色組成物を塗布乾燥後、水溶性あるいはアルカリ可溶性樹脂、例えばポリビニルアルコールや水溶性アクリル樹脂等を塗布乾燥し、酸素による重合阻害を防止する膜を形成した後、紫外線露光を行うこともできる。
In development, an aqueous solution such as sodium carbonate or sodium hydroxide is used as an alkali developer, and an organic alkali such as dimethylbenzylamine or triethanolamine can also be used. Moreover, an antifoamer and surfactant can also be added to a developing solution.
As a development processing method, a shower development method, a spray development method, a dip (immersion) development method, a paddle (liquid accumulation) development method, or the like can be applied.
In order to increase the UV exposure sensitivity, the photosensitive coloring composition is applied and dried, and then a water-soluble or alkali-soluble resin such as polyvinyl alcohol or a water-soluble acrylic resin is applied and dried to prevent polymerization inhibition due to oxygen. After forming, UV exposure can also be performed.
 本発明には少なくとも以下の実施形態が含まれる。
[1]
 下記一般式(1)で表される光重合開始剤(A)と、樹脂(B)と、光重合性化合物(C)と、着色剤(D)とを含有することを特徴とする感光性着色組成物。
 一般式(1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
〔一般式(1)において、R、R、R、Rは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、置換もしくは未置換のアルケニル基、置換もしくは未置換のアルキル基、置換もしくは未置換のアルキルオキシ基、置換もしくは未置換のアリール基、置換もしくは未置換のアリールオキシ基、置換もしくは未置換の複素環基、置換もしくは未置換の複素環オキシ基、置換もしくは未置換のアルキルスルファニル基、置換もしくは未置換のアリールスルファニル基、置換もしくは未置換のアシル基、または置換もしくは未置換のアミノ基を表す。〕
[2]
 さらにその他の光重合開始剤(Y)を含むことを特徴とする[1]に記載の感光性着色組成物。
[3]
 その他の光重合開始剤(Y)が、アセトフェノン系化合物、ホスフィン系化合物、およびイミダゾール系化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種類の化合物を含むことを特徴とする[2]に記載の感光性着色組成物。
[4]
 さらにシランカップリング剤(S)を含むことを特徴とする[1]~[3]のいずれかに記載の感光性着色組成物。
[5]
 さらに多官能チオール(F)を含むことを特徴とする[1]~[4]のいずれかに記載の感光性着色組成物。
[6]
 透明基板上に、[1]~[5]のいずれかに記載した感光性着色組成物から形成されるフィルタセグメントまたはブラックマトリックスを備えることを特徴とするカラーフィルタ。
The present invention includes at least the following embodiments.
[1]
Photosensitivity characterized by containing a photopolymerization initiator (A) represented by the following general formula (1), a resin (B), a photopolymerizable compound (C), and a colorant (D). Coloring composition.
General formula (1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
[In General Formula (1), R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted group. Alkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxy group, substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic oxy group, substituted Alternatively, it represents an unsubstituted alkylsulfanyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfanyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted acyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group. ]
[2]
The photosensitive coloring composition according to [1], further comprising another photopolymerization initiator (Y).
[3]
The photosensitive coloring according to [2], wherein the other photopolymerization initiator (Y) includes at least one compound selected from the group consisting of an acetophenone compound, a phosphine compound, and an imidazole compound. Composition.
[4]
The photosensitive coloring composition as described in any one of [1] to [3], further comprising a silane coupling agent (S).
[5]
The photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of [1] to [4], further comprising a polyfunctional thiol (F).
[6]
A color filter comprising a filter segment or a black matrix formed from the photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of [1] to [5] on a transparent substrate.
[7]
 下記一般式(1)で表される光重合開始剤(A)と、樹脂(B)と、光重合性化合物(C)と、着色剤(D)と、分散剤とを含有することを特徴とする感光性着色組成物であって、樹脂(B)、着色剤(D)および分散剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも一つが、オキセタン基を有することを特徴とする感光性着色組成物。
一般式(1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
〔一般式(1)において、R、R、R、Rは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、置換もしくは未置換のアルケニル基、置換もしくは未置換のアルキル基、置換もしくは未置換のアルキルオキシ基、置換もしくは未置換のアリール基、置換もしくは未置換のアリールオキシ基、置換もしくは未置換の複素環基、置換もしくは未置換の複素環オキシ基、置換もしくは未置換のアルキルスルファニル基、置換もしくは未置換のアリールスルファニル基、置換もしくは未置換のアシル基、または置換もしくは未置換のアミノ基を表す。〕
[8]
 分散剤が、オキセタン基を有し、
 該分散剤が、
 テトラカルボン酸無水物(b1)及びトリカルボン酸無水物(b2)から選ばれる一種以上の酸無水物(b)中の酸無水物基と水酸基含有化合物(a)中の水酸基とを反応させてなる、カルボキシル基を有するポリエステル部分X1’と、
 エチレン性不飽和単量体(c)をラジカル重合してなるビニル重合体部分X2’と
を有する分散剤(X)を含有し、かつ部分X2’がオキセタン基を有することを特徴とする[7]に記載の感光性着色組成物。
[9]
 さらにその他の光重合開始剤(Y)を含むことを特徴とする[7]または[8]に記載の感光性着色組成物。
[10]
 その他の光重合開始剤(Y)が、アセトフェノン系化合物、ホスフィン系化合物、およびイミダゾール系化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種類の化合物を含むことを特徴とする[9]に記載の感光性着色組成物。
[11]
 さらに多官能チオール(F)を含むことを特徴とする[7]~[10]のいずれかに記載の感光性着色組成物。
[12]
 透明基板上に、[7]~[11]のいずれかに記載した感光性着色組成物から形成されるフィルタセグメントまたはブラックマトリックスを備えることを特徴とするカラーフィルタ。
[7]
It contains a photopolymerization initiator (A) represented by the following general formula (1), a resin (B), a photopolymerizable compound (C), a colorant (D), and a dispersant. A photosensitive coloring composition, wherein at least one selected from the group consisting of a resin (B), a colorant (D), and a dispersant has an oxetane group.
General formula (1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
[In General Formula (1), R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted group. Alkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxy group, substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic oxy group, substituted Alternatively, it represents an unsubstituted alkylsulfanyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfanyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted acyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group. ]
[8]
The dispersant has an oxetane group,
The dispersant is
An acid anhydride group in one or more acid anhydrides (b) selected from tetracarboxylic acid anhydride (b1) and tricarboxylic acid anhydride (b2) is reacted with a hydroxyl group in the hydroxyl group-containing compound (a). Polyester part X1 ′ having a carboxyl group;
It contains a dispersant (X) having a vinyl polymer portion X2 ′ obtained by radical polymerization of an ethylenically unsaturated monomer (c), and the portion X2 ′ has an oxetane group [7 ] The photosensitive coloring composition of description.
[9]
Furthermore, other photoinitiator (Y) is contained, The photosensitive coloring composition as described in [7] or [8] characterized by the above-mentioned.
[10]
The other photopolymerization initiator (Y) contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of an acetophenone compound, a phosphine compound, and an imidazole compound, and the photosensitive coloring according to [9] Composition.
[11]
The photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of [7] to [10], further comprising a polyfunctional thiol (F).
[12]
A color filter comprising a filter segment or a black matrix formed from the photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of [7] to [11] on a transparent substrate.
 以下に、実施例により本発明の実施形態を具体的に説明するが、本発明は以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be specifically described by way of examples. However, the present invention is not limited to the following examples.
 この実施例セクションの前半で実施例1~30の群が記載され、後半で実施例31~52の群が記載される。それぞれの群について、まず、実施例および比較例で用いたアクリル樹脂溶液、および顔料分散体の製造方法について説明した後に、感光性着色組成物の調製および評価について説明する。樹脂の分子量は、装置としてHLC-8220GPC(東ソー株式会社製)を用い、カラムとしてTSK-GEL SUPER HZM-Nを2連でつなげて使用し、溶媒としてTHFを用いて測定したポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量である。実施例および比較例中、「部」とは「重量部」を意味する。 The group of Examples 1 to 30 is described in the first half of this Example section, and the group of Examples 31 to 52 is described in the latter half. For each group, first, the acrylic resin solutions used in Examples and Comparative Examples and the method for producing the pigment dispersion are described, and then the preparation and evaluation of the photosensitive coloring composition are described. The molecular weight of the resin is the weight average in terms of polystyrene measured using HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) as the apparatus, TSK-GEL SUPER HZM-N connected in series as the column, and THF as the solvent. Molecular weight. In the examples and comparative examples, “parts” means “parts by weight”.
実施例1~30について About Examples 1-30
<微細化緑色顔料の製造方法>
(緑色微細化処理顔料(G-2))
 三つ口フラスコに、98%硫酸500部、下記式(7)で表されるフタロシアニン顔料50部とN-メチルピロリドンを500部、及びリン酸ジフェニル13.9部を加え、90℃に加熱し8時間反応させた。これを室温まで冷却後、生成物をろ過し、メタノールで洗浄後、乾燥させて、フタロシアニン顔料G-2を得た。得られた顔料の平均一次粒子径は30nmであった。
<Production method of refined green pigment>
(Green refined pigment (G-2))
In a three-necked flask, add 500 parts of 98% sulfuric acid, 50 parts of a phthalocyanine pigment represented by the following formula (7), 500 parts of N-methylpyrrolidone, and 13.9 parts of diphenyl phosphate, and heat to 90 ° C. The reaction was allowed for 8 hours. After cooling this to room temperature, the product was filtered, washed with methanol, and dried to obtain phthalocyanine pigment G-2. The average primary particle diameter of the obtained pigment was 30 nm.
(緑色微細化処理顔料(G-3))
 三つ口フラスコに、98%硫酸500部、下記式(7)で表されるフタロシアニン顔料50部、1,2-ジブロモ-5,5-ジメチルヒダントイン(DBDMH)129.3部を加え撹拌し、20℃、6時間、反応させた。その後、3℃の氷水5000部に上記反応混合物を注入し、析出した固体をろ取し、水洗した。ビーカーに2.5%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液500部、ろ取した残渣を加え、80℃、1時間撹拌した。その後、この混合物をろ取、水洗、乾燥して、フタロシアニン環に臭素原子が平均で10.1個置換された顔料を得た。
 次に、3口フラスコに、N-メチルピロリドンを500部、得られたフタロシアニン環に臭素原子が平均で10.1個置換された顔料を50部及びリン酸ジフェニル13.9部を加え、90℃に加熱し8時間反応させた。これを室温まで冷却後、生成物をろ過し、メタノールで洗浄後、乾燥させて、フタロシアニン顔料G-3を得た。得られた顔料の平均一次粒子径は30nmであった。
(Green refined pigment (G-3))
To a three-necked flask, 500 parts of 98% sulfuric acid, 50 parts of a phthalocyanine pigment represented by the following formula (7), and 129.3 parts of 1,2-dibromo-5,5-dimethylhydantoin (DBDMH) were added and stirred. The reaction was carried out at 20 ° C. for 6 hours. Thereafter, the reaction mixture was poured into 5000 parts of ice water at 3 ° C., and the precipitated solid was collected by filtration and washed with water. To a beaker, 500 parts of a 2.5% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution and the residue collected by filtration were added and stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour. Thereafter, this mixture was collected by filtration, washed with water, and dried to obtain a pigment having an average of 10.1 bromine atoms substituted on the phthalocyanine ring.
Next, 500 parts of N-methylpyrrolidone, 50 parts of a pigment having an average of 10.1 bromine atoms substituted on the resulting phthalocyanine ring, and 13.9 parts of diphenyl phosphate were added to a three-necked flask. The mixture was heated to 0 ° C. and reacted for 8 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the product was filtered, washed with methanol, and dried to obtain phthalocyanine pigment G-3. The average primary particle diameter of the obtained pigment was 30 nm.
式(7)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Formula (7)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
<微細化青色顔料の製造方法>
(青色微細化処理顔料(B-2))
 98%硫酸1000部に、公知の方法で合成した粗製銅フタロシアニン90部、化学式(8)で示される分散剤10部を添加し、30℃で2時間撹拌した後、アスピレータを用いて5000部の水と混合し銅フタロシアニン粒子が析出した水溶液を得た。得られた水溶液を30分撹拌後、濾過・水洗・乾燥・粉砕して青色顔料組成物(B-2)を95部得た。得られた青色顔料組成物1について、X線回折装置(RIGAKU社製RINT2000)で2θ=5~35°までのX線回折パターンを確認したところ、6.94°付近および9.76°付近にα型銅フタロシアニンに特長的なピークが確認され、6.9°付近、9.0°付近、12.4°付近のβ型銅フタロシアニンに特長的なピークは確認されなかったため、α型銅フタロシアニン(C.I.Pigment Blue15)であることを確認した。
<Method for producing fine blue pigment>
(Blue refined pigment (B-2))
To 1000 parts of 98% sulfuric acid, 90 parts of a crude copper phthalocyanine synthesized by a known method and 10 parts of a dispersant represented by the chemical formula (8) were added and stirred at 30 ° C. for 2 hours. An aqueous solution in which copper phthalocyanine particles were precipitated was obtained by mixing with water. The obtained aqueous solution was stirred for 30 minutes and then filtered, washed with water, dried and pulverized to obtain 95 parts of a blue pigment composition (B-2). The obtained blue pigment composition 1 was confirmed to have an X-ray diffraction pattern of 2θ = 5 to 35 ° with an X-ray diffractometer (RINTKU manufactured by RIGAKU), and found to be around 6.94 ° and 9.76 °. A characteristic peak was confirmed for α-type copper phthalocyanine, and no characteristic peak was confirmed for β-type copper phthalocyanine at around 6.9 °, around 9.0 °, and around 12.4 °. (CIPigment Blue 15) was confirmed.
式(8)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Formula (8)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(青色微細化処理顔料(B-3))
 公知の方法で合成した粗製銅フタロシアニン85部、化学式(8)で示される分散剤15部、塩化ナトリウム1000部、ジエチレングリコール280部を井上製作所社製ステンレス1ガロンニーダーに仕込み、70℃で8時間混練した。混練後45℃の酢酸―酢酸ナトリウムのバッファー水溶液(pH4.0)20000部に取り出し、1時間保温攪拌後、濾過・水洗・乾燥・粉砕し青色顔料組成物(B-3)を96部得た。得られた青色顔料組成物2について、X線回折装置(RIGAKU社製RINT2000)で2θ=5~35°までのX線回折パターンを確認したところ、6.9°付近、9.0°付近、12.4°付近のβ型銅フタロシアニンに特長的なピークが確認され、6.94°付近および9.76°付近のα型銅フタロシアニンに特長的なピークが確認されず、また、7.5°付近、9.1°付近のε型銅フタロシアニンに特長的なピークは確認されなかったため、β型銅フタロシアニン(C.I.Pigment Blue15:2)であることを確認した。
(Blue refined pigment (B-3))
85 parts of crude copper phthalocyanine synthesized by a known method, 15 parts of a dispersant represented by the chemical formula (8), 1000 parts of sodium chloride, and 280 parts of diethylene glycol were charged into a stainless steel 1 gallon kneader manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho and kneaded at 70 ° C. for 8 hours. did. After kneading, it was taken out to 20000 parts of a 45 ° C. acetic acid-sodium acetate buffer aqueous solution (pH 4.0), stirred while keeping it warm for 1 hour, filtered, washed with water, dried and ground to obtain 96 parts of a blue pigment composition (B-3). . With respect to the obtained blue pigment composition 2, when an X-ray diffraction pattern of 2θ = 5 to 35 ° was confirmed with an X-ray diffractometer (RINTKU manufactured by Rigaku), about 6.9 °, about 9.0 °, A characteristic peak is confirmed in β-type copper phthalocyanine near 12.4 °, and no characteristic peak is confirmed in α-type copper phthalocyanine near 6.94 ° and 9.76 °. Since no peak characteristic of ε-type copper phthalocyanine near ° and 9.1 ° was confirmed, it was confirmed to be β-type copper phthalocyanine (CIPigment Blue 15: 2).
 <造塩化合物Vの製造方法>
 下記の手順でC.I.アシッド レッド 52と4級アンモニウム塩化合物であるトリステアリルモノメチルアンモニウムクロライドとからなる造塩化合物(V)を作製した。10%水溶液になるよう、C.I.アシッド レッド 52を水に溶解させ、30~50℃に加熱した後、メタノール/水=20/80溶液に5%溶液になるようトリステアリルモノメチルアンモニウムクロライドを溶解し、少しずつ滴下していく。またトリステアリルモノメチルアンモニウムクロライドは固体として用いても良い。トリステアリルモノメチルアンモニウムクロライドを滴下した後、30~50℃で3時間攪拌し十分に反応を行う。攪拌しながら室温まで放冷した後、吸引濾過を行い、水洗後、濾紙上に残った造塩化合物を乾燥機にて水分を除去して乾燥して、C.I.アシッド レッド52とトリステアリルモノメチルアンモニウムクロライドとの造塩化合物、造塩化合物(V)を得た。
<Method for Producing Salt-Forming Compound V>
In the following procedure, C.I. I. A salt-forming compound (V) composed of Acid Red 52 and tristearyl monomethylammonium chloride which is a quaternary ammonium salt compound was prepared. C. so as to obtain a 10% aqueous solution. I. Acid Red 52 is dissolved in water and heated to 30 to 50 ° C., then tristearyl monomethylammonium chloride is dissolved in a methanol / water = 20/80 solution to form a 5% solution and added dropwise little by little. Tristearyl monomethylammonium chloride may be used as a solid. After dropwise addition of tristearyl monomethylammonium chloride, the mixture is stirred at 30 to 50 ° C. for 3 hours and sufficiently reacted. After cooling to room temperature with stirring, suction filtration is performed, and after washing with water, the salt-forming compound remaining on the filter paper is dried by removing moisture with a dryer. I. A salt-forming compound of acid red 52 and tristearyl monomethylammonium chloride, a salt-forming compound (V) was obtained.
<アクリル樹脂溶液の製造方法>
[アクリル樹脂溶液の調製]
(段階1:樹脂主鎖の重合)
 セパラブル4口フラスコに温度計、冷却管、窒素ガス導入管、撹拌装置を取り付けた反応容器にプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMAC)100部を入れ、容器に窒素ガスを注入しながら120℃に加熱して、同温度で滴下管よりスチレン14部、ジシクロペンタニルメタクリレート29部、グリシジルメタクリレート57部、およびこの段階における前駆体の反応に要する触媒としてアゾビスイソブチロニトリル1.0部の混合物を2.5時間かけて滴下し重合反応を行った。
<Method for producing acrylic resin solution>
[Preparation of acrylic resin solution]
(Step 1: Polymerization of resin main chain)
Place 100 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMAC) in a reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, cooling tube, nitrogen gas inlet tube, and stirrer in a separable four-necked flask, and heat to 120 ° C while injecting nitrogen gas into the vessel. At the same temperature, a mixture of 14 parts styrene, 29 parts dicyclopentanyl methacrylate, 57 parts glycidyl methacrylate, and 1.0 part azobisisobutyronitrile as a catalyst required for the reaction of the precursor at this stage. The polymerization reaction was carried out dropwise over 2.5 hours.
(段階2:エポキシ基への反応)
 次にフラスコ内を空気置換し、アクリル酸29部およびこの段階における前駆体の反応に要する触媒としてトリスジメチルアミノメチルフェノール0.3部、及びハイドロキノン0.3部を投入し、120℃で5時間反応を行い、重量平均分子量(Mw)が約10500の樹脂溶液を得た。投入したアクリル酸はグリシジルメタクリレート構成単位のエポキシ基末端にエステル結合するので樹脂構造中にカルボキシル基を生じない。
(Step 2: Reaction to epoxy group)
Next, the inside of the flask was purged with air, and 29 parts of acrylic acid and 0.3 part of trisdimethylaminomethylphenol and 0.3 part of hydroquinone were added as catalysts required for the reaction of the precursor at this stage, and the mixture was heated at 120 ° C. for 5 hours. Reaction was performed and the resin solution whose weight average molecular weight (Mw) is about 10500 was obtained. Since the added acrylic acid is ester-bonded to the end of the epoxy group of the glycidyl methacrylate structural unit, no carboxyl group is generated in the resin structure.
(段階3:水酸基への反応)
 さらにテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸46部およびこの段階における前駆体の反応に要する触媒として、トリエチルアミン0.5部を加え120℃で4時間反応させた。加えたテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸は無水カルボン酸部位が開裂して生じた2個のカルボキシル基の一方が樹脂構造中の水酸基にエステル結合し、他方がカルボキシル基末端を生じさせる。
(Step 3: Reaction to hydroxyl group)
Furthermore, as a catalyst required for the reaction of 46 parts of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride and the precursor at this stage, 0.5 part of triethylamine was added and reacted at 120 ° C. for 4 hours. In the added tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, one of two carboxyl groups generated by cleavage of the carboxylic anhydride moiety is ester-bonded to a hydroxyl group in the resin structure, and the other produces a carboxyl group terminal.
(段階4:不揮発分の調整)
 不揮発分が20重量%になるようにプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを添加してアクリル樹脂溶液を得た。重量平均分子量(Mw)が11500、酸価は103mgKOH/gであった。
(Step 4: Adjustment of nonvolatile content)
Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added so that the nonvolatile content was 20% by weight to obtain an acrylic resin solution. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 11500, and the acid value was 103 mgKOH / g.
<顔料分散体の製造方法>
[赤色顔料分散体の調製]
 下記の組成の混合物を均一に撹拌混合した後、直径1mmのジルコニアビーズを用いて、アイガーミル(アイガージャパン社製「ミニモデルM-250 MKII」)で5時間分散した後、5μmのフィルタで濾過し赤色顔料分散体P-Rを作製した。
ジケトピロロピロール系顔料(C.I.Pigment Red 254)   :7.02部
 (BASF社製「イルガフォーレッドB-CF」)
アントラキノン系顔料(C.I. Pigment Red 177)     : 1.38部
 (BASF社製「クロモフタールレッドA2B」)
ニッケルアゾ錯体系顔料(C.I. Pigment Yellow 150)   :0.80部
 (ランクセス社製「E4GN」)
樹脂型顔料分散剤                    :2.05部
 (日本ルーブリゾール社製「ソルスパース20000」)
ジケトピロロピロール系顔料誘導体            :2.00部
 式(9)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018

アクリル樹脂溶液                   :13.75部
シクロヘキサノン                   :73.00部
<Method for producing pigment dispersion>
[Preparation of red pigment dispersion]
After the mixture having the following composition is uniformly stirred and mixed, it is dispersed with an Eiger mill (“Mini Model M-250 MKII” manufactured by Eiger Japan) for 5 hours using zirconia beads having a diameter of 1 mm, and then filtered through a 5 μm filter. A red pigment dispersion PR was prepared.
Diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (CIPigment Red 254): 7.02 parts ("Irga Four Red B-CF" manufactured by BASF)
Anthraquinone pigment (CI Pigment Red 177): 1.38 parts ("chromofal red A2B" manufactured by BASF)
Nickel azo complex pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 150): 0.80 part ("E4GN" manufactured by LANXESS)
Resin-type pigment dispersant: 2.05 parts (“Solsperse 20000” manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol)
Diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment derivative: 2.00 parts Formula (9)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018

Acrylic resin solution: 13.75 parts cyclohexanone: 73.00 parts
[緑色顔料分散体の調製P-G1]
下記の組成の混合物を使用し、赤色顔料分散体と同様にして緑色顔料分散体P-G1を作製した。
亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料(C.I.Pigment Green 58)     :8.95部
 (DIC社製「FASTOGENGREENA110」)
モノアゾ系顔料(C.I.Pigment Yellow 150))        :2.75部
 (ランクセス社製「E4GN」)
樹脂型顔料分散剤                     :4.90部
 (BASF社製「EFKA4300」)
プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート    :83.40部
[Preparation of Green Pigment Dispersion P-G1]
Using a mixture having the following composition, a green pigment dispersion P-G1 was produced in the same manner as the red pigment dispersion.
Zinc phthalocyanine pigment (CIPigment Green 58): 8.95 parts (“FASTOGENGREENA110” manufactured by DIC)
Monoazo pigment (CIPigment Yellow 150)): 2.75 parts ("E4GN" manufactured by LANXESS)
Resin-type pigment dispersant: 4.90 parts (“EFKA4300” manufactured by BASF)
Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate: 83.40 parts
[緑色顔料分散体の調製P-G2]
下記の組成の混合物を使用し、赤色顔料分散体と同様にして緑色顔料分散体P-G2を作製した。
フタロシアニン顔料 G-2                 :3.4部
キノフタロン系顔料(C.I.Pigment Yellow 138)       :7.6部
 (BASF社製「パリオトールイエローK0961HD」)
樹脂型顔料分散剤(ビッグケミー社製「BYK-LPN6919」:5.5部
アクリル樹脂溶液                     :28.5部
プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート     :39.0部
シクロヘキサノン                     :16.0部
[Preparation of green pigment dispersion P-G2]
Using a mixture having the following composition, a green pigment dispersion P-G2 was prepared in the same manner as the red pigment dispersion.
Phthalocyanine pigment G-2: 3.4 parts quinophthalone pigment (CIPigment Yellow 138): 7.6 parts ("Pariotol Yellow K0961HD" manufactured by BASF)
Resin-type pigment dispersant ("BYK-LPN6919" manufactured by Big Chemie): 5.5 parts acrylic resin solution: 28.5 parts propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate: 39.0 parts cyclohexanone: 16.0 parts
[緑色顔料分散体の調製P-G3]
下記の組成の混合物を使用し、赤色顔料分散体と同様にして緑色顔料分散体P-G3を作製した。
フタロシアニン顔料 G-3                 :3.4部
キノフタロン系顔料(C.I.Pigment Yellow 138)       :7.6部
 (BASF社製「パリオトールイエローK0961HD」)
樹脂型顔料分散剤(ビッグケミー社製「BYK-LPN6919」):5.5部
アクリル樹脂溶液                     :28.5部
プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート     :39.0部
シクロヘキサノン                     :16.0部
[Preparation of green pigment dispersion P-G3]
Using a mixture having the following composition, a green pigment dispersion P-G3 was produced in the same manner as the red pigment dispersion.
Phthalocyanine pigment G-3: 3.4 parts quinophthalone pigment (CIPigment Yellow 138): 7.6 parts ("Pariotol Yellow K0961HD" manufactured by BASF)
Resin type pigment dispersant ("BYK-LPN6919" manufactured by Big Chemie): 5.5 parts Acrylic resin solution: 28.5 parts Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate: 39.0 parts Cyclohexanone: 16.0 parts
[青色顔料分散体の調製P-B1]
 下記の組成の混合物を使用し、赤色顔料分散体と同様にして青色顔料分散体P-B1を作製した。
ε型銅フタロシアニン顔料(C.I.Pigment Blue15:6)    :11.20部
 (BASF製「ヘリオゲンブルーL-6700F」)
樹脂型顔料分散剤                    :4.62部
 (日本ルーブリゾール社製「ソルスパース20000」)
アクリル樹脂溶液                    :1.00部
シクロヘキサノン                   :83.18部
[Preparation of blue pigment dispersion P-B1]
Using a mixture having the following composition, a blue pigment dispersion P-B1 was produced in the same manner as the red pigment dispersion.
ε-type copper phthalocyanine pigment (CIPigment Blue 15: 6): 11.20 parts (“Heliogen Blue L-6700F” manufactured by BASF)
Resin type pigment dispersant: 4.62 parts (“Solsperse 20000” manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol)
Acrylic resin solution: 1.00 parts Cyclohexanone: 83.18 parts
[青色顔料分散体の調製P-B2]
 下記の組成の混合物を使用し、赤色顔料分散体と同様にして青色顔料分散体P-B2を作製した。
青色顔料組成物 B-2                :11.20部
樹脂型顔料分散剤                   :4.62部
 (日本ルーブリゾール社製「ソルスパース20000」)
アクリル樹脂溶液                   :1.00部
シクロヘキサノン                   :83.18部
[Preparation of blue pigment dispersion P-B2]
Using a mixture having the following composition, a blue pigment dispersion P-B2 was prepared in the same manner as the red pigment dispersion.
Blue pigment composition B-2: 11.20 parts Resin-type pigment dispersant: 4.62 parts (“Solsperse 20000” manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol)
Acrylic resin solution: 1.00 parts Cyclohexanone: 83.18 parts
[青色顔料分散体の調製P-B3]
 下記の組成の混合物を使用し、赤色顔料分散体と同様にして青色顔料分散体P-B3を作製した。
青色顔料組成物 B-3                :11.20部
樹脂型顔料分散剤                    :4.62部
 (日本ルーブリゾール社製「ソルスパース20000」)
アクリル樹脂溶液                    :1.00部
シクロヘキサノン                   :83.18部
[Preparation of blue pigment dispersion P-B3]
Using a mixture having the following composition, a blue pigment dispersion P-B3 was prepared in the same manner as the red pigment dispersion.
Blue pigment composition B-3: 11.20 parts Resin type pigment dispersant: 4.62 parts (“Solsperse 20000” manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol)
Acrylic resin solution: 1.00 parts Cyclohexanone: 83.18 parts
 [造塩化合物含有樹脂溶液の製造方法]
 (造塩化合物含有樹脂溶液(SV)の作製)
 下記の混合物を均一になるように攪拌混合した後、5.0μmのフィルタで濾過し造塩化合物含有樹脂溶液(SV)を作製した。
造塩化合物(V)                   : 5.00部
アクリル樹脂溶液                   :50.00部
シクロヘキサノン                   :35.00部
プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート   :10.00部 
[Method for producing salt-forming compound-containing resin solution]
(Preparation of salt-forming compound-containing resin solution (SV))
The following mixture was stirred and mixed so as to be uniform, and then filtered through a 5.0 μm filter to prepare a salt-forming compound-containing resin solution (SV).
Salt-forming compound (V): 5.00 parts Acrylic resin solution: 50.00 parts Cyclohexanone: 35.00 parts Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate: 10.00 parts
[黒色顔料分散体の調製]
 下記の組成の混合物を使用し、赤色顔料分散体と同様にして黒色顔料分散体P-BKを作製した。
カーボンブラック(三菱化学社製「MA77」): 11.20部
樹脂型顔料分散剤 3.82部(日本ルーブリゾール社製「ソルスパース20000」)アクリル樹脂溶液: 4.90部
シクロヘキサノン: 80.08部
[Preparation of black pigment dispersion]
A black pigment dispersion P-BK was prepared in the same manner as the red pigment dispersion using a mixture having the following composition.
Carbon black (“MA77” manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation): 11.20 parts Resin-type pigment dispersant 3.82 parts (“Solsperse 20000” manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol) Acrylic resin solution: 4.90 parts Cyclohexanone: 80.08 parts
(感光性着色組成物の調製)
 表1~3に示す処方比率で各材料を混合・攪拌し、1μmのフィルタで濾過して、各色の感光性着色組成物を得た。
(Preparation of photosensitive coloring composition)
Each material was mixed and stirred at a formulation ratio shown in Tables 1 to 3, and filtered through a 1 μm filter to obtain a photosensitive coloring composition of each color.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
 表1~3中の記号について以下に示す。
・光重合開始剤A1:下記式(2)の構造の化合物
 式(2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022

・光重合開始剤A2:下記式(3)の構造の化合物
 式(3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
The symbols in Tables 1 to 3 are shown below.
Photopolymerization initiator A1: Compound having the structure of the following formula (2) Formula (2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022

Photopolymerization initiator A2: Compound having the structure of the following formula (3) Formula (3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
・光重合開始剤Y1:2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン
  (BASF社製「イルガキュア907」)
・光重合開始剤Y2:2-(ジメチルアミノ)-2-[(4-メチルフェニル)メチル]-1-[4-(4-モルホリニル)フェニル]-1-ブタノン
  (BASF社製「イルガキュア379」)
・光重合開始剤Y3:2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル-ジフェニル-ホスフィンオキサイド
  (BASF社製「ルシリンTPO」)
・光重合開始剤Y4:2,2’-ビス(o-クロロフェニル)-4,5,4’,5’-テトラフェニル-1,2’-ビイミダゾール
  (黒金化成社製「ビイミダゾール」)
・光重合開始剤Y5:エタン-1-オン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル],1-(O-アセチルオキシム)
  (BASF社製「イルガキュアOXE02」)
・増感剤E1:2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン
  (日本化薬社製「カヤキュアDETX-S」)
・増感剤E2:4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン
  (保土谷化学工業社製「EAB-F」)
Photopolymerization initiator Y1: 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropan-1-one (“Irgacure 907” manufactured by BASF)
Photopolymerization initiator Y2: 2- (dimethylamino) -2-[(4-methylphenyl) methyl] -1- [4- (4-morpholinyl) phenyl] -1-butanone (“Irgacure 379” manufactured by BASF) )
Photopolymerization initiator Y3: 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide ("Lucirin TPO" manufactured by BASF)
Photopolymerization initiator Y4: 2,2′-bis (o-chlorophenyl) -4,5,4 ′, 5′-tetraphenyl-1,2′-biimidazole (“Biimidazole” manufactured by Kurokin Kasei)
Photopolymerization initiator Y5: ethane-1-one, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl], 1- (O-acetyloxime)
(BASF "Irgacure OXE02")
・ Sensitizer E1: 2,4-diethylthioxanthone (“Kayacure DETX-S” manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
Sensitizer E2: 4,4′-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone (“EAB-F” manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.)
・光重合性化合物C:ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート
 (東亞合成社製「アロニックス M-402」)
・シランカップリング剤S1:3-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン
 (東レ・ダウコーニング社製「Z-6044」)
・シランカップリング剤S2:3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン
 (信越化学工業社製「KBE-503」)
・シランカップリング剤S3:3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン
 (信越化学工業社製「KBM-5103」)
  ・多官能チオールF1:トリメチロールプロパントリ(3-メルカプトブチレート)(昭和電工社製「TPMB」)
  ・多官能チオールF2:ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)(堺化学工業社製「PEMP」)
Photopolymerizable compound C: dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (“Aronix M-402” manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.)
Silane coupling agent S1: 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane (“Z-6044” manufactured by Toray Dow Corning)
Silane coupling agent S2: 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane (“KBE-503” manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
Silane coupling agent S3: 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (“KBM-5103” manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
Multifunctional thiol F1: Trimethylolpropane tri (3-mercaptobutyrate) (“TPMB” manufactured by Showa Denko KK)
Multifunctional thiol F2: pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate) (“PEMP” manufactured by Sakai Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
・酸化防止剤G1:2ペンタエリスリチル-テトラキス[3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート]
 (BASF社製「IRGANOX1010」)
・重合禁止剤H1:メチルハイドロキノン
 (精工化学社製「MH」)
Antioxidant G1: 2 pentaerythrityl-tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate]
("IRGANOX1010" manufactured by BASF)
-Polymerization inhibitor H1: Methyl hydroquinone ("MH" manufactured by Seiko Chemical Co., Ltd.)
・有機溶剤:シクロヘキサノン Organic solvent: cyclohexanone
 得られた感光性着色組成物について下記の方法で評価した。結果を表4~6に示す。 The obtained photosensitive coloring composition was evaluated by the following method. The results are shown in Tables 4-6.
[フィルタセグメントおよびブラックマトリックスのパターン形成]
 得られた感光性着色組成物をスピンコート法により10cm×10cmのガラス基板に塗工した後、クリーンオーブン中70℃で15分間加温して溶剤を除去し、約2μmの塗膜を得た。次いで、この基板を室温に冷却後、超高圧水銀ランプを用い、100μm幅(ピッチ200μm)および25μm幅(ピッチ50μm)ストライプパターンのフォトマスクを介して紫外線を露光した。その後、この基板を23℃の炭酸ナトリウム水溶液を用いてスプレー現像した後、イオン交換水で洗浄、風乾し、クリーンオーブン中230℃で30分間加熱した。スプレー現像は、それぞれの感光性着色組成物での塗膜について、現像残りなくパターン形成可能な最短時間で行い、これを適正現像時間とした。
 塗膜の膜厚は、Dektak 3030(日本真空技術社製)を用いて行った。
[Filter segment and black matrix pattern formation]
The obtained photosensitive coloring composition was applied to a 10 cm × 10 cm glass substrate by spin coating, and then the solvent was removed by heating at 70 ° C. for 15 minutes in a clean oven to obtain a coating film of about 2 μm. . Next, the substrate was cooled to room temperature, and then exposed to ultraviolet rays through a photomask having a stripe pattern of 100 μm width (pitch 200 μm) and 25 μm width (pitch 50 μm) using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp. Thereafter, the substrate was spray-developed using a sodium carbonate aqueous solution at 23 ° C., washed with ion-exchanged water, air-dried, and heated at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes in a clean oven. The spray development was performed in the shortest time during which a pattern can be formed without any development remaining on the coating film of each photosensitive coloring composition, and this was set as an appropriate development time.
The film thickness of the coating film was determined using Dektak 3030 (manufactured by Nippon Vacuum Technology Co., Ltd.).
[感度評価]
 上記方法で形成されたフィルタセグメントあるいはブラックマトリックスの100μmフォトマスク部分でのパターン膜厚を測定し、塗工後膜厚に対して90%以上となる最小露光量を評価した。最小露光量が小さい程、高感度で良好な感光性着色組成物となる。
評価のランクは次の通りである。
◎:30mJ/cm未満
○:30mJ/cm以上50mJ/cm未満
△:50mJ/cm以上100mJ/cm未満
×:100mJ/cm以上
[Sensitivity evaluation]
The film thickness of the pattern in the filter segment formed by the above method or the 100 μm photomask portion of the black matrix was measured, and the minimum exposure amount that was 90% or more with respect to the film thickness after coating was evaluated. The smaller the minimum exposure, the higher the sensitivity and the better the photosensitive coloring composition.
The rank of evaluation is as follows.
◎: less than 30mJ / cm 2 ○: 30mJ / cm 2 or more 50mJ / cm less than 2 △: 50mJ / cm 2 or more 100mJ / cm 2 less than ×: 100mJ / cm 2 or more
[直線性評価]
 上記方法で形成されたフィルタセグメントあるいはブラックマトリックスの100μmフォトマスク部分でのパターンについて、光学顕微鏡を用いて観察して評価を行った。評価のランクは次の通りである。
○:直線性良好
△:部分的に直線性不良
×:直線性不良
[Evaluation of linearity]
The pattern in the 100 μm photomask portion of the filter segment or black matrix formed by the above method was evaluated by observation using an optical microscope. The rank of evaluation is as follows.
○: Good linearity Δ: Partially poor linearity ×: Poor linearity
[パターン形状評価]
 上記方法で形成されたフィルタセグメントあるいはブラックマトリックスの100μmフォトマスク部分でのパターンの断面について、電子顕微鏡を用いて観察して評価を行った。パターン断面は順テーパーが良好である。評価のランクは次の通りである。
◎:断面がなだらかな順テーパー形状
○:断面が順テーパー形状
×:断面が逆テーパー形状
[Pattern shape evaluation]
The cross section of the pattern in the filter segment or the 100 μm photomask portion of the black matrix formed by the above method was evaluated by observing with an electron microscope. The pattern cross section has good forward taper. The rank of evaluation is as follows.
◎: Forward tapered shape with gentle cross section ○: Cross section with forward tapered shape ×: Cross section with reverse tapered shape
[解像性評価]
 上記方法で形成されたフィルタセグメントあるいはブラックマトリックスの25μmフォトマスク部分でのパターンについて、光学顕微鏡を用いて観察して評価を行った。評価のランクは次の通りである。解像性不良とは、隣接するストライプパターンが繋がったり、欠けが発生したりすることである。評価のランクは次の通りである。
◎:解像性および直線性良好
〇:直線性の点でやや劣るが解像性良好
△:直線性が劣り、部分的に欠けが発生する
×:解像性不良
[Resolution evaluation]
The pattern in the 25 μm photomask portion of the filter segment or black matrix formed by the above method was evaluated by observing with an optical microscope. The rank of evaluation is as follows. The poor resolution means that adjacent stripe patterns are connected or chipped. The rank of evaluation is as follows.
◎: Good resolution and linearity ○: Slightly inferior in linearity but good resolution △: Poor linearity and partial chipping ×: Poor resolution
[現像耐性評価]
 スプレー現像時に、適正時間の2倍で現像して形成されたフィルタセグメントあるいはブラックマトリックスの100μmフォトマスク部分でのパターン膜厚を測定し、適正現像時間で現像して形成されたパターン膜厚と比較した。評価のランクは次の通りである。◎:膜厚差20%以内
○:膜厚差20%より大きく、40%以内 
×:膜厚差が40%より大きい。又は欠けやハガレが発生
[Development resistance evaluation]
During spray development, measure the pattern film thickness at the 100μm photomask part of the filter segment or black matrix developed by developing twice the appropriate time, and compare with the pattern film thickness formed by developing at the appropriate development time did. The rank of evaluation is as follows. A: Film thickness difference within 20% B: Film thickness difference greater than 20%, within 40%
X: The film thickness difference is larger than 40%. Or chipping or peeling occurs
[薬品耐性評価]
 上記方法で形成されたフィルタセグメントあるいはブラックマトリックスをN-メチルピロリドン溶液に30分浸漬後、イオン交換水で洗浄、風乾し、100μmフォトマスク部分でのパターンについて光学顕微鏡を用いて観察して評価を行った。評価のランクは次の通りである。
◎:外観、色に変化なく良好
○:一部にシワ等が発生するが、色には変化なく良好
×:ハガレや色落ちが発生
[Evaluation of chemical resistance]
The filter segment or black matrix formed by the above method is immersed in an N-methylpyrrolidone solution for 30 minutes, then washed with ion-exchanged water, air-dried, and the pattern on the 100 μm photomask portion is observed and evaluated using an optical microscope. went. The rank of evaluation is as follows.
◎: Good with no change in appearance and color ○: Some wrinkles are generated, but good without change in color ×: Peeling or color fading occurs
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000026
 表4~6に示すように、実施例1~30の感光性着色組成物を用いて形成されたフィルタセグメントおよびブラックマトリックスは、感度、直線性および解像性が良好であり、本願の光重合開始剤(A)とその他の光重合開始剤(Y)と併用した実施例7~10、12、16~18、21~23、27~29は、パターン形状により優れた特性を示した。なかでもその他の光重合開始剤(Y)が2-(ジメチルアミノ)-2-[(4-メチルフェニル)メチル]-1-[4-(4-モルホリニル)フェニル]-1-ブタノンである実施例8、12、17、22、23は、さらに感度に優れていた。 As shown in Tables 4 to 6, the filter segments and the black matrix formed using the photosensitive coloring compositions of Examples 1 to 30 have good sensitivity, linearity and resolution, and the photopolymerization of the present application. Examples 7 to 10, 12, 16 to 18, 21 to 23, and 27 to 29 used in combination with the initiator (A) and the other photopolymerization initiator (Y) showed superior characteristics depending on the pattern shape. Among them, the other photopolymerization initiator (Y) is 2- (dimethylamino) -2-[(4-methylphenyl) methyl] -1- [4- (4-morpholinyl) phenyl] -1-butanone. Examples 8, 12, 17, 22, and 23 were further excellent in sensitivity.
 また、さらにシランカップリング剤(S)を含む実施例13~18、22、25、26は、非常に密着性に優れ、高解像度を示した。 Further, Examples 13 to 18, 22, 25, and 26 containing a silane coupling agent (S) were very excellent in adhesion and showed high resolution.
 また、さらに多官能チオール(F)を含む実施例19~21、23は、感度に優れていた。
 また、さらに酸化防止剤(G)または重合禁止剤(H)を含む実施例3、5、25、26は、解像性に優れていた。
 比較例1、2のように他のオキシムエステル系光重合開始剤を用いた場合は、感度が良好であってもパターン形状が不良となり、全ての評価項目が良好となるものは得られなかった。
 また、比較例3のように光重合性化合物(C)がない場合は、フィルタセグメントあるいはブラックマトリックスの形成不良が発生し、良好となるものは得られなかった。
Further, Examples 19 to 21 and 23 containing polyfunctional thiol (F) were excellent in sensitivity.
Further, Examples 3, 5, 25, and 26 further containing an antioxidant (G) or a polymerization inhibitor (H) were excellent in resolution.
When other oxime ester photopolymerization initiators were used as in Comparative Examples 1 and 2, the pattern shape was poor even when the sensitivity was good, and none of the evaluation items were good. .
Moreover, when there was no photopolymerizable compound (C) like the comparative example 3, the poor formation of a filter segment or a black matrix generate | occur | produced, and the thing which became favorable was not obtained.
実施例31~52について About Examples 31-52
<アクリル樹脂溶液の製造方法>
[アクリル樹脂溶液1の調製]
(段階1:樹脂主鎖の重合)
 セパラブル4口フラスコに温度計、冷却管、窒素ガス導入管、撹拌装置を取り付けた反応容器にプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMAC)100部を入れ、容器に窒素ガスを注入しながら120℃に加熱して、同温度で滴下管よりスチレン14部、ジシクロペンタニルメタクリレート29部、グリシジルメタクリレート57部、およびこの段階における前駆体の反応に要する触媒としてアゾビスイソブチロニトリル1.0部の混合物を2.5時間かけて滴下し重合反応を行った。
<Method for producing acrylic resin solution>
[Preparation of acrylic resin solution 1]
(Step 1: Polymerization of resin main chain)
Place 100 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMAC) in a reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, cooling tube, nitrogen gas inlet tube, and stirrer in a separable four-necked flask, and heat to 120 ° C while injecting nitrogen gas into the vessel. At the same temperature, a mixture of 14 parts styrene, 29 parts dicyclopentanyl methacrylate, 57 parts glycidyl methacrylate, and 1.0 part azobisisobutyronitrile as a catalyst required for the reaction of the precursor at this stage. The polymerization reaction was carried out dropwise over 2.5 hours.
(段階2:エポキシ基への反応)
 次にフラスコ内を空気置換し、アクリル酸29部およびこの段階における前駆体の反応に要する触媒としてトリスジメチルアミノメチルフェノール0.3部、及びハイドロキノン0.3部を投入し、120℃で5時間反応を行い、重量平均分子量(Mw)が約10500の樹脂溶液を得た。投入したアクリル酸はグリシジルメタクリレート構成単位のエポキシ基末端にエステル結合するので樹脂構造中にカルボキシル基を生じない。
(Step 2: Reaction to epoxy group)
Next, the inside of the flask was purged with air, and 29 parts of acrylic acid and 0.3 part of trisdimethylaminomethylphenol and 0.3 part of hydroquinone were added as catalysts required for the reaction of the precursor at this stage, and the mixture was heated at 120 ° C. for 5 hours. Reaction was performed and the resin solution whose weight average molecular weight (Mw) is about 10500 was obtained. Since the added acrylic acid is ester-bonded to the end of the epoxy group of the glycidyl methacrylate structural unit, no carboxyl group is generated in the resin structure.
(段階3:水酸基への反応)
 さらにテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸46部およびこの段階における前駆体の反応に要する触媒として、トリエチルアミン0.5部を加え120℃で4時間反応させた。加えたテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸は無水カルボン酸部位が開裂して生じた2個のカルボキシル基の一方が樹脂構造中の水酸基にエステル結合し、他方がカルボキシル基末端を生じさせる。
(Step 3: Reaction to hydroxyl group)
Furthermore, as a catalyst required for the reaction of 46 parts of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride and the precursor at this stage, 0.5 part of triethylamine was added and reacted at 120 ° C. for 4 hours. In the added tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, one of two carboxyl groups generated by cleavage of the carboxylic anhydride moiety is ester-bonded to a hydroxyl group in the resin structure, and the other produces a carboxyl group terminal.
(段階4:不揮発分の調整)
 不揮発分が20重量%になるようにプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを添加してアクリル樹脂溶液を得た。重量平均分子量(Mw)が11500、酸価は103mgKOH/gであった。
(Step 4: Adjustment of nonvolatile content)
Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added so that the nonvolatile content was 20% by weight to obtain an acrylic resin solution. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 11500, and the acid value was 103 mgKOH / g.
[アクリル樹脂溶液2の調製])
 セパラブル4口フラスコに温度計、冷却管、窒素ガス導入管、滴下管および撹拌装置を取り付けた反応容器にシクロヘキサノン196部を仕込み、80℃に昇温し、反応容器内を窒素置換した後、滴下管より、n-ブチルメタクリレート37.2部、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート12.9部、メタクリル酸12.0部、(3-エチル-3-オキセタニル)メチルメタクリレート20.7部、2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル1.1部の混合物を2時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、更に3時間反応を継続し、アクリル樹脂の溶液を得た。室温まで冷却した後、樹脂溶液約2部をサンプリングして180℃、20分加熱乾燥して不揮発分を測定し、先に合成した樹脂溶液に不揮発分が20質量%になるようにメトキシプロピルアセテートを添加してアクリル樹脂溶液2を調製した。重量平均分子量(Mw)は24000であった。
[Preparation of acrylic resin solution 2])
A reaction vessel equipped with a separable four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen gas introduction tube, a dropping tube and a stirring device was charged with 196 parts of cyclohexanone, heated to 80 ° C., and purged with nitrogen in the reaction vessel. From the tube, 37.2 parts of n-butyl methacrylate, 12.9 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 12.0 parts of methacrylic acid, 20.7 parts of (3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl methacrylate, 2,2′- A mixture of 1.1 parts of azobisisobutyronitrile was added dropwise over 2 hours. After completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was continued for another 3 hours to obtain an acrylic resin solution. After cooling to room temperature, about 2 parts of the resin solution was sampled, heated and dried at 180 ° C. for 20 minutes, and the nonvolatile content was measured. The methoxypropyl acetate was added to the previously synthesized resin solution so that the nonvolatile content was 20% by mass. Was added to prepare an acrylic resin solution 2. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 24000.
<側鎖にカチオン性基を有する樹脂の製造方法>
(側鎖にカチオン性基を有する樹脂1)
 温度計、攪拌機、蒸留管、冷却器を具備した4つ口セパラブルフラスコに、メチルエチルケトン67.3 部を仕込み窒素気流下で75 ℃ に昇温した。別途、メチルメタクリレート34.0部、n-ブチルメタクリレート28.0部、2-エチルヘキシルメタクリレート28.0部、ジメチルアミノエチルメタクリレート10.0部、2,2’-アゾビス(2,4-ジメチルバレロニトリル)を6.5部、およびメチルエチルケトン25.1部を均一にした後、滴下ロートに仕込み、4つ口セパラブルフラスコに取り付け、2時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了2時間後、固形分から重合収率が98%以上であり、重量平均分子量(Mw)が、6830である事を確認し、50℃へ冷却した。ここへ、塩化メチル3.2部、エタノール22.0 部を追加し、50℃で2時間反応させた後、1時間かけて80℃まで加温し、更に、2時間反応させた。このようにして樹脂成分が47重量%のアンモニウム基を有する側鎖にカチオン性基を有する樹脂1を得た。得られた樹脂のアンモニウム塩価は34mgKOH/gであった。
<Method for producing resin having cationic group in side chain>
(Resin 1 having a cationic group in the side chain)
Into a four-necked separable flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a distillation tube, and a condenser, 67.3 parts of methyl ethyl ketone was charged and heated to 75 ° C. under a nitrogen stream. Separately, 34.0 parts of methyl methacrylate, 28.0 parts of n-butyl methacrylate, 28.0 parts of 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, 10.0 parts of dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, 2,2′-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) ) And 25.1 parts of methyl ethyl ketone were made uniform, charged in a dropping funnel, attached to a four-necked separable flask, and dropped over 2 hours. Two hours after the completion of the dropwise addition, it was confirmed that the polymerization yield was 98% or more from the solid content and the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 6830, and the mixture was cooled to 50 ° C. To this, 3.2 parts of methyl chloride and 22.0 parts of ethanol were added, reacted at 50 ° C. for 2 hours, heated to 80 ° C. over 1 hour, and further reacted for 2 hours. Thus, Resin 1 having a cationic group in the side chain having 47% by weight of an ammonium group as the resin component was obtained. The ammonium salt value of the obtained resin was 34 mgKOH / g.
(側鎖にカチオン性基を有する樹脂2)
 上記側鎖にカチオン性基を有する樹脂1の製造において、原料を表7に示す組成に変更した以外は、カチオン性基を有する樹脂1の製造と同様の手順で、カチオン性基を有する樹脂2を得た。
(Resin 2 having a cationic group in the side chain)
Resin 2 having a cationic group in the same procedure as the production of resin 1 having a cationic group, except that the raw material was changed to the composition shown in Table 7 in the production of resin 1 having a cationic group in the side chain. Got.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000027
<染料の製造方法>
(染料1)
 下記の手順でC.I.アシッド レッド 289と側鎖にカチオン性基を有する樹脂1とからなる造塩化合物である染料1を製造した。
 水2000部に固形分換算で30部の側鎖にカチオン性基を有する樹脂1を添加し、十分に攪拌混合を行った後、60℃に加熱した。一方、90部の水に10部のC.I.アシッド レッド 289を溶解させた水溶液を調製し、先ほどの樹脂溶液に少しずつ滴下した。滴下後、60℃で120分攪拌し、十分に反応を行った。反応の終点確認としては濾紙に反応液を滴下して、にじみがなくなったところを終点として、造塩化合物が得られたものと判断した。攪拌しながら室温まで放冷した後、吸引濾過を行い、水洗後、濾紙上に残った造塩化合物を乾燥機にて水分を除去して乾燥し、32部のC.I.アシッド レッド 289と側鎖にカチオン性基を有する樹脂1との造塩化合物である染料1を得た。このとき染料1中のC.I.アシッド レッド 289に由来する有効色素成分の含有量は27重量%であった。
<Dye production method>
(Dye 1)
In the following procedure, C.I. I. Dye 1 which is a salt-forming compound composed of Acid Red 289 and Resin 1 having a cationic group in the side chain was produced.
The resin 1 having a cationic group in a side chain of 30 parts in terms of solid content was added to 2000 parts of water, and the mixture was sufficiently stirred and mixed, and then heated to 60 ° C. On the other hand, 10 parts of C.I. in 90 parts of water. I. An aqueous solution in which Acid Red 289 was dissolved was prepared and added dropwise little by little to the resin solution. After dropping, the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 120 minutes to sufficiently react. In order to confirm the end point of the reaction, it was judged that a salt-forming compound was obtained with the reaction solution dropped onto the filter paper and the point where the bleeding disappeared as the end point. After cooling to room temperature with stirring, suction filtration was performed, and after washing with water, the salt-forming compound remaining on the filter paper was dried by removing moisture with a dryer, and 32 parts of C.I. I. Dye 1 which is a salt-forming compound of Acid Red 289 and Resin 1 having a cationic group in the side chain was obtained. At this time, C.I. I. The content of the effective pigment component derived from Acid Red 289 was 27% by weight.
(染料2)
 上記染料1の製造において、側鎖にカチオン性基を有する樹脂1を、側鎖にカチオン性基を有する樹脂2に変更した以外は、染料1の製造と同様の手順で、C.I.アシッド レッド 289と側鎖にカチオン性基を有する樹脂2との造塩化合物である染料2を得た。
(Dye 2)
In the production of the dye 1, the same procedure as in the production of the dye 1 was followed except that the resin 1 having a cationic group in the side chain was changed to the resin 2 having a cationic group in the side chain. I. Dye 2 which is a salt-forming compound of Acid Red 289 and Resin 2 having a cationic group in the side chain was obtained.
<分散剤の製造方法>
(分散剤(X-1)の合成)
 ガス導入管、温度計、コンデンサー、攪拌機を備えた反応容器に、メチルメタクリレート50部、n-ブチルメタクリレート30部、(3-エチル-3-オキセタニル)メチルメタクリレート20部、PGMAc45.4部を仕込み、窒素ガスで置換した。反応容器内を70℃に加熱して、3-メルカプト-1,2-プロパンジオール6部を添加して、さらにAIBN(アゾビスイソブチロニトリル)0.12部を加え、12時間反応した。固形分測定により95%が反応したことを確認した。次に、ピロメリット酸無水物9.7部、PGMAc70.3部、触媒としてDBU(1,8-ジアザビシクロ-[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセン)0.20部を追加し、120℃で7時間反応させた。酸価の測定で98%以上の酸無水物がハーフエステル化していることを確認し反応を終了した。PGMAcを加えて不揮発分50%に調整し、酸価43、重量平均分子量9000の分散剤(X-1)を得た。
<Method for producing dispersant>
(Synthesis of dispersant (X-1))
A reaction vessel equipped with a gas introduction tube, a thermometer, a condenser, and a stirrer was charged with 50 parts of methyl methacrylate, 30 parts of n-butyl methacrylate, 20 parts of (3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl methacrylate, and 45.4 parts of PGMAc. Replaced with nitrogen gas. The inside of the reaction vessel was heated to 70 ° C., 6 parts of 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol was added, 0.12 part of AIBN (azobisisobutyronitrile) was further added, and the reaction was carried out for 12 hours. It was confirmed that 95% had reacted by solid content measurement. Next, 9.7 parts of pyromellitic anhydride, 70.3 parts of PGMAc, and 0.20 part of DBU (1,8-diazabicyclo- [5.4.0] -7-undecene) as a catalyst were added at 120 ° C. For 7 hours. The reaction was terminated after confirming that 98% or more of the acid anhydride had been half-esterified by measuring the acid value. PGMAc was added to adjust the non-volatile content to 50% to obtain a dispersant (X-1) having an acid value of 43 and a weight average molecular weight of 9000.
<顔料分散体の製造方法>
[赤色顔料分散体の調製P-R1]
 下記の組成の混合物を均一に撹拌混合した後、直径1mmのジルコニアビーズを用いて、アイガーミル(アイガージャパン社製「ミニモデルM-250 MKII」)で5時間分散した後、5μmのフィルタで濾過し赤色顔料分散体P-Rを作製した。
ジケトピロロピロール系顔料(C.I.Pigment Red 254)    7.02部
 (BASF社製「イルガフォーレッドB-CF」)
アントラキノン系顔料(C.I. Pigment Red 177)       1.38部
 (BASF社製「クロモフタールレッドA2B」)
ニッケルアゾ錯体系顔料(C.I. Pigment Yellow 150)     0.80部
 (ランクセス社製「E4GN」)
分散剤(X-1)                      7.47部
ジケトピロロピロール系顔料誘導体              2.00部
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028

アクリル樹脂溶液1                    5.33部
プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート     76.00部
<Method for producing pigment dispersion>
[Preparation of red pigment dispersion P-R1]
After the mixture having the following composition is uniformly stirred and mixed, it is dispersed with an Eiger mill (“Mini Model M-250 MKII” manufactured by Eiger Japan) for 5 hours using zirconia beads having a diameter of 1 mm, and then filtered through a 5 μm filter. A red pigment dispersion PR was prepared.
7.02 parts of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (CIPigment Red 254) ("Irga Four Red B-CF" manufactured by BASF)
Anthraquinone pigment (CI Pigment Red 177) 1.38 parts (BASF “chromoftal red A2B”)
Nickel azo complex pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 150) 0.80 parts ("E4GN" manufactured by LANXESS)
Dispersant (X-1) 7.47 parts diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment derivative 2.00 parts
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028

Acrylic resin solution 1 5.33 parts Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 76.00 parts
[赤色顔料分散体の調製P-R2]
 下記の組成の混合物を均一に撹拌混合した後、直径1mmのジルコニアビーズを用いて、アイガーミル(アイガージャパン社製「ミニモデルM-250 MKII」)で5時間分散した後、5μmのフィルタで濾過し赤色顔料分散体P-Rを作製した。
ジケトピロロピロール系顔料(C.I.Pigment Red 254)     7.02部
 (BASF社製「イルガフォーレッドB-CF」)
アントラキノン系顔料(C.I. Pigment Red 177)       1.38部
 (BASF社製「クロモフタールレッドA2B」)
ニッケルアゾ錯体系顔料(C.I. Pigment Yellow 150)     0.80部
 (ランクセス社製「E4GN」)
樹脂型顔料分散剤                     2.05部
 (日本ルーブリゾール社製「ソルスパース20000」)
ジケトピロロピロール系顔料誘導体             2.00部
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029

アクリル樹脂溶液1                   13.75部
プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート     73.00部
[Preparation of red pigment dispersion P-R2]
After the mixture having the following composition is uniformly stirred and mixed, it is dispersed with an Eiger mill (“Mini Model M-250 MKII” manufactured by Eiger Japan) for 5 hours using zirconia beads having a diameter of 1 mm, and then filtered through a 5 μm filter. A red pigment dispersion PR was prepared.
7.02 parts of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (CIPigment Red 254) ("Irga Four Red B-CF" manufactured by BASF)
Anthraquinone pigment (CI Pigment Red 177) 1.38 parts (BASF “chromoftal red A2B”)
Nickel azo complex pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 150) 0.80 parts ("E4GN" manufactured by LANXESS)
2.05 parts of resin-type pigment dispersant (“Solsperse 20000” manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol)
Diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment derivative 2.00 parts
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029

Acrylic resin solution 1 13.75 parts Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 73.00 parts
[緑色顔料分散体の調製P-G1]
 下記の組成の混合物を使用し、赤色顔料分散体と同様にして緑色顔料分散体P-G1を作製した。
亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料(C.I.Pigment Green 58)      8.57部
 (DIC社製「FASTOGENGREENA110」)
モノアゾ系顔料(C.I.Pigment Yellow 150))         2.63部
 (ランクセス社製「E4GN」)
分散剤(X-1)                      7.47部
アクリル樹脂溶液 1                    5.33部
プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート    76.00部
[Preparation of Green Pigment Dispersion P-G1]
Using a mixture having the following composition, a green pigment dispersion P-G1 was produced in the same manner as the red pigment dispersion.
Zinc phthalocyanine pigment (CIPigment Green 58) 8.57 parts ("FASTOGENGREENA110" manufactured by DIC)
Monoazo pigment (CIPigment Yellow 150)) 2.63 parts ("E4GN" manufactured by LANXESS)
Dispersant (X-1) 7.47 parts acrylic resin solution 1 5.33 parts propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 76.00 parts
[緑色顔料分散体の調製P-G2]
 下記の組成の混合物を使用し、赤色顔料分散体と同様にして緑色顔料分散体P-G2を作製した。
アルミニウムフタロシアニン顔料(C.I.Pigment Green 63)  3.46部
キノフタロン系顔料(C.I.Pigment Yellow 138)       7.74部
 (BASF社製「パリオトールイエローK0961HD」)
分散剤(X-1)                      7.47部
アクリル樹脂溶液1                    5.33部
プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート    76.00部
[Preparation of green pigment dispersion P-G2]
Using a mixture having the following composition, a green pigment dispersion P-G2 was prepared in the same manner as the red pigment dispersion.
Aluminum phthalocyanine pigment (CIPigment Green 63) 3.46 parts quinophthalone pigment (CIPigment Yellow 138) 7.74 parts ("Pariotol Yellow K0961HD" manufactured by BASF)
Dispersant (X-1) 7.47 parts Acrylic resin solution 1 5.33 parts Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 76.00 parts
[青色顔料分散体P-B1の調製]
 下記の組成の混合物を使用し、赤色顔料分散体と同様にして青色顔料分散体P-B1を作製した。
ε型銅フタロシアニン顔料(C.I.Pigment Blue15:6)    11.20部
 (BASF製「ヘリオゲンブルーL-6700F」)
分散剤(X-1)                      7.47部
アクリル樹脂溶液1                     5.33部
プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート    76.00部
[Preparation of Blue Pigment Dispersion P-B1]
Using a mixture having the following composition, a blue pigment dispersion P-B1 was produced in the same manner as the red pigment dispersion.
ε-type copper phthalocyanine pigment (CIPigment Blue15: 6) 11.20 parts ("Heliogen Blue L-6700F" manufactured by BASF)
Dispersant (X-1) 7.47 parts Acrylic resin solution 1 5.33 parts Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 76.00 parts
[青色顔料分散体P-B2の調製]
 下記の組成の混合物を使用し、赤色顔料分散体と同様にして青色顔料分散体P-B2を作製した。
ε型銅フタロシアニン顔料(C.I.Pigment Blue15:6)      7.20部
 (BASF製「ヘリオゲンブルーL-6700F」)
染料(1)                        4.00部
樹脂型顔料分散剤                      4.62部
 (日本ルーブリゾール社製「ソルスパース20000」)
アクリル樹脂溶液1                    1.00部
プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート     83.18部
[Preparation of Blue Pigment Dispersion P-B2]
Using a mixture having the following composition, a blue pigment dispersion P-B2 was prepared in the same manner as the red pigment dispersion.
ε-type copper phthalocyanine pigment (CIPigment Blue15: 6) 7.20 parts ("Heliogen Blue L-6700F" manufactured by BASF)
Dye (1) 4.00 parts Resin-type pigment dispersant 4.62 parts ("Solsperse 20000" manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol)
Acrylic resin solution 1 1.00 parts Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 83.18 parts
[青色顔料分散体P-B3の調製]
 下記の組成の混合物を使用し、赤色顔料分散体と同様にして青色顔料分散体P-B3を作製した。
ε型銅フタロシアニン顔料(C.I.Pigment Blue15:6)      7.20部
 (BASF製「ヘリオゲンブルーL-6700F」)
染料(2)                        4.00部
樹脂型顔料分散剤                      4.62部
 (日本ルーブリゾール社製「ソルスパース20000」)
アクリル樹脂溶液1                    1.00部
プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート     83.18部
[Preparation of Blue Pigment Dispersion P-B3]
Using a mixture having the following composition, a blue pigment dispersion P-B3 was prepared in the same manner as the red pigment dispersion.
ε-type copper phthalocyanine pigment (CIPigment Blue15: 6) 7.20 parts ("Heliogen Blue L-6700F" manufactured by BASF)
Dye (2) 4.00 parts Resin-type pigment dispersant 4.62 parts ("Solsperse 20000" manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol)
Acrylic resin solution 1 1.00 parts Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 83.18 parts
[黒色顔料分散体P-BKの調製]
 下記の組成の混合物を使用し、赤色顔料分散体と同様にして黒色顔料分散体P-BKを作製した。
カーボンブラック(三菱化学社製「MA77」)     11.20部
分散剤(X-1)                    7.47部
アクリル樹脂溶液1                   5.33部
プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート   76.00部
[Preparation of Black Pigment Dispersion P-BK]
A black pigment dispersion P-BK was prepared in the same manner as the red pigment dispersion using a mixture having the following composition.
Carbon black (“MA77” manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) 11.20 parts Dispersant (X-1) 7.47 parts Acrylic resin solution 1 5.33 parts Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 76.00 parts
(感光性着色組成物の調製)
 表8~11に示す処方比率で各材料を混合・攪拌し、1μmのフィルタで濾過して、各色の感光性着色組成物を得た。
(Preparation of photosensitive coloring composition)
Each material was mixed and stirred at a formulation ratio shown in Tables 8 to 11, and filtered through a 1 μm filter to obtain a photosensitive coloring composition of each color.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000033
 表8~11中の記号は、表1~3で用いたのと同じ意味である。 The symbols in Tables 8 to 11 have the same meanings as used in Tables 1 to 3.
 得られた感光性着色組成物についての、フィルタセグメントおよびブラックマトリックスのパターン形成、感度評価、直線性評価、パターン形状評価、解像性評価、現像耐性評価、および薬品耐性評価は、上述した実施例1~30と同様にして行った。耐熱性評価は下記の方法で評価した。 About the obtained photosensitive coloring composition, filter segment and black matrix pattern formation, sensitivity evaluation, linearity evaluation, pattern shape evaluation, resolution evaluation, development resistance evaluation, and chemical resistance evaluation are the examples described above. This was carried out in the same manner as 1-30. The heat resistance was evaluated by the following method.
[耐熱性評価]
 上記方法で形成されたフィルタセグメントあるいはブラックマトリックスのC光源での色度([L*(1)、a*(1)、b*(1)])を顕微分光光度計(オリンパス光学社製「OSP-SP100」)を用いて測定した。さらにその後、耐熱性試験として230℃で1時間加熱し、C光源での色度([L*(2)、a*(2)、b*(2)])を測定し、下記計算式により、色差ΔEab*を求めた。
ΔEab* = √((L*(2)- L*(1))2+ (a*(2)- a*(1)) 2+( b*(2)- b*(1)) 2)
 評価のランクは次の通りである。
◎:ΔEab*が5.0未満
○:ΔEab*が5.0以上、10.0未満
×:ΔEab*が10.0以上
[Heat resistance evaluation]
The chromaticity ([L * (1), a * (1), b * (1)]) of the filter segment or black matrix C light source formed by the above method is measured with a microspectrophotometer (Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. OSP-SP100 "). Further, as a heat resistance test, the sample was heated at 230 ° C. for 1 hour, and the chromaticity ([L * (2), a * (2), b * (2)]) with a C light source was measured. The color difference ΔEab * was determined.
ΔEab * = √ ((L * (2)-L * (1)) 2+ (a * (2)-a * (1)) 2+ (b * (2)-b * (1)) 2)
The rank of evaluation is as follows.
A: ΔEab * is less than 5.0 ○: ΔEab * is 5.0 or more and less than 10.0 ×: ΔEab * is 10.0 or more
 評価結果を表12~14に示す。 Evaluation results are shown in Tables 12-14.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000036
 表12~14に示すように、実施例31~52の感光性着色組成物を用いて形成されたフィルタセグメントおよびブラックマトリックスは、感度、直線性、解像性および耐熱性が良好であり、本願の光重合開始剤(A)とその他の光重合開始剤(Y)と併用した実施例37~40、42、45、46、49は、パターン形状により優れた特性を示した。なかでもその他の光重合開始剤(Y)が2-(ジメチルアミノ)-2-[(4-メチルフェニル)メチル]-1-[4-(4-モルホリニル)フェニル]-1-ブタノンである実施例38、42、46は、さらに感度に優れていた。 As shown in Tables 12 to 14, the filter segments and the black matrix formed using the photosensitive coloring compositions of Examples 31 to 52 have good sensitivity, linearity, resolution, and heat resistance. Examples 37 to 40, 42, 45, 46, and 49 used in combination with other photopolymerization initiator (A) and other photopolymerization initiator (Y) showed superior characteristics depending on the pattern shape. Among them, the other photopolymerization initiator (Y) is 2- (dimethylamino) -2-[(4-methylphenyl) methyl] -1- [4- (4-morpholinyl) phenyl] -1-butanone. Examples 38, 42 and 46 were more sensitive.
 また、さらに多官能チオール(F)を含む実施例43~46は、感度に優れていた。
 また、さらに酸化防止剤(G)または重合禁止剤(H)を含む実施例33、35、47、48は、解像性に優れていた。
 比較例4、5のように他のオキシムエステル系光重合開始剤を用いた場合は、感度が良好であってもパターン形状が不良となり、全ての評価項目が良好となるものは得られなかった。
 また、比較例6のように光重合性化合物(C)がない場合は、フィルタセグメントあるいはブラックマトリックスの形成不良が発生し、良好となるものは得られなかった。
 また、比較例7、8のように、着色剤、樹脂および分散剤のいずれにもオキセタン基を含有しない場合は、耐熱性が不良であった。
In addition, Examples 43 to 46 containing polyfunctional thiol (F) were excellent in sensitivity.
Further, Examples 33, 35, 47, and 48 further containing an antioxidant (G) or a polymerization inhibitor (H) were excellent in resolution.
When other oxime ester photopolymerization initiators were used as in Comparative Examples 4 and 5, the pattern shape was poor even when the sensitivity was good, and none of the evaluation items were good. .
Moreover, when there was no photopolymerizable compound (C) like the comparative example 6, the filter segment or the black matrix formation defect generate | occur | produced and the thing which became favorable was not obtained.
Further, as in Comparative Examples 7 and 8, when none of the colorant, resin and dispersant contained an oxetane group, the heat resistance was poor.

Claims (8)

  1.  下記一般式(1)で表される光重合開始剤(A)と、樹脂(B)と、光重合性化合物(C)と、着色剤(D)とを含有することを特徴とする感光性着色組成物。
     一般式(1)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    〔一般式(1)において、R、R、R、Rは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、置換もしくは未置換のアルケニル基、置換もしくは未置換のアルキル基、置換もしくは未置換のアルキルオキシ基、置換もしくは未置換のアリール基、置換もしくは未置換のアリールオキシ基、置換もしくは未置換の複素環基、置換もしくは未置換の複素環オキシ基、置換もしくは未置換のアルキルスルファニル基、置換もしくは未置換のアリールスルファニル基、置換もしくは未置換のアシル基、または置換もしくは未置換のアミノ基を表す。〕
    Photosensitivity characterized by containing a photopolymerization initiator (A) represented by the following general formula (1), a resin (B), a photopolymerizable compound (C), and a colorant (D). Coloring composition.
    General formula (1)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    [In General Formula (1), R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted group. Alkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxy group, substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic oxy group, substituted Alternatively, it represents an unsubstituted alkylsulfanyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfanyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted acyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group. ]
  2.  さらに分散剤を含有し、樹脂(B)、着色剤(D)および分散剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも一つが、オキセタン基を有することを特徴とする、請求項1に記載の感光性着色組成物。 2. The photosensitive coloring composition according to claim 1, further comprising a dispersant, wherein at least one selected from the group consisting of the resin (B), the colorant (D) and the dispersant has an oxetane group. object.
  3.  分散剤が、オキセタン基を有し、
     該分散剤が、
     テトラカルボン酸無水物(b1)及びトリカルボン酸無水物(b2)から選ばれる一種以上の酸無水物(b)中の酸無水物基と水酸基含有化合物(a)中の水酸基とを反応させてなる、カルボキシル基を有するポリエステル部分X1’と、
     エチレン性不飽和単量体(c)をラジカル重合してなるビニル重合体部分X2’
    とを有する分散剤(X)を含有し、
     かつ部分X2’がオキセタン基を有することを特徴とする請求項2に記載の感光性着色組成物。
    The dispersant has an oxetane group,
    The dispersant is
    An acid anhydride group in one or more acid anhydrides (b) selected from tetracarboxylic acid anhydride (b1) and tricarboxylic acid anhydride (b2) is reacted with a hydroxyl group in the hydroxyl group-containing compound (a). Polyester part X1 ′ having a carboxyl group;
    Vinyl polymer portion X2 ′ formed by radical polymerization of ethylenically unsaturated monomer (c)
    A dispersant (X) having
    And the part X2 'has an oxetane group, The photosensitive coloring composition of Claim 2 characterized by the above-mentioned.
  4.  さらにその他の光重合開始剤(Y)を含むことを特徴とする請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の感光性着色組成物。 The photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, further comprising another photopolymerization initiator (Y).
  5.  その他の光重合開始剤(Y)が、アセトフェノン系化合物、ホスフィン系化合物、およびイミダゾール系化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種類の化合物を含むことを特徴とする請求項4に記載の感光性着色組成物。 The photosensitive coloring according to claim 4, wherein the other photopolymerization initiator (Y) contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of acetophenone compounds, phosphine compounds, and imidazole compounds. Composition.
  6.  さらにシランカップリング剤(S)を含むことを特徴とする請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の感光性着色組成物。 6. The photosensitive coloring composition according to claim 1, further comprising a silane coupling agent (S).
  7.  さらに多官能チオール(F)を含むことを特徴とする請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の感光性着色組成物。 The photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, further comprising a polyfunctional thiol (F).
  8.  透明基板上に、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載した感光性着色組成物から形成されるフィルタセグメントまたはブラックマトリックスを備えることを特徴とするカラーフィルタ。 A color filter comprising a filter segment or a black matrix formed from the photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7 on a transparent substrate.
PCT/JP2017/027712 2016-08-01 2017-07-31 Photosensitive coloring composition and color filter WO2018025806A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020197002112A KR102398257B1 (en) 2016-08-01 2017-07-31 Photosensitive coloring composition and color filter
CN201780046732.6A CN109564384B (en) 2016-08-01 2017-07-31 Photosensitive coloring composition and color filter

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016151421 2016-08-01
JP2016-151421 2016-08-01
JP2017-036346 2017-02-28
JP2017036346A JP6834591B2 (en) 2017-02-28 2017-02-28 Photosensitive coloring compositions and color filters
JP2017056208A JP6607221B2 (en) 2016-08-01 2017-03-22 Photosensitive coloring composition and color filter
JP2017-056208 2017-03-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018025806A1 true WO2018025806A1 (en) 2018-02-08

Family

ID=61072719

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2017/027712 WO2018025806A1 (en) 2016-08-01 2017-07-31 Photosensitive coloring composition and color filter

Country Status (2)

Country Link
KR (1) KR102398257B1 (en)
WO (1) WO2018025806A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110262188A (en) * 2018-03-12 2019-09-20 东友精细化工有限公司 Green photonasty resin composition, colored filter and image display device
KR20190108264A (en) * 2018-03-14 2019-09-24 동우 화인켐 주식회사 A green photosensitive resin composition, color filter and display device comprising the same
JP2019211497A (en) * 2018-05-31 2019-12-12 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Red colored composition for color filter and color filter

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102498590B1 (en) * 2017-01-20 2023-02-10 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter and display device having the same

Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002296778A (en) * 2001-01-24 2002-10-09 Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd Color photosensitive composition
JP2007316485A (en) * 2006-05-29 2007-12-06 Jsr Corp Radiation-sensitive composition for colored layer formation, color filter and color liquid crystal display element
JP2009155406A (en) * 2007-12-26 2009-07-16 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Curable dispersant, its manufacturing method and pigment composition using the same
JP2009242469A (en) * 2008-03-28 2009-10-22 Fujifilm Corp Polymerizable composition, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, and solid imaging element
JP2012212054A (en) * 2011-03-31 2012-11-01 Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd Colored composition for color filter, and color filter
JP2012241010A (en) * 2011-05-13 2012-12-10 Suntype:Kk Photopolymerization initiator, method for producing the same, photosensitive composition including the same, and color filter obtained from the photosensitive composition
JP2013033194A (en) * 2011-07-07 2013-02-14 Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd Coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
JP2013142087A (en) * 2012-01-12 2013-07-22 Hunet Plus Co Ltd Highly sensitive oxime ester photopolymerization initiator and photopolymer composition containing the compound
JP2013203825A (en) * 2012-03-28 2013-10-07 Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd Coloring composition for color filter
JP2013218207A (en) * 2012-04-11 2013-10-24 Jsr Corp Radiation-sensitive colored composition, color filter and display element

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001264530A (en) 2000-03-22 2001-09-26 Jsr Corp Radiation-sensitive composition for color filter and color filter
TWI227374B (en) * 2001-01-24 2005-02-01 Sumitomo Chemical Co Colored photosensitive composition, method for making a color pattern and the use thereof
JP2003156842A (en) 2001-11-22 2003-05-30 Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd Colored photosensitive resin composition

Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002296778A (en) * 2001-01-24 2002-10-09 Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd Color photosensitive composition
JP2007316485A (en) * 2006-05-29 2007-12-06 Jsr Corp Radiation-sensitive composition for colored layer formation, color filter and color liquid crystal display element
JP2009155406A (en) * 2007-12-26 2009-07-16 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Curable dispersant, its manufacturing method and pigment composition using the same
JP2009242469A (en) * 2008-03-28 2009-10-22 Fujifilm Corp Polymerizable composition, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, and solid imaging element
JP2012212054A (en) * 2011-03-31 2012-11-01 Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd Colored composition for color filter, and color filter
JP2012241010A (en) * 2011-05-13 2012-12-10 Suntype:Kk Photopolymerization initiator, method for producing the same, photosensitive composition including the same, and color filter obtained from the photosensitive composition
JP2013033194A (en) * 2011-07-07 2013-02-14 Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd Coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
JP2013142087A (en) * 2012-01-12 2013-07-22 Hunet Plus Co Ltd Highly sensitive oxime ester photopolymerization initiator and photopolymer composition containing the compound
JP2013203825A (en) * 2012-03-28 2013-10-07 Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd Coloring composition for color filter
JP2013218207A (en) * 2012-04-11 2013-10-24 Jsr Corp Radiation-sensitive colored composition, color filter and display element

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110262188A (en) * 2018-03-12 2019-09-20 东友精细化工有限公司 Green photonasty resin composition, colored filter and image display device
KR20190108264A (en) * 2018-03-14 2019-09-24 동우 화인켐 주식회사 A green photosensitive resin composition, color filter and display device comprising the same
KR102383519B1 (en) * 2018-03-14 2022-04-06 동우 화인켐 주식회사 A green photosensitive resin composition, color filter and display device comprising the same
JP2019211497A (en) * 2018-05-31 2019-12-12 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Red colored composition for color filter and color filter
JP7043977B2 (en) 2018-05-31 2022-03-30 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Red coloring composition for color filters, and color filters

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR102398257B1 (en) 2022-05-13
KR20190034536A (en) 2019-04-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6607221B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition and color filter
JP6750249B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition and color filter
TWI820050B (en) Photosensitive coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
JP6136277B2 (en) Coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
JP6589305B2 (en) Coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
KR102051933B1 (en) Color composition for color filter and color filter
JP7400899B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, photosensitive coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
JP7163673B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition for color filter and color filter
JP2018136361A (en) Coloring composition for color filters, and color filter
JP5793781B2 (en) Coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
WO2018025806A1 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition and color filter
JP6834591B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring compositions and color filters
JP7382466B2 (en) Organic EL display device
JP5659858B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition and color filter
JP5673111B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition and color filter
CN109564384B (en) Photosensitive coloring composition and color filter
JP2016200744A (en) Colored composition for color filter and color filter
JP6520250B2 (en) Colored composition for color filter, and color filter
JP2020076046A (en) Coloring composition, photosensitive coloring composition, color filter, and color liquid crystal display device
JP2018101039A (en) Coloring composition for color filter and color filter
CN110045576B (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter comprising same, and image display device
JP6844190B2 (en) Coloring compositions and color filters for color filters
JP6780511B2 (en) Coloring compositions for color filters, and color filters
JP6728928B2 (en) Coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
JP2017062334A (en) Colored composition for color filter and color filter

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17836911

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20197002112

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17836911

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1